AUTHOR OF THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER
THE SUBTLE ART OF NOT GIVING A FtCK
A BOOK
ABOUT HOPE
MARK MANSON
EVERY
THING
IS
RACKED
A BOOK
ABOUT HOPE
MARK MANSON
m
9
HARPER
An Imprint of Harper CoU'msPu b Ushers
Dedication
For Fernanda, of course
Contents
Cover
Title Page
Dedication
Part I: Hope
Chapter 1: The Uncomfortable Truth
Chapter 2: Self-Control Is an Illusion
Chapter 3: Newton’s Laws of Emotion
Chapter 4: How to Make All Your Dreams Come Tme
Chapter 5: Hope Is Fucked
Part II: Everything Is Fucked
Chapter 6: The Formula of Humanity
Chapter 7: Pain Is the Universal Constant
Chapter 8: The Feelings Economy
Chapter 9: The Final Religion
Acknowledgments
Notes
About the Author
Also by Mark Manson
Copyright
About the Publisher
Part I:
Hope
Chapter 1
The Uncomfortable Truth
On a small plot of land in the monotonous countryside of central Europe,
amid the warehouses of a former military barracks, a nexus of geographically
concentrated evil would arise, denser and darker than anything the world had
ever seen. Over the span of four years, more than 1.3 million people would be
systematically sorted, enslaved, tortured, and murdered here, and it would all
happen in an area slightly larger than Central Park in Manhattan. And no one
would do anything to stop it.
Except for one man.
It is the stuff of fairy tales and comic books: a hero marches headlong into
the fiery jaws of hell to confront some great manifestation of evil. The odds
are impossible. The rationale is laughable. Yet our fantastical hero never
hesitates, never flinches. He stands tall and slays the dragon, crushes the
demon invaders, saves the planet and maybe even a princess or two.
And for a brief time, there is hope.
But this is not a story of hope. This is a story of everything being
completely and utterly fucked. Fucked in proportions and on scales that today,
with the comfort of our free Wi-Fi and oversize Snuggie blankets, you and I
can hardly imagine.
Witold Pilecki was already a war hero before he decided to sneak into
Auschwitz. As a young man, Pilecki had been a decorated officer in the
Polish-Soviet War of 1918. He had kicked the Communists in the nuts before
most people even knew what a pinko Commie bastard was. After the war,
Pilecki moved to the Polish countryside, married a schoolteacher, and had two
kids. He enjoyed riding horses and wearing fancy hats and smoking cigars.
Life was simple and good.
Then that whole Hitler thing happened, and before Poland could get both
its boots on, the Nazis had already Blitzkrieged through half the country.
Poland lost its entire territory in a little more than a month. It wasn’t exactly a
fair fight: while the Nazis invaded in the west, the Soviets invaded in the east.
It was like being stuck between a rock and a hard place—except the rock was
a megalomaniacal mass murderer trying to conquer the world and the hard
place was rampant, senseless genocide. I’m still not sure which was which.
Early on, the Soviets were actually far crueler than the Nazis. They had
done this shit before, you know—the whole “overthrow a government and
enslave a population to your faulty ideology” thing. The Nazis were still
somewhat imperialist virgins (which, when you look at pictures of Hitler’s
mustache, isn’t hard to imagine). In those first months of the war, it’s
estimated that the Soviets rounded up over a million Polish citizens and sent
them east. Think about that for a second. A million people, in a matter of
months, just gone. Some didn’t stop until they hit the gulags in Siberia; others
were found in mass graves decades later. Many are still unaccounted for to
this day.
Pilecki fought in those battles—against both the Germans and the Soviets.
And after their defeat, he and fellow Polish officers started an underground
resistance group in Warsaw. They called themselves the Secret Polish Army.
In the spring of 1940, the Secret Polish Army got wind of the fact that the
Germans were building a massive prison complex outside some backwater
town in the southern part of the country. The Germans named this new prison
complex Auschwitz. By the summer of 1940, thousands of military officers
and leading Polish nationals were disappearing from western Poland. Fears
arose among the resistance that the same mass incarceration that had occurred
in the east with the Soviets was now on the menu in the west. Pilecki and his
crew suspected that Auschwitz, a prison the size of a small town, was likely
involved in the disappearances and that it might already house thousands of
former Polish soldiers.
That’s when Pilecki volunteered to sneak into Auschwitz. Initially, it was
a rescue mission—he would allow himself to get arrested, and once there, he
would organize with other Polish soldiers, coordinate a mutiny, and break out
of the prison camp.
It was a mission so suicidal that he might as well have asked his
commander permission to drink a bucket of bleach. His superiors thought he
was crazy, and told him as much.
But, as the weeks went by, the problem only grew worse: thousands of
elite Poles were disappearing, and Auschwitz was still a huge blind spot in the
Allied intelligence network. The Allies had no idea what was going on there
and little chance of finding out. Eventually, Pilecki’s commanders relented.
One evening, at a routine checkpoint in Warsaw, Pilecki let himself be
arrested by the SS for violating curfew. And soon, he was on his way to
Auschwitz, the only man known ever to have voluntarily entered a Nazi
concentration camp.
Once he got there, he saw that the reality of Auschwitz was far worse than
anyone had suspected. Prisoners were routinely shot in roll call lineups for
transgressions as minor as fidgeting or not standing up straight. The manual
labor was grueling and endless. Men were literally worked to death, often
performing tasks that were useless or meant nothing. The first month Pilecki
was there, a full third of the men in his barracks died of exhaustion or
pneumonia or were shot. Regardless, by the end of the 1940, Pilecki, the
comic book superhero motherfucker, had still somehow set up an espionage
operation.
Oh, Pilecki—you titan, you champion, flying above the abyss—how did
you manage to create an intelligence network by embedding messages in
laundry baskets? How did you build your own transistor radio out of spare
parts and stolen batteries, MacGyver- style, and then successfully transmit
plans for an attack on the prison camp to the Secret Polish Army in Warsaw?
How did you create smuggling rings to bring in food, medicine, and clothing
for prisoners, saving countless lives and delivering hope to the remotest desert
of the human heart? What did this world do to deserve you?
Over the course of two years, Pilecki built an entire resistance unit within
Auschwitz. There was a chain of command, with ranks and officers; a
logistics network; and lines of communication to the outside world. And all
this went undiscovered by the SS guards for almost two years. Pilecki’s
ultimate aim was to foment a full-scale revolt within the camp. With help and
coordination from the outside, he believed he could stoke a prison break,
overrun the undermanned SS guards, and release tens of thousands of highly
trained Polish guerrilla fighters into the wild. He sent his plans and reports to
Warsaw. For months, he waited. For months, he survived.
But then came the Jews. First, in buses. Then, packed in train cars. Soon, they
were arriving by the tens of thousands, an undulating current of people
floating in an ocean of death and despair. Stripped of all family possessions
and dignity, they filed mechanically into the newly renovated “shower”
barracks, where they were gassed and their bodies burned.
Pilecki’s reports to the outside became frantic. They’re murdering tens of
thousands of people here each day. Mostly Jews. The death toll could
potentially be in the millions. He pleaded with the Secret Polish Army to
liberate the camp at once. He said if you can’t liberate the camp, then at least
bomb it. For God’s sake, at least destroy the gas chambers. At least.
The Secret Polish Army received his messages but figured he was
exaggerating. In the farthest reaches of their minds, nothing could be that
fucked. Nothing.
Pilecki was the first person ever to alert the world to the Holocaust. His
intelligence was forwarded through the various resistance groups around
Poland, then on to the Polish government-in-exile in the United Kingdom,
who then passed his reports to the Allied Command in London. The
information eventually even made its way to Eisenhower and Churchill.
They, too, figured Pilecki had to be exaggerating.
In 1943, Pilecki realized that his plans of a mutiny and prison break were
never going to happen: The Secret Polish Army wasn’t coming. The
Americans and British weren’t coming. And in all likelihood, it was the
Soviets who were coming—and they would be worse. Pilecki decided that
remaining inside the camp was too risky. It was time to escape.
He made it look easy, of course. First, he faked illness and got himself
admitted to the camp’s hospital. From there, he lied to the doctors about what
work group he was supposed to return to, saying he had the night shift at the
bakery, which was on the edge of camp, near the river. When the doctors
discharged him, he headed to the bakery, where he proceeded to “work” until
2:00 a.m., when the last batch of bread finished baking. From there, it was
just a matter of cutting the telephone wire, silently prying open the back door,
changing into stolen civilian clothes without the SS guards noticing, sprinting
to the river a mile away while being shot at, and then navigating his way back
to civilization via the stars.
Today, much in our world appears to be fucked. Not Nazi Holocaust-level
fucked (not even close), but still, pretty fucked nonetheless.
Stories such as Pilecki’s inspire us. They give us hope. They make us say,
“Well, damn, things were way worse then, and that guy transcended it all.
What have / done lately?”—which, in this couch-potato-pundit era of
tweetstorms and outrage porn is probably what we should be asking
ourselves. When we zoom out and get perspective, we realize that while
heroes like Pilecki save the world, we swat at gnats and complain that the AC
isn’t high enough.
Pilecki’s story is the single most heroic thing I’ve ever come across in my
life. Because heroism isn’t just bravery or guts or shrewd maneuvering. These
things are common and are often used in unheroic ways. No, being heroic is
the ability to conjure hope where there is none. To strike a match to light up
the void. To show us a possibility for a better world—not a better world we
want to exist, but a better world we didn’t know could exist. To take a
situation where everything seems to be absolutely fucked and still somehow
make it good.
Bravery is common. Resilience is common. But heroism has a
philosophical component to it. There’s some great “Why?” that heroes bring
to the table—some incredible cause or belief that goes unshaken, no matter
what. And this is why, as a culture, we are so desperate for a hero today: not
because things are necessarily so bad, but because we’ve lost the clear
“Why?” that drove previous generations.
We are a culture in need not of peace or prosperity or new hood ornaments
for our electric cars. We have all that. We are a culture in need of something
far more precarious. We are a culture and a people in need of hope.
After witnessing years of war, torture, death, and genocide, Pilecki never lost
hope. Despite losing his country, his family, his friends, and nearly his own
life, he never lost hope. Even after the war, while enduring Soviet domination,
he never lost the hope of a free and independent Poland. He never lost the
hope of a quiet and happy life for his children. He never lost the hope of being
able to save a few more lives, of helping a few more people.
After the war, Pilecki returned to Warsaw and continued spying, this time
on the Communist Party, which had just come to power there. Again, he
would be the first person to notify the West of an ongoing evil, in this case
that the Soviets had infiltrated the Polish government and rigged its elections.
He would also be the first to document the Soviet atrocities committed in the
east during the war.
This time, though, he was discovered. He was warned that he was about to
be arrested, and he had a chance to flee to Italy. Yet, Pilecki declined—he
would rather stay and die Polish than run and live as something he didn’t
recognize. A free and independent Poland, by then, was his only source of
hope. Without it, he was nothing.
And thus, his hope would also be his undoing. The Communists captured
Pilecki in 1947, and they didn’t go easy on him. He was tortured for almost a
year, so harshly and consistently that he told his wife that “Auschwitz was
just a trifle” by comparison.
Still, he never cooperated with his interrogators.
Eventually, realizing they could get no information from him, the
Communists decided to make an example of him. In 1948, they held a show
trial and charged Pilecki with everything from falsifying documents and
violating curfew to engaging in espionage and treason. A month later, he was
found guilty and sentenced to death. On the final day of the trial, Pilecki was
allowed to speak. He stated that his allegiance had always been to Poland and
its people, that he had never harmed or betrayed any Polish citizen, and that
he regretted nothing. He concluded his statement with “I have tried to live my
life such that in the hour of my death I would feel joy rather than fear.”
And if that’s not the most hardcore thing you’ve ever heard, then I want
some of what you’re having.
How May I Help You?
If I worked at Starbucks, instead of writing people’s names on their coffee
cup, I’d write the following:
One day, you and everyone you love will die. And beyond a small group of people for an extremely
brief period of time, little of what you say or do will ever matter. This is the Uncomfortable Truth of
life. And everything you think or do is but an elaborate avoidance of it. We are inconsequential
cosmic dust, bumping and milling about on a tiny blue speck. We imagine our own importance. We
invent our purpose—we are nothing.
Enjoy your fucking coffee.
I’d have to write it in really tiny lettering, of course. And it’d take a while
to write, meaning the line of morning rush-hour customers would be backed
out the door. Not exactly stellar customer service, either. This is probably just
one of the reasons why I’m not employable.
But seriously, how could you tell someone, in good conscience, to “have a
nice day” while knowing that all their thoughts and motivations stem from a
never-ending need to avoid the inherent meaninglessness of human existence?
Because, in the infinite expanse of space/time, the universe does not care
whether your mother’s hip replacement goes well, or your kids attend college,
or your boss thinks you made a bitching spreadsheet. It doesn’t care if the
Democrats or the Republicans win the presidential election. It doesn’t care if
a celebrity gets caught doing cocaine while furiously masturbating in an
airport bathroom (again). It doesn’t care if the forests burn or the ice melts or
the waters rise or the air simmers or we all get vaporized by a superior alien
race.
You care.
You care, and you desperately convince yourself that because you care, it
all must have some great cosmic meaning behind it.
You care because, deep down, you need to feel that sense of importance in
order to avoid the Uncomfortable Truth, to avoid the incomprehensibility of
your existence, to avoid being crushed by the weight of your own material
insignificance. And you—like me, like everyone—then project that imagined
sense of importance onto the world around you because it gives you hope.
Is it too early to have this conversation? Here, have another coffee. I even
made a winky-smiley face with the steamed milk. Isn’t it cute? I’ll wait while
you Instagram it.
Okay, where were we? Oh yeah! The incomprehensibility of your
existence—right. Now, you might be thinking, “Well, Mark, I believe we’re
all here for a reason, and nothing is a coincidence, and everyone matters
because all our actions affect somebody, and even if we can help one person,
then it’s still worth it, right?”
Now, aren’t you just as cute as a button!
See, that’s your hope talking. That’s a story your mind spins to make it
worth waking up in the morning: something needs to matter because without
something mattering, then there’s no reason to go on living. And some form
of simple altruism or a reduction in suffering is always our mind’s go-to for
making it feel like it’s worth doing anything.
Our psyche needs hope to survive the way a fish needs water. Hope is the
fuel for our mental engine. It’s the butter on our biscuit. It’s a lot of really
cheesy metaphors. Without hope, your whole mental apparatus will stall out
or starve. If we don’t believe there’s any hope that the future will be better
than the present, that our lives will improve in some way, then we spiritually
die. After all, if there’s no hope of things ever being better, then why live—
why do anything?
Here’s what a lot of people don’t get: the opposite of happiness is not
anger or sadness. 1 If you’re angry or sad, that means you still give a fuck
about something. That means something still matters. That means you still
have hope. 2
No, the opposite of happiness is hopelessness, an endless gray horizon of
resignation and indifference. 3 It’s the belief that everything is fucked, so why
do anything at all?
Hopelessness is a cold and bleak nihilism, a sense that there is no point, so
fuck it—why not run with scissors or sleep with your boss’s wife or shoot up
a school? It is the Uncomfortable Truth, a silent realization that in the face of
infinity, everything we could possibly care about quickly approaches zero.
Hopelessness is the root of anxiety, mental illness, and depression. It is the
source of all misery and the cause of all addiction. This is not an
overstatement. 4 Chronic anxiety is a crisis of hope. It is the fear of a failed
future. Depression is a crisis of hope. It is the belief in a meaningless future.
Delusion, addiction, obsession—these are all the mind’s desperate and
compulsive attempts at generating hope one neurotic tic or obsessive craving
at a time. 5
The avoidance of hopelessness—that is, the construction of hope—then
becomes our mind’s primary project. All meaning, everything we understand
about ourselves and the world, is constructed for the purpose of maintaining
hope. Therefore, hope is the only thing any of us willingly dies for. Hope is
what we believe to be greater than ourselves. Without it, we believe we are
nothing.
When I was in college, my grandfather died. For a few years afterward, I
had this intense feeling that I must live in such a way as to make him proud.
This felt reasonable and obvious on some deep level, but it wasn’t. In fact, it
made no logical sense at all. I hadn’t had a close relationship with my
grandfather. We’d never talked on the phone. We hadn’t corresponded. I
didn’t even see him the last five years or so that he was alive.
Not to mention: he was dead. How did my “living to make him proud”
affect anything?
His death caused me to brush up against that Uncomfortable Truth. So,
my mind got to work, looking to build hope out of the situation in order to
sustain me, to keep any nihilism at bay. My mind decided that because my
grandfather was now deprived of his ability to hope and aspire in his own life,
it was important for me to carry on hope and aspiration in his honor. This was
my mind’s bite-size piece of faith, my own personal mini-religion of purpose.
And it worked! For a short while, his death infused otherwise banal and
empty experiences with import and meaning. And that meaning gave me
hope. You’ve probably felt something similar when someone close to you
passed away. It’s a common feeling. You tell yourself you’ll live in a way that
will make your loved one proud. You tell yourself you will use your life to
celebrate his. You tell yourself that this is an important and good thing.
And that “good thing” is what sustains us in these moments of existential
terror. I walked around imagining that my grandfather was following me, like
a really nosy ghost, constantly looking over my shoulder. This man whom I
barely knew when he was alive was now somehow extremely concerned with
how I did on my calculus exam. It was totally irrational.
Our psyches construct little narratives like this whenever they face
adversity, these before/after stories we invent for ourselves. And we must
keep these hope narratives alive, all the time, even if they become
unreasonable or destructive, as they are the only stabilizing force protecting
our minds from the Uncomfortable Truth.
These hope narratives are then what give our lives a sense of purpose. Not
only do they imply that there is something better in the future, but also that
it’s actually possible to go out and achieve that something. When people
prattle on about needing to find their “life’s purpose,” what they really mean
is that it’s no longer clear to them what matters, what is a worthy use of their
limited time here on earth 6 —in short, what to hope for. They are struggling to
see what the before/after of their lives should be.
That’s the hard part: finding that before/after for yourself. It’s difficult
because there’s no way ever to know for sure if you’ve got it right. This is
why a lot of people flock to religion, because religions acknowledge this
permanent state of unknowing and demand faith in the face of it. This is also
probably partly why religious people suffer from depression and commit
suicide in far fewer numbers than nonreligious people: that practiced faith
protects them from the Uncomfortable Truth. 7
But your hope narratives don’t need to be religious. They can be anything.
This book is my little source of hope. It gives me purpose; it gives me
meaning. And the narrative that I’ve constructed around that hope is that I
believe this book might help some people, that it might make both my life and
the world a little bit better.
Do I know that for sure? No. But it’s my little before/after story, and I’m
sticking to it. It gets me up in the morning and gets me excited about my life.
And not only is that not a bad thing, it’s the only thing.
For some people, the before/after story is raising their kids well. For
others, it’s saving the environment. For others, it’s making a bunch of money
and having a big-ass boat. For others, it’s simply trying to improve their golf
swing.
Whether we realize it or not, we all have these narratives we’ve elected to
buy into for whatever reason. It doesn’t matter if the way you get to hope is
via religious faith or evidence-based theory or an intuition or a well-reasoned
argument—they all produce the same result: you have some belief that (a)
there is potential for growth or improvement or salvation in the future, and (b)
there are ways we can navigate ourselves to get there. That’s it. Day after day,
year after year, our lives are made up of the endless overlapping of these hope
narratives. They are the psychological carrot at the end of the stick.
If this all sounds nihilistic, please, don’t get the wrong idea. This book is
not an argument for nihilism. It is one against nihilism—both the nihilism
within us and the growing sense of nihilism that seems to emerge with the
modern world. 8 And to successfully argue against nihilism, you must start at
nihilism. You must start at the Uncomfortable Tmth. From there, you must
slowly build a convincing case for hope. And not just any hope, but a
sustainable, benevolent form of hope. A hope that can bring us together rather
than tear us apart. A hope that is robust and powerful, yet still grounded in
reason and reality. A hope that can carry us to the end of our days with a sense
of gratitude and satisfaction.
This is not easy to do (obviously). And in the twenty-first century, it’s
arguably more difficult than ever. Nihilism and the pure indulgence of desire
that accompanies it are gripping the modern world. It is power for the sake of
power. Success for the sake of success. Pleasure for the sake of pleasure.
Nihilism acknowledges no broader “Why?” It adheres to no great truth or
cause. It’s a simple “Because it feels good.” And this, as we’ll see, is what is
making everything seem so bad.
The Paradox of Progress
We live in an interesting time in that, materially, things are arguably better
than they have ever been before, yet we all seem to be losing our minds
thinking the world is one giant toilet bowl about to be flushed. An irrational
sense of hopelessness is spreading across the rich, developed world. It’s a
paradox of progress: the better things get, the more anxious and desperate we
all seem to feel.
In recent years, writers such as Steven Pinker and Hans Rosling have been
making the case that we’re wrong to feel so pessimistic, that things are, in
fact, the best they’ve ever been and likely going to get even better. 10 Both
men have filled long, heavy books with many charts and graphs that start at
one corner and always seem somehow to end up in the opposite corner. 11
Both men have explained, at length, the biases and incorrect assumptions we
all carry that cause us to feel that things are much worse than they are.
Progress, they argue, has continued, uninterrupted, throughout modern
history. People are more educated and literate than ever before. 12 Violence
has trended down for decades, possibly centuries. 13 Racism, sexism,
discrimination, and violence against women are at their lowest points in
recorded history. 14 We have more rights than ever before. 15 Half the planet
has access to the internet. 16 Extreme poverty is at an all-time low
worldwide. 1 ' Wars are smaller and less frequent than at any other time in
recorded history. 18 Children are dying less, and people are living longer. 19
There’s more wealth than ever before. 20 We’ve, like, cured a bunch of
diseases and stuff. 21
And they’re right. It’s important to know these facts. But reading these
books is also kind of like listening to your Uncle Larry prattle on about how
much worse things were when he was your age. Even though he’s right, it
doesn’t necessarily make you feel any better about your problems.
Because, for all the good news being published today, here are some other
surprising statistics: in the United States, symptoms of depression and anxiety
are on an eighty-year upswing among young people and a twenty-year
upswing among the adult population. 22 Not only are people experiencing
depression in greater numbers, but they’re experiencing it at earlier ages, with
each generation. 23 Since 1985, men and women have reported lower levels of
life satisfaction. 24 Part of that is probably because stress levels have risen
over the past thirty years. 25 Drug overdoses have recently hit an all-time high
as the opioid crisis has wrecked much of the United States and Canada. 26
Across the U.S. population, feelings of loneliness and social isolation are up.
Nearly half of all Americans now report feeling isolated, left out, or alone in
their lives. 27 Social trust is also not only down across the developed world but
plummeting, meaning fewer people than ever trust their government, the
media, or one another. 28 In the 1980s, when researchers asked survey
participants how many people they had discussed important personal matters
with over the previous six months, the most common answer was “three.” By
2006, the most common answer was “zero.” 29
Meanwhile, the environment is completely fucked. Nutjobs either have
access to nuclear weapons or are a hop, skip, and a jump away from getting
them. Extremism across the world continues to grow—in all forms, on both
the right and the left, both religious and secular. Conspiracy theorists, citizen
militias, survivalists, and “preppers” (as in, prepping for Armageddon) are all
becoming more popular subcultures, to the point where they are borderline
mainstream.
Basically, we are the safest and most prosperous humans in the history of
the world, yet we are feeling more hopeless than ever before. The better
things get, the more we seem to despair. It’s the paradox of progress. And
perhaps it can be summed up in one startling fact: the wealthier and safer the
place you live, the more likely you are to commit suicide. 30
The incredible progress made in health, safety, and material wealth over the
past few hundred years is not to be denied. But these are statistics about the
past, not the future. And that’s where hope inevitably must be found: in our
visions of the future.
Because hope is not based on statistics. Hope doesn’t care about the
downward trend of gun-related deaths or car accident fatalities. It doesn’t care
that there wasn’t a commercial plane crash last year or that literacy hit an all-
time high in Mongolia (well, unless you’re Mongolian). 31
Hope doesn’t care about the problems that have already been solved.
Hope cares only about the problems that still need to be solved. Because the
better the world gets, the more we have to lose. And the more we have to lose,
the less we feel we have to hope for.
To build and maintain hope, we need three things: a sense of control, a
belief in the value of something, and a community. 32 “Control” means we feel
as though we’re in control of our own life, that we can affect our fate.
“Values” means we find something important enough to work toward,
something better, that’s worth striving for. And “community” means we are
part of a group that values the same things we do and is working toward
achieving those things. Without a community, we feel isolated, and our values
cease to mean anything. Without values, nothing appears worth pursuing. And
without control, we feel powerless to pursue anything. Lose any of the three,
and you lose the other two. Lose any of the three, and you lose hope.
For us to understand why we’re suffering through such a crisis of hope
today, we need to understand the mechanics of hope, how it is generated and
maintained. The next three chapters will look at how we develop these three
areas of our lives: our sense of control (chapter 2), our values (chapter 3), and
our communities (chapter 4).
We will then return to the original question: what is happening in our
world that is causing us to feel worse despite everything consistently getting
better?
And the answer might surprise you.
Chapter 2
Self-Control Is an Illusion
It all started with a headache. 1
“Elliot” was a successful man, an executive at a successful company. He
was well liked by his coworkers and neighbors. He could be charming and
disarmingly funny. He was a husband and a father and a friend and took
sweet-ass beach vacations.
Except he had headaches, regularly. And these weren’t your typical, pop-
an-Advil kind of headaches. These were mind-crunching, corkscrewing
headaches, like a wrecking ball banging against the back of your eye sockets.
Elliot took medicine. He took naps. He tried to de-stress and chill out and
hang loose and brush it off and suck it up. Yet, the headaches continued. In
fact, they only got worse. Soon, they became so severe that Elliot couldn’t
sleep at night or work during the day.
Finally, he went to a doctor. The doctor did doctor things and ran doctor
tests and received the doctor results and told Elliot the bad news: he had a
brain tumor, right there on his frontal lobe. Right there. See it? That gray
blotch, in the front. And man, is it a big one. Size of a baseball, I reckon.
The surgeon cut the tumor out, and Elliot went home. He went back to
work. He went back to his family and friends. Everything seemed fine and
normal.
Then things went horribly wrong.
Elliot’s work performance suffered. Tasks that were once a breeze to him
now required mountains of concentration and effort. Simple decisions, such
as whether to use a blue pen or a black pen, would consume him for hours. He
would make basic errors and leave them unfixed for weeks. He became a
scheduling black hole, missing meetings and deadlines as if they were an
insult to the fabric of space/time itself.
At first, his coworkers felt bad and covered for him. After all, the guy had
just had a tumor the size of a small fruit basket cut out of his head. But then
the covering became too much for them, and Elliot’s excuses too
unreasonable. You skipped an investor’s meeting to buy a new stapler, Elliot?
Really? What were you thinking? 2
After months of the botched meetings and the bullshit, the truth was
undeniable: Elliot had lost something more than a tumor in the surgery, and as
far as his colleagues were concerned, that something was a shitload of
company money. So, Elliot was fired.
Meanwhile, his home life wasn’t faring much better. Imagine if you took a
deadbeat dad, stuffed him inside a couch potato, lightly glazed it with Family
Feud reruns, and baked it at 350°F for twenty-four hours a day. That was
Elliot’s new life. He missed his son’s Little League games. He skipped a
parent-teacher conference to watch a James Bond marathon on TV. He forgot
that his wife generally preferred it if he spoke to her more than once a week.
Fights erupted in Elliot’s marriage along new and unexpected fault lines—
except, they couldn’t really be considered fights. Fights require that two
people give a shit. And while his wife breathed fire, Elliot had trouble
following the plot. Instead of acting with urgency to change or to patch things
up, to show that he loved and cared for these people who were his own, he
remained isolated and indifferent. It was as though he were living in another
area code, one never quite reachable from anywhere on earth.
Eventually, his wife couldn’t take it anymore. Elliot had lost something
else besides that tumor, she yelled. And that something was called his
goddamn heart. She divorced him and took the kids. And Elliot was alone.
Dejected and confused, Elliot began looking for ways to restart his career.
He got sucked into some bad business ventures. A scam artist conned him out
of much of his savings. A predatory woman seduced him, convinced him to
elope, and then divorced him a year later, making off with half his assets. He
loafed around town, settling in increasingly cheaper and shittier apartments
until, after a few years, he was effectively homeless. His brother took him in
and began supporting him. Friends and family looked on aghast while, over a
few short years, a man they had once admired essentially threw his life away.
No one could make sense of it. It was undeniable that something in Elliot had
changed; that those debilitating headaches had caused more than pain.
The question was, what had changed?
Elliot’s brother chaperoned him from one doctor’s visit to the next. “He’s
not himself,” the brother would say. “He has a problem. He seems fine, but
he’s not. I promise.”
The doctors did their doctor things and received their doctor results, and
unfortunately, they said that Elliot was perfectly normal—or, at least, he fit
their definition of normal; above average, even. His CAT scans looked fine.
His IQ was still high. His reasoning was solid. His memory was great. He
could discuss, at length, the repercussions and consequences of his poor
choices. He could converse on a wide range of subjects with humor and
charm. His psychiatrist said Elliot wasn’t depressed. On the contrary, he had
high self-esteem, and no signs of chronic anxiety or stress—he exhibited
almost Zen-like calm in the eye of a hurricane caused by his own negligence.
His brother couldn’t accept this. Something was wrong. Something was
missing in him.
Finally, in desperation, Elliot was referred to a famous neuroscientist
named Antonio Damasio.
Initially, Antonio Damasio did the same things the other doctors had done: he
gave Elliot a bunch of cognitive tests. Memory, reflexes, intelligence,
personality, spatial relations, moral reasoning—everything checked out. Elliot
passed with flying colors.
Then, Damasio did something to Elliot no other doctor had thought to do:
he talked to him—like, really talked to him. He wanted to know everything:
every mistake, every error, every regret. How had he lost his job, his family,
his house, his savings? Take me through each decision, explain the thought
process (or, in this case, the lack of a thought process).
Elliot could explain, at length, what decisions he’d made, but he couldn’t
explain the why of those decisions. He could recount facts and sequences of
events with perfect fluidity and even a certain dramatic flair, but when asked
to analyze his decision making—why did he decide that buying a new stapler
was more important than meeting with an investor, why did he decide that
James Bond was more interesting than his kids?—he was at a loss. He had no
answers. And not only that, he wasn’t even upset about having no answers. In
fact, he didn’t care.
This was a man who had lost everything due to his own poor choices and
mistakes, who had exhibited no self-control whatsoever, and who was
completely aware of the disaster his life had become, and yet he apparently
showed no remorse, no self-loathing, not even a little bit of embarrassment.
Many people have been driven to suicide for less than what Elliot had
endured. Yet there he was, not only comfortable with his own misfortune but
indifferent to it.
That’s when Damasio had a brilliant realization: the psychological tests
Elliot had undergone were designed to measure his ability to think, but none
of the tests was designed to measure his ability to feel. Every doctor had been
so concerned about Elliot’s reasoning abilities that no one had stopped to
consider that it was Elliot’s capacity for emotion that had been damaged. And
even if they had realized it, there was no standardized way of measuring that
damage.
One day, one of Damasio’s colleagues printed up a bunch of grotesque
and disturbing pictures. There were burn victims, gruesome murder scenes,
war-torn cities, and starving children. He then showed Elliot the photos, one
by one.
Elliot was completely indifferent. He felt nothing. And the fact that he
didn’t care was so shocking that even he had to comment on how fucked up it
was. He admitted that he knew for sure that these images would have
disturbed him in the past, that his heart would have welled up with empathy
and horror, that he would have turned away in disgust. But now? As he sat
there, staring at the darkest corruptions of the human experience, Elliot felt
nothing.
And this, Damasio discovered, was the problem: while Elliot’s knowledge
and reasoning were left intact, the tumor and/or the surgery to remove it had
debilitated his ability to empathize and feel. His inner world no longer
possessed lightness and darkness but was instead an endless gray miasma.
Attending his daughter’s piano recital evoked in him all the vibrancy and
joyful fatherly pride of buying a new pair of socks. Losing a million dollars
felt exactly the same to him as pumping gas, laundering his sheets, or
watching Family Feud. He had become a walking, talking indifference
machine. And without that ability to make value judgments, to determine
better from worse, no matter how intelligent he was, Elliot had lost his self-
control.
But this raised a huge question: if Elliot’s cognitive abilities (his intelligence,
his memory, his attention) were all in perfect shape, why couldn’t he make
effective decisions anymore?
This stumped Damasio and his colleagues. We’ve all wished at times that
we couldn’t feel emotion, because our emotions often drive us to do stupid
shit we later regret. For centuries, psychologists and philosophers assumed
that dampening or suppressing our emotions was the solution to all life’s
problems. Yet, here was a man stripped of his emotions and empathy entirely,
someone who had nothing but his intelligence and reasoning, and his life had
quickly degenerated into a total clusterfuck. His case went against all the
common wisdom about rational decision making and self-control.
But there was a second, equally perplexing question: If Elliot was still as
smart as a whip and could reason his way through problems presented to him,
why did his work performance fall off a cliff? Why did his productivity
morph into a raging dumpster fire? Why did he essentially abandon his family
knowing full well the negative consequences? Even if you don’t give a shit
about your wife or your job anymore, you should be able to reason that it’s
still important to maintain them, right? I mean, that’s what sociopaths
eventually figure out. So, why couldn’t Elliot? Really, how hard is it to show
up to a Little League game every once in a while? Somehow, by losing his
ability to feel, Elliot had also lost his ability to make decisions. He’d lost the
ability to control his own life.
We’ve all had the experience of knowing what we should do yet failing to
do it. We’ve all put off important tasks, ignored people we care about, and
failed to act in our own self-interest. And usually when we fail to do the
things we should, we assume it’s because we can’t sufficiently control our
emotions. We’re too undisciplined or we lack knowledge.
Yet Elliot’s case called all this into question. It called into question the
very idea of self-control, the idea that we can logically force ourselves to do
things that are good for us despite our impulses and emotions.
To generate hope in our lives, we must first feel as though we have control
over our lives. We must feel as though we’re following through on what we
know is good and right; that we’re chasing after “something better.” Yet many
of us struggle with the inability to control ourselves. Elliot’s case would be
one of the breakthroughs to understanding why this occurs. This man, poor,
isolated and alone; this man staring at photos of broken bodies and earthquake
mbble that could easily have been metaphors for his life; this man who had
lost everything, absolutely everything, and still cracked a smile to tell about it
—this man would be the key to revolutionizing our understanding of the
human mind, how we make decisions, and how much self-control we actually
have.
The Classic Assumption
Once, when asked about his drinking, the musician Tom Waits famously
muttered, “I’d rather have a bottle in front of me than a frontal lobotomy.” He
appeared to be hammered when he said it. Oh, and he was on national
television. 4
The frontal lobotomy is a form of brain surgery wherein a hole is drilled
into your skull through your nose and then the frontal lobe is gently sliced
with an icepick. 5 The procedure was invented in 1935 by a neurologist named
Antonio Egas Moniz. 6 Egas Moniz discovered that if you took people with
extreme anxiety, suicidal depression, or other mental health issues (aka crises
of hope) and maimed their brain in just the right way, they’d chill the fuck
out.
Egas Moniz believed that the lobotomy, once perfected, could cure all
mental illness, and he marketed it to the world as such. By end of the 1940s,
the procedure was a hit, being performed on tens of thousands of patients all
over the world. Egas Moniz would even win a Nobel Prize for his discovery.
But by the 1950s, people began to notice that—and this might sound crazy
—drilling a hole through somebody’s face and scraping their brain the same
way you clean ice off your windshield can produce a few negative side
effects. And by “a few negative side effects,” I mean the patients became
goddamn potatoes. While often “curing” patients of their extreme emotional
afflictions, the procedure also left them with an inability to focus, make
decisions, have careers, make long-term plans, or think abstractly about
themselves. Essentially, they became mindlessly satisfied zombies. They
became Elliots.
The Soviet Union, of all places, was the first country to outlaw the
lobotomy. The Soviets declared the procedure “contrary to human principles”
and claimed that it “turned an insane person into an idiot.” 7 This was sort of a
wake-up call to the rest of the world, because let’s face it, when Joseph Stalin
is lecturing you about ethics and human decency, you know you’ve fucked
up.
After that, the rest of the world began, slowly, to ban the practice, and by
the 1960s, pretty much everyone hated it. The last lobotomy would be
performed in the United States in 1967, and the patient would die. Ten years
later, a drunken Tom Waits muttered his famous line on television, and the
rest, as they say, is history.
Tom Waits was a blistering alcoholic who spent most of the 1970s trying to
keep his eyes open and remember where he last left his cigarettes. 8 He also
found time to write and record seven brilliant albums in this period. He was
both prolific and profound, winning awards and selling millions of records
that were celebrated worldwide. He was one of those rare artists whose
insight into the human condition could be startling.
Waits’s quip about the lobotomy makes us laugh, but there’s a hidden
wisdom to it: that he’d rather have the problem of passion with the bottle than
have no passion at all; that it’s better to find hope in lowly places than to find
none; that without our unruly impulses, we are nothing.
There’s pretty much always been a tacit assumption that our emotions
cause all our problems, and that our reason must swoop in to clean up the
mess. This line of thinking goes all the way back to Socrates, who declared
reason the root of all virtue. 9 At the beginning of the Enlightenment,
Descartes argued that our reason was separate from our animalistic desires
and that it had to learn to control those desires. 10 Kant sort of said the same
thing. 11 Freud, too, except there were a lot of penises involved. 12 And when
Egas Moniz lobotomized his first patient in 1935, I’m sure he thought he had
just discovered a way to do what, for more than two thousand years,
philosophers had declared needed to be done: to grant reason dominion over
the unruly passions, to help humanity finally exercise some damn control over
itself.
This assumption (that we must use our rational mind to dominate our
emotions) has trickled down through the centuries and continues to define
much of our culture today. Let’s call it the “Classic Assumption.” The Classic
Assumption says that if a person is undisciplined, unruly, or malicious, it’s
because he lacks the ability to subjugate his feelings, that he is weak-willed or
just plain fucked up. The Classic Assumption sees passion and emotion as
flaws, errors within the human psyche that must be overcome and fixed
within the self.
Today, we usually judge people based on the Classic Assumption. Obese
people are ridiculed and shamed because their obesity is seen as a failure of
self-control. They know they should be thin, yet they continue to eat. Why?
Something must be wrong with them, we assume. Smokers: same deal. Drug
addicts receive the same treatment, of course, but often with the extra stigma
of being defined as criminals.
Depressed and suicidal people are subjected to the Classic Assumption in
a way that’s dangerous, being told that their inability to create hope and
meaning in their lives is their own damn fault, that maybe, if they just tried a
little harder, hanging themselves by the necktie wouldn’t sound so appealing.
We see succumbing to our emotional impulses as a moral failing. We see a
lack of self-control as a sign of a deficient character. Conversely, we celebrate
people who beat their emotions into submission. We get collective hard-ons
for athletes and businessmen and leaders who are ruthless and robotic in their
efficiency. If a CEO sleeps under his desk and doesn’t see his kids for six
weeks at a time—fuck yeah, that’s determination! See? Anyone can be
successful!
Clearly, it’s not hard to see how the Classic Assumption can lead to some
damaging . . . er, assumptions. If the Classic Assumption is true, then we
should be able to exhibit self-control, prevent emotional outbursts and crimes
of passion, and stave off addiction and indulgences through mental effort
alone. And any failure to do so reflects something inherently faulty or
damaged within us.
This is why we often develop the false belief that we need to change who
we are. Because if we can’t achieve our goals, if we can’t lose the weight or
get the promotion or learn the skill, then that signifies some internal
deficiency. Therefore, in order to maintain hope, we decide we must change
ourselves, become somebody totally new and different. This desire to change
ourselves then refills us with hope. The “old me” couldn’t shake that terrible
smoking habit, but the “new me” will. And we’re off to the races again.
The constant desire to change yourself then becomes its own sort of
addiction: each cycle of “changing yourself” results in similar failures of self-
control, therefore making you feel as though you need to “change yourself”
all over again. Each cycle refuels you with the hope you’re looking for.
Meanwhile, the Classic Assumption, the root of the problem, is never
addressed or questioned, let alone thrown out.
Like a bad case of acne, a whole industry has sprouted up over the past
couple of centuries around this “change yourself” idea. This industry is
replete with false promises and clues to the secrets of happiness, success, and
self-control. Yet all the industry does is reinforce the same impulses that drive
people to feel inadequate in the first place . 13
The truth is that the human mind is far more complex than any “secret.”
And you can’t simply change yourself; nor, I would argue, should you always
feel you must.
We cling to this narrative about self-control because the belief that we’re
in complete control of ourselves is a major source of hope. We want to
believe that changing ourselves is as simple as knowing what to change. We
want to believe that the ability to do something is as simple as deciding to do
it and mustering enough willpower to get there. We want to believe ourselves
to be the masters of our own destiny, capable of anything we can dream.
This is what made Damasio’s discovery with “Elliot” such a big deal: it
showed that the Classic Assumption is wrong. If the Classic Assumption were
true, if life were as simple as learning to control one’s emotions and make
decisions based on reason, then Elliot should have been an unstoppable
badass, tirelessly industrious, and a ruthless decision maker. Similarly, if the
Classic Assumption were true, lobotomies should be all the rage. We’d all be
saving up for them as if they were boob jobs.
But lobotomies don’t work, and Elliot’s life was ruined.
The fact is that we require more than willpower to achieve self-control. It
turns out that our emotions are instrumental in our decision making and our
actions. We just don’t always realize it.
You Have Two Brains, and They’re Really Bad at Talking to
Each Other
Let’s pretend your mind is a car. Let’s call it the “Consciousness Car.” Your
Consciousness Car is driving along the road of life, and there are
intersections, on-ramps, and off-ramps. These roads and intersections
represent the decisions you must make as you drive, and they will determine
your destination.
Now, there are two travelers in your Consciousness Car: a Thinking Brain
and a Feeling Brain . 14 The Thinking Brain represents your conscious
thoughts, your ability to make calculations, and your ability to reason through
various options and express ideas through language. Your Feeling Brain
represents your emotions, impulses, intuition, and instincts. While your
Thinking Brain is calculating payment schedules on your credit card
statement, your Feeling Brain wants to sell everything and run away to Tahiti.
Each of your two brains has its strengths and weaknesses. The Thinking
Brain is conscientious, accurate, and impartial. It is methodical and rational,
but it is also slow. It requires a lot of effort and energy, and like a muscle, it
must be built up over time and can become fatigued if overexerted . 15 The
Feeling Brain, however, arrives at its conclusions quickly and effortlessly.
The problem is that it is often inaccurate and irrational. The Feeling Brain is
also a bit of a drama queen and has a bad habit of overreacting.
When we think of ourselves and our decision making, we generally
assume that the Thinking Brain is driving our Consciousness Car and the
Feeling Brain is sitting in the passenger seat shouting out where it wants to
go. We’re driving along, accomplishing our goals and figuring out how to get
home, when that damn Feeling Brain sees something shiny or sexy or fun¬
looking and yanks the steering wheel in another direction, thus causing us to
careen into oncoming traffic, harming other people’s Consciousness Cars as
well as our own.
This is the Classic Assumption, the belief that our reason is ultimately in
control of our life and that we must train our emotions to sit the fuck down
and shut up while the adult is driving. We then applaud this kidnapping and
abuse of our emotions by congratulating ourselves on our self-control.
But our Consciousness Car doesn’t work that way. When his tumor was
removed, Elliot’s Feeling Brain got thrown out of his moving mental vehicle,
and nothing got better for him. In fact, his Consciousness Car stalled out.
Lobotomy patients had their Feeling Brains tied up and thrown in the car’s
trunk, and that merely caused them to become sedated and lazy, unable to get
out of bed or even dress themselves much of the time.
Meanwhile, Tom Waits was pretty much all Feeling Brain all the time, and
he got paid copious amounts of money to be drunk on television talk shows.
So, there’s that.
Here’s the truth: the Feeling Brain is driving our Consciousness Car. And
I don’t care how scientific you think you are or how many letters you have
after your name, you’re one of us, bucko. You’re a crazy Feeling Brain-
piloted meat robot just like the rest of us. Keep your bodily fluids to yourself,
please.
The Feeling Brain drives our Consciousness Car because, ultimately, we
are moved to action only by emotion. That’s because action is emotion . 16
Emotion is the biological hydraulic system that pushes our bodies into
movement. Fear is not this magical thing your brain invents. No, it happens in
our bodies. It’s the tightening of your stomach, the tensing of your muscles,
the release of adrenaline, the overwhelming desire for space and emptiness
around your body. While the Thinking Brain exists solely within the synaptic
arrangements inside your skull, the Feeling Brain is the wisdom and stupidity
of the entire body. Anger pushes your body to move. Anxiety pulls it into
retreat. Joy lights up the facial muscles, while sadness attempts to shade your
existence from view. Emotion inspires action, and action inspires emotion.
The two are inseparable.
This leads to the simplest and most obvious answer to the timeless
question, why don’t we do things we know we should do?
Because we don’t feel like it.
Every problem of self-control is not a problem of information or
discipline or reason but, rather, of emotion. Self-control is an emotional
problem; laziness is an emotional problem; procrastination is an emotional
problem; underachievement is an emotional problem; impulsiveness is an
emotional problem.
This sucks. Because emotional problems are much harder to deal with
than logical ones. There are equations to help you calculate the monthly
payments on your car loan. There are no equations to help you end a bad
relationship.
And as you’ve probably figured out by now, intellectually understanding
how to change your behavior doesn’t change your behavior. (Trust me, I’ve
read like twelve books on nutrition and am still chomping on a burrito as I
write this.) We know we should stop smoking cigarettes or stop eating sugar
or stop talking shit about our friends behind their backs, but we still do it. And
it’s not because we don’t know better; it’s because we don’t feel better.
Emotional problems are irrational, meaning they cannot be reasoned with.
And this brings us to even worse news: emotional problems can only have
emotional solutions. It’s all up to the Feeling Brain. And if you’ve seen how
most people’s Feeling Brains drive, that’s pretty fucking scary.
Meanwhile, while all this is going on, the Thinking Brain is sitting in the
passenger seat imagining itself to be totally in control of the situation. If the
Feeling Brain is our driver, then the Thinking Brain is the navigator. It has
stacks of maps to reality that it has drawn and accumulated throughout life. It
knows how to double back and find alternate routes to the same destination. It
knows where the bad turns are and where to find the shortcuts. It correctly
sees itself as the intelligent, rational brain, and it believes that this somehow
privileges it to be in control of the Consciousness Car. But, alas, it doesn’t. As
Daniel Kahneman once put it, the Thinking Brain is “the supporting character
who imagines herself to be the hero .” 17
Even if sometimes they can’t stand each other, our two brains need each
other. The Feeling Brain generates the emotions that cause us to move into
action, and the Thinking Brain suggests where to direct that action. The
keyword here is suggests. While the Thinking Brain is not able to control the
Feeling Brain, it is able to influence it, sometimes to a great degree. The
Thinking Brain can convince the Feeling Brain to pursue a new road to a
better future, to pull a U-turn when it has made a mistake, or to consider new
routes or territories once ignored. But the Feeling Brain is stubborn, and if it
wants to go in one direction, it will drive that way no matter how many facts
or data the Thinking Brain provides. Moral psychologist Jonathan Haidt
compares the two brains to an elephant and its rider: the rider can gently steer
and pull the elephant in a particular direction, but ultimately the elephant is
going to go where it wants to go . 18
The Clown Car
The Feeling Brain, as great as it is, has its dark side. In the Consciousness
Car, your Feeling Brain is like a verbally abusive boyfriend who refuses to
pull over and ask for directions—he hates being told where to go and he will
absolutely make you fucking miserable if you question his driving.
In order to avoid these psychological kerfuffles, and to maintain a sense of
hope, the Thinking Brain develops a tendency to draw maps explaining or
justifying where the Feeling Brain has already decided it wants to go. If the
Feeling Brain wants ice cream, instead of contradicting it with facts about
processed sugar and excess calories, your Thinking Brain decides, “You know
what, I worked hard today. I deserve some ice cream,” and your Feeling Brain
responds with a sense of ease and satisfaction. If your Feeling Brain decides
that your partner is an asshole and you’ve done nothing wrong, your Thinking
Brain’s immediate reaction will be to recall instances when you, in fact, were
a beacon of patience and humility while your partner was secretly conspiring
to ruin your life.
In this way, the two brains develop a really unhealthy relationship that
might resemble your mom and dad on road trips when you were a kid. The
Thinking Brain makes shit up that the Feeling Brain wants to hear. And in
return, the Feeling Brain promises not to careen off the side of the road,
killing everyone.
It’s incredibly easy to let your Thinking Brain fall into the trap of merely
drawing the maps the Feeling Brain wants to follow. This is called the “self-
serving bias,” and it’s the basis for pretty much everything awful about
humanity.
Usually, the self-serving bias simply makes you prejudiced and a little bit
self-centered. You assume that what feels right is right. You make snap
judgments about people, places, groups, and ideas, many of which are unfair
or even a little bit bigoted.
But in its extreme form, the self-serving bias can become outright
delusion, causing you to believe in a reality that is not there, smudging
memories and exaggerating facts, all in the service of the Feeling Brain’s
never-ending cravings. If the Thinking Brain is weak and/or uneducated, or if
the Feeling Brain is riled up, the Thinking Brain will succumb to the Feeling
Brain’s fiery whims and dangerous driving. It will lose the ability to think for
itself or to contradict the Feeling Brain’s conclusions.
This effectively turns your Consciousness Car into a Clown Car, with big,
springy red wheels and circus music playing over a loudspeaker wherever you
go . 19 Your Consciousness Car becomes a Clown Car when your Thinking
Brain has completely capitulated to your Feeling Brain, when your life’s
pursuits are determined purely by self-gratification, when truth warps into a
cartoon of self-serving assumptions, when all beliefs and principles are lost in
a sea of nihilism.
The Clown Car invariably drives toward addiction, narcissism, and
compulsion. People whose minds are Clown Cars are easily manipulated by
whatever person or group makes them feel good consistently—whether it is a
religious leader, politician, self-help guru, or sinister internet forum. A Clown
Car will gladly steamroll other Consciousness Cars (i.e., other people) with its
big, red rubbery tires because its Thinking Brain will justify this by saying
they deserved it—they were evil, inferior, or part of some made-up problem.
Some Clown Cars merely drive toward fun—they’re all about drinking
and fucking and partying. Others drive toward power. These are the most
dangerous Clown Cars, as their Thinking Brains set to work justifying their
abuse and subjugation of others through intellectual-sounding theories about
economics, politics, race, genetics, gender, biology, history, and so on. A
Clown Car will sometimes pursue hate, too, because hate brings its own odd
satisfaction and self-assurance. Such a mind is prone to self-righteous anger,
as having an external target reassures it of its own moral superiority.
Inevitably, it drives toward the destruction of others because it is only through
the destruction and subjugation of the outer world that its endless inner
impulses can be satisfied.
It’s hard to pull someone out of the Clown Car once they’re in it. In the
Clown Car, the Thinking Brain has been bullied and abused by the Feeling
Brain for so long that it develops a sort of Stockholm syndrome—it can’t
imagine a life beyond pleasing and justifying the Feeling Brain. It can’t
fathom contradicting the Feeling Brain or challenging it on where it’s going,
and it resents you for suggesting that it should. With the Clown Car, there’s no
independent thought and no ability to measure contradiction or switch beliefs
or opinions. In a sense, the person with a Clown Car mind ceases to have an
individual identity at all.
This is why cultish leaders always start by encouraging people to shut off
their Thinking Brains as much as possible. Initially, this feels profound to
people because the Thinking Brain is often correcting the Feeling Brain,
showing it where it took a wrong turn. So, silencing the Thinking Brain will
feel extremely good for a short period. And people are always mistaking what
feels good for what is good.
The metaphorical Clown Car is what inspired ancient philosophers to
warn against the overindulgence and worship of feelings . 2 It was the fear of
the Clown Car that inspired the Greeks and Romans to teach of the virtues
and, later, the Christian Church to push a message of abstinence and self-
denial . 21 Both classical philosophers and the Church had seen the destruction
wrought by narcissistic and megalomaniacal men in power. And they all
believed that the only way to manage the Feeling Brain was to deprive it, to
give it as little oxygen as possible, thus preventing it from exploding and
destroying the world around it. This thinking gave birth to the Classic
Assumption: that the only way to be a good person is through dominance of
the Thinking Brain over the Feeling Brain, the championing of reason over
emotion, duty over desire.
For most of human history, people have been brutal, superstitious, and
uneducated. People in the Middle Ages used to torture cats for sport and take
their kids to watch the local burglar get his nuts chopped off in the town
square . 22 People were sadistic, impulsive fuckers. For most of history, the
world has not been a pleasant place to live, and that was largely because
everyone’s Feeling Brains were running amok . 23 The Classic Assumption was
often the only thing that stood between civilization and total anarchy.
Then something happened in the last couple of hundred years. People
built trains and cars and invented central heating and stuff. Economic
prosperity outran human impulses. People were no longer worried about not
being able to eat or about being killed for insulting the king. Life was more
comfortable and easier. People now had a ton of free time to sit and think and
worry about all sorts of existential shit that they had never considered before.
As a result, several movements arose in the late twentieth century
championing the Feeling Brain . 24 And indeed, liberating the Feeling Brain
from the Thinking Brain’s suppression was incredibly therapeutic for millions
of people (and continues to be so today).
The problem was that people began to go too far the other way. They went
from recognizing and honoring their feelings to the other extreme of believing
that their feelings were the only thing that mattered. This has been particularly
true for white, middle-class yuppies who were raised under the Classic
Assumption, grew up miserable, and then got in touch with their Feeling
Brains at a much later age. Because these people never had any real problems
in their lives other than feeling bad, they erroneously came to believe that
feelings were all that mattered and that the Thinking Brain’s maps were
merely inconvenient distractions from those feelings. Many of these people
called this shutting off of their Thinking Brains in favor of their Feeling
Brains “spiritual growth,” and convinced themselves that being self-absorbed
twats brought them closer to enlightenment , 25 when, really, they were
indulging the old Feeling Brain. It was the same old Clown Car with a new,
spiritual-looking paint job . 26
The overindulgence of emotion leads to a crisis of hope, but so does the
repression of emotion . 27
The person who denies his Feeling Brain numbs himself to the world
around him. By rejecting his emotions, he rejects making value judgments,
that is, deciding that one thing is better than another. As a result, he becomes
indifferent to life and the results of his decisions. He struggles to engage with
others. His relationships suffer. And eventually, his chronic indifference leads
him to an unpleasant visit with the Uncomfortable Truth. After all, if nothing
is more or less important, then there’s no reason to do anything. And if there’s
no reason to do anything, then why live at all?
Meanwhile, the person who denies his Thinking Brain becomes impulsive
and selfish, warping reality to conform to his whims and fancies, which are
then never satiated. His crisis of hope is that no matter how much he eats,
drinks, dominates, or fucks, it will never be enough—it will never matter
enough, it will never feel significant enough. He will be on a perpetual
treadmill of desperation, always running, though never moving. And if at any
point he stops, the Uncomfortable Truth immediately catches up to him.
I know. I’m being dramatic again. But I have to be, Thinking Brain.
Otherwise, the Feeling Brain will get bored and close this book. Ever wonder
why a page-turner is a page-turner? It’s not you turning those pages, idiot; it’s
your Feeling Brain. It’s the anticipation and suspense; the joy of discovery
and the satisfaction of resolution. Good writing is writing that is able to speak
to and stimulate both brains at the same time.
And this is the whole problem: speaking to both brains, integrating our
brains into a cooperative, coordinated, unified whole. Because if self-control
is an illusion of the Thinking Brain’s overblown self-regard, then it’s self¬
acceptance that will save us—accepting our emotions and working with them
rather than against them. But to develop that self-acceptance, we have to do
some work, Thinking Brain. Let’s talk. Meet me in the next section.
An Open Letter to Your Thinking Brain
Hey, Thinking Brain.
How are things? How’s the family? How’d that tax situation work out?
Oh, wait. Never mind. I forgot—I don’t fucking care.
Look, I know there’s something the Feeling Brain is screwing up for you.
Maybe it’s an important relationship. Maybe it’s causing you to make
embarrassing phone calls at 3:00 a.m. Maybe it’s constantly medicating itself
with substances it probably shouldn’t be using. I know there’s something you
wish you could control about yourself but can’t. And I imagine, at times, this
problem causes you to lose hope.
But listen, Thinking Brain, those things you hate so much about your
Feeling Brain—the cravings, the impulses, the horrible decision making? You
need to find a way to empathize with them. Because that’s the only language
the Feeling Brain really understands: empathy. The Feeling Brain is a
sensitive creature; it’s made out of your damn feelings, after all. I wish it
weren’t true. I wish you could just show it a spreadsheet to make it
understand—you know, like we understand. But you can’t.
Instead of bombarding the Feeling Brain with facts and reason, start by
asking how it’s feeling. Say something like “Hey, Feeling Brain, how do you
feel about going to the gym today?” or “How do you feel about changing
careers?” or “How do you feel about selling everything and moving to
Tahiti?”
The Feeling Brain won’t respond with words. No, the Feeling Brain is too
quick for words. Instead, it will respond with feelings. Yeah, I know that’s
obvious, but sometimes you’re kind of a dumbass, Thinking Brain.
The Feeling Brain might respond with a feeling of laziness or a feeling of
anxiety. There might even be multiple emotions, a little bit of excitement with
a pinch of anger thrown into the mix. Whatever it is, you, as the Thinking
Brain (aka, the responsible one in this cranium), need to remain
nonjudgmental in the face of whatever feelings arise. Feeling lazy? That’s
okay; we all feel lazy sometimes. Feeling self-loathing? Perhaps that’s an
invitation to take the conversation further. The gym can wait.
It’s important to let the Feeling Brain air out all its icky, twisted feelings.
Just get them out into the open where they can breathe, because the more they
breathe, the weaker their grip is on the steering wheel of your Consciousness
Car. 28
Then, once you feel you’ve reached a point of understanding with your
Feeling Brain, it’s time to appeal to it in a way it understands: through
feelings. Maybe think about all the benefits of some desired new behavior.
Maybe mention all the sexy, shiny, fun things at the desired destination.
Maybe remind the Feeling Brain how good it feels to have exercised, how
great it will feel to look good in a bathing suit this summer, how much you
respect yourself when you’ve followed through on your goals, how happy you
are when you live by your values, when you act as an example to the ones you
love.
Basically, you need to bargain with your Feeling Brain the way you’d
bargain with a Moroccan rug seller: it needs to believe it’s getting a good
deal, or else there’ll just be a lot of hand waving and shouting with no result.
Maybe you agree to do something the Feeling Brain likes, as long as it does
something it doesn’t like. Watch your favorite TV show, but only at the gym
while you’re on the treadmill. Go out with friends, but only if you’ve paid
your bills for the month. 29
Start easy. Remember, the Feeling Brain is highly sensitive, and
completely unreasonable.
When you offer something easy with an emotional benefit (e.g., feeling
good after a workout; pursuing a career that feels significant; being admired
and respected by your kids), the Feeling Brain will respond with another
emotion, either positive or negative. If the emotion is positive, the Feeling
Brain will be willing to drive a little bit in that direction—but only a little bit!
Remember: feelings never last. That’s why you start small. Just put on your
gym shoes today, Feeling Brain. That’s all. Let’s just see what happens. 30
If the Feeling Brain’s response is negative, you simply acknowledge that
negative emotion and offer another compromise. See how the Feeling Brain
responds. Then rinse and repeat.
But whatever you do, do not fight the Feeling Brain. That just makes
things worse. For one, you won’t win, ever. The Feeling Brain is always
driving. Second, fighting with the Feeling Brain about feeling bad will only
cause the Feeling Brain to feel even worse. So, why would you do that? You
were supposed to be the smart one, Thinking Brain.
This dialogue with your Feeling Brain will continue back and forth like
this, on and off, for days, weeks, or maybe even months. Hell, years. This
dialogue between the brains takes practice. For some, the practice will be
recognizing what emotion the Feeling Brain is putting out there. Some
people’s Thinking Brains have ignored their Feeling Brains for so long that it
takes them a while to learn how to listen again.
Others will have the opposite problem: They will have to train their
Thinking Brain to speak up, force it to propose an independent thought (a new
direction) that’s separate from the Feeling Brain’s feelings. They will have to
ask themselves, what if my Feeling Brain is wrong to feel this way? and then
consider the alternatives. This will be difficult for them at first. But the more
this dialogue occurs, the more the two brains will begin to listen to each other.
The Feeling Brain will start giving off different emotions, and the Thinking
Brain will have a better understanding of how to help the Feeling Brain
navigate the road of life.
This is what’s referred to in psychology as “emotional regulation,” and it’s
basically learning how to put a bunch of fucking guardrails and One Way
signs along your road of life to keep your Feeling Brain from careening off a
cliff. 3 It’s hard work, but it’s arguably the only work.
Because you don’t get to control your feelings, Thinking Brain. Self-
control is an illusion. It’s an illusion that occurs when both brains are aligned
and pursuing the same course of action. It’s an illusion designed to give
people hope. And when the Thinking Brain isn’t aligned with the Feeling
Brain, people feel powerless, and the world around them begins to feel
hopeless. The only way you consistently nail that illusion is by consistently
communicating and aligning the brains around the same values. It’s a skill,
much the same as playing water polo or juggling knives is a skill. It takes
work. And there will be failures along the way. You might slice your arm
open and bleed everywhere. But that’s just the cost of admission.
But here’s what you do have, Thinking Brain. You may not have self-
control, but you do have meaning control. This is your superpower. This is
your gift. You get to control the meaning of your impulses and feelings. You
get to decipher them however you see fit. You get to draw the map. And this
is incredibly powerful, because it’s the meaning that we ascribe to our
feelings that can often alter how the Feeling Brain reacts to them.
And this is how you produce hope. This is how you produce a sense that
the future can be fruitful and pleasant: by interpreting the shit the Feeling
Brain slings at you in a profound and useful way. Instead of justifying and
enslaving yourself to the impulses, challenge them and analyze them. Change
their character and their shape.
This is basically what good therapy is, of course. Self-acceptance and
emotional intelligence and all that. Actually, this whole “teach your Thinking
Brain to decipher and cooperate with your Feeling Brain instead of judging
him and thinking he’s an evil piece of shit” is the basis for CBT (cognitive
behavioral therapy) and ACT (acceptance and commitment therapy) and a lot
of other fun acronyms that clinical psychologists invented to make our lives
better.
Our crises of hope often start with a basic sense that we do not have
control over ourselves or our destiny. We feel victims to the world around us
or, worse, to our own minds. We fight our Feeling Brain, trying to beat it into
submission. Or we do the opposite and follow it mindlessly. We ridicule
ourselves and hide from the world because of the Classic Assumption. And in
many ways, the affluence and connectivity of the modern world only make
the pain of the illusion of self-control that much worse.
But this is your mission, Thinking Brain, should you choose to accept it:
Engage the Feeling Brain on its own terms. Create an environment that can
bring about the Feeling Brain’s best impulses and intuition, rather than its
worst. Accept and work with, rather than against, whatever the Feeling Brain
spews at you.
Everything else (all the judgments and assumptions and self-
aggrandizement) is an illusion. It was always an illusion. You don’t have
control, Thinking Brain. You never did, and you never will. Yet, you needn’t
lose hope.
Antonio Damasio ended up writing a celebrated book called Descartes’ Error
about his experiences with “Elliot,” and much of his other research. In it, he
argues that the same way the Thinking Brain produces a logical, factual form
of knowledge, the Feeling Brain develops its own type of value-laden
knowledge. 32 The Thinking Brain makes associations among facts, data, and
observations. Similarly, the Feeling Brain makes value judgments based on
those same facts, data, and observations. The Feeling Brain decides what is
good and what is bad; what is desirable and what is undesirable; and most
important, what we deserve and what we don X deserve.
The Thinking Brain is objective and factual. The Feeling Brain is
subjective and relative. And no matter what we do, we can never translate one
form of knowledge into the other. 33 This is the real problem of hope. It’s rare
that we don’t understand intellectually how to cut back on carbs, or wake up
earlier, or stop smoking. It’s that somewhere inside our Feeling Brain, we
have decided that we don’t deserve to do those things, that we are unworthy
of doing them. And that’s why we feel so bad about them.
This feeling of unworthiness is usually the result of some bad shit
happening to us at some point. We suffer through some terrible stuff, and our
Feeling Brain decides that we deserved those bad experiences. Therefore, it
sets out, despite the Thinking Brain’s better knowledge, to repeat and
reexperience that suffering.
This is the fundamental problem of self-control. This is the fundamental
problem of hope—not an uneducated Thinking Brain, but an uneducated
Feeling Brain, a Feeling Brain that has adopted and accepted poor value
judgments about itself and the world. And this is the real work of anything
that even resembles psychological healing: getting our values straight with
ourselves so that we can get our values straight with the world.
Put another way, the problem isn’t that we don’t know how not to get
punched in the face. The problem is that, at some point, likely a long time
ago, we got punched in face, and instead of punching back, we decided we
deserved it.
Chapter 3
Newton’s Laws of Emotion
The first time Isaac Newton got hit in the face, he was standing in a field. His
uncle had been explaining to him why wheat should be planted in diagonal
rows, but Isaac wasn’t listening. He was gazing into the sun, wondering what
the light was made of.
He was seven years old. 1
His uncle backhanded him so hard across his left cheek that Isaac’s sense
of self temporarily broke upon the ground on which his body fell. He lost any
feeling of personal cohesion. And as the parts of his psyche put themselves
back together, some secret piece of himself remained in the dirt, left behind in
a place from which it would never be recovered.
Isaac’s father had died before he was born, and his mother soon abandoned
her son to marry some old rich guy the next village over. As a result, Isaac
spent his formative years being shuffled among uncles, cousins, and
grandparents. No one particularly wanted him. Few knew what to do with
him. He was a burden. Love came difficultly, and usually not at all.
Isaac’s uncle was an uneducated drunk, but he did know how to count
hedges and rows in fields. It was his one intellectual skill, and because of this,
he did it probably more often than he needed to. Isaac often tagged along to
these row-counting sessions because it was the only time his uncle ever paid
attention to him. And like water in a desert, any attention the boy got he
desperately soaked in.
As it turned out, the boy was a kind of prodigy. By age eight, he could
project the amount of feed required to sustain the sheep and pigs for the
following season. By nine, he could rattle off the top of his head calculations
for hectares of wheat, barley, and potatoes.
By age ten, Isaac had decided that farming was stupid and instead turned
his attention to calculating the exact trajectory of the sun throughout the
seasons. His uncle didn’t care about the exact trajectory of the sun because it
wouldn’t put food on the table—at least not directly—so, again, he hit Isaac.
School didn’t make things any better. Isaac was pale and scrawny and
absentminded. He lacked social skills. He was into nerdy shit like sundials,
Cartesian planes, and determining whether the moon was actually a sphere.
While the other kids played cricket or chased one another through the woods,
Isaac stood staring for hours into local streams, wondering how the eyeball
was capable of seeing light.
Isaac Newton’s early life was one hit after another. And with each blow,
his Feeling Brain learned to feel an immutable truth: that there must be
something inherently wrong with him. Why else would his parents have
abandoned him? Why else would his peers ridicule him? What other
explanation for his near-constant solitude? While his Thinking Brain occupied
itself drawing fanciful graphs and charting the lunar eclipses, his Feeling
Brain silently internalized the knowledge that there was something
fundamentally broken about this small English boy from Lincolnshire.
One day, he wrote in his school notebook, “I am a little fellow. Pale and
weak. There is no room for me. Not in the house or in the bottom of hell.
What can I do? What am I good for? I cannot but weep.” 2
Up until this point, everything you’ve read about Newton is true—or at
least highly plausible. But let’s pretend for a moment that there’s a parallel
universe. And let’s say that in this parallel universe there is another Isaac
Newton, much like our own. He still comes from a broken and abusive
family. He still lives a life of angry isolation. He still prodigiously measures
and calculates everything he encounters.
But let’s say that instead of obsessively measuring and calculating the
external, natural world, this Parallel Universe Newton decides to obsessively
measure and calculate the internal, psychological world, the world of the
human mind and heart.
This isn’t a huge leap of the imagination, as the victims of abuse are often
the keenest observers of human nature. For you and me, people-watching may
be something fun to do on a random Sunday in the park. But for the abused,
it’s a survival skill. For them, violence might erupt at any moment, therefore,
they develop a keen Spidey sense to protect themselves. A lilt in someone’s
voice, the rise of an eyebrow, the depth of a sigh—anything can set off their
internal alarm.
So, let’s imagine this Parallel Universe Newton, this “Emo Newton,”
turned his obsession toward the people around him. He kept notebooks,
cataloging all the observable behaviors of his peers and family. He scribbled
relentlessly, documenting every action, every word. He filled hundreds of
pages with inane observations of the kind of stuff people don’t even realize
they do. Emo Newton hoped that if measurement could be used to predict and
control the natural world, the shapes and configurations of the sun and moon
and stars, then it should also be able to predict and control the internal,
emotional world.
And through his observations, Emo Newton realized something painful
that we all kind of know, but that few of us ever want to admit: that people are
liars, all of us. We lie constantly and habitually. 3 We lie about important
things and trifling things. And we usually don’t lie out of malice—rather, we
lie to others because we’re in such a habit of lying to ourselves. 4
Isaac noted that light refracted through people’s hearts in ways that they
themselves did not seem to see; that people said they loved those whom they
appeared to hate; professed to believe one thing while doing another;
imagined themselves righteous while committing acts of the grandest
dishonesty and cruelty. Yet, in their own minds, they somehow believed their
actions to be consistent and tme.
Isaac decided that no one could be trusted. Ever. He calculated that his
pain was inversely proportional to the distance squared he put between
himself and the world. Therefore, he kept to himself, staying in no one’s orbit,
spinning out and away from the gravitational tug of any other human heart.
He had no friends; nor, he decided, did he want any. He concluded that the
world was a bleak, wretched place and that the only value to his pathetic life
was his ability to document and calculate that wretchedness.
For all his surliness, Isaac certainly didn’t lack ambition. He wanted to
know the trajectory of men’s hearts, the velocity of their pain. He wished to
know the force of their values and the mass of their hopes. And most
important, he wanted to understand the relationships among all these
elements.
He decided to write Newton’s Three Laws of Emotion. 5
NEWTON’S FIRST LAW OF EMOTION
For Every Action, There Is an Equal and Opposite Emotional
Reaction
Imagine that I punch you in the face. No reason. No justification. Just pure
violence.
Your instinctual reaction might be to retaliate in some way. Maybe it’d be
physical: you’d punch me back. Maybe it’d be verbal: you’d call me a bunch
of four-letter words. Or maybe your retaliation would be social: you’d call the
police or some other authority and have me punished for assaulting you.
Regardless of your response, you would feel a rush of negative emotion
directed toward me. And rightly so—clearly, I’m an awful person. After all,
the idea that I get to cause you pain with no justification, without your
deserving pain, generates a sense of injustice between us. A kind of moral gap
opens between us: the sense that one of us is inherently righteous, and the
other is an inferior piece of shit. 6
Pain causes moral gaps. And it’s not just between people. If a dog bites
you, your instinct is to punish it. If you stub your toe on a coffee table, what
do you do? You yell at the damn coffee table. If your home is washed away in
a flood, you are overcome with grief and become furious at God, the universe,
life itself.
These are moral gaps. They are a sense that something wrong has just
happened and you (or someone else) deserve to be made whole again.
Wherever there is pain, there is always an inherent sense of
superiority/inferiority. And there’s always pain.
When confronted with moral gaps, we develop overwhelming emotions
toward equalization, or a return to moral equality. These desires for
equalization take the form of a sense of deserving. Because I punched you,
you feel I deserve to be punched back or punished in some way. This feeling
(of my deserving pain) will cause you to have strong emotions about me
(most likely anger). You will also have strong emotions around the feeling
that you didn’t deserve to be punched, that you did no wrong, and that you
deserve better treatment from me and everyone else around you. These
feelings might take the form of sadness, self-pity, or confusion.
This whole sense of “deserving” something is a value judgment we make
in the face of a moral gap. We decide that something is better than something
else; that one person is more righteous or just than another; that one event is
less desirable than another. Moral gaps are where our values are born.
Now, let’s pretend I apologize to you for punching you. I say, “Hey,
reader, that was totally unfair and, wow, I was way out of line. That will
never, ever happen again. And as a symbol of my overwhelming regret and
guilt—here, I baked you a cake. Oh, and here’s a hundred bucks. Enjoy.”
Let’s also pretend that this is somehow satisfying to you. You accept my
apology and my cake and the hundred dollars and genuinely feel that
everything is fine. We’ve now “equalized.” The moral gap that was between
us is gone. I’ve “made up” for it. You might even say we’re even—neither of
us is a better or worse person than the other, neither of us deserves better or
worse treatment than the other any longer. We’re operating on the same moral
plane.
Equalizing like this restores hope. It means that there’s nothing
necessarily wrong with you or wrong with the world. That you can go about
your day with a sense of self-control, a hundred bucks, and a sweet-ass cake.
Now let’s imagine another scenario. This time, instead of punching you, let’s
say I buy you a house.
Yes, reader, I just bought you a fucking house.
This will open up another moral gap between us. But instead of an
overwhelming feeling of wanting to equalize the pain I’ve caused you, you
will instead experience an overwhelming feeling of wanting to equalize the
joy I’ve created. You might hug me, say “thank you” a hundred times, give
me a gift in return, or promise to babysit my cat from now until eternity.
Or, if you’re particularly well mannered (and have some self-control), you
may even attempt to refuse my offer to buy you a house because you
recognize that it will open up a moral gap that you will never be able to
surmount. You may acknowledge this by saying to me, “Thank you, but
absolutely not. There’s no way for me ever to repay you.”
As with the negative moral gap, with the positive moral gap you will feel
indebted to me, that you “owe me” something, that I deserve something good
or that you need to “make it up” to me somehow. You will have intense
feelings of gratitude and appreciation in my presence. You might even shed a
tear of joy. (Aw, reader!)
It’s our natural psychological inclination to equalize across moral gaps, to
reciprocate actions: positive for positive; negative for negative. The forces
that impel us to fill those gaps are our emotions. In this sense, every action
demands an equal and opposite emotional reaction. This is Newton’s First
Law of Emotion.
Newton’s First Law is constantly dictating the flow of our lives because it
is the algorithm by which our Feeling Brain interprets the world. If a movie
causes more pain than it relieves, you become bored, or perhaps even angry.
(Maybe you even attempt to equalize by demanding your money back.) If
your mother forgets your birthday, maybe you equalize by ignoring her for the
next six months. Or, if you’re more mature, you communicate your
disappointment to her. 8 If your favorite sports team loses in a horrible way,
you will feel compelled to attend fewer games, or to cheer for them less. If
you discover you have a talent for drawing, the admiration and satisfaction
you derive from your competence will inspire you to invest time, energy,
emotion, and money into the craft. 9 If your country elects a bozo whom you
can’t stand, you will feel a disconnect with your nation and government and
even other citizens. You will also feel as though you are owed something in
return for putting up with terrible policies.
Equalization is present in every experience because the drive to equalize
is emotion itself. Sadness is a feeling of powerlessness to make up for a
perceived loss. Anger is the desire to equalize through force and aggression.
Happiness is feeling liberated from pain, while guilt is the feeling that you
deserve some pain that never arrived. 10
This desire for equalization underlies our sense of justice. It’s been
codified throughout the ages into rules and laws, such as the Babylonian king
Hammurabi’s classic “an eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth,” or the
biblical Golden Rule, “Do unto others what you would have done unto you.”
In evolutionary biology, it’s known as “reciprocal altruism,” 11 and in game
theory, it’s called a “tit for tat” strategy. 12
Newton’s First Law generates our sense of morality. It underlies our
perceptions of fairness. It is the bedrock of every human culture. And . . .
It is the operating system of the Feeling Brain.
While our Thinking Brain creates factual knowledge around observation
and logic, the Feeling Brain creates our values around our experiences of
pain. Experiences that cause us pain create a moral gap within our minds, and
our Feeling Brain deems those experiences inferior and undesirable.
Experiences that relieve pain create a moral gap in the opposite direction, and
our Feeling Brain deems those experiences superior and desirable.
One way to think about it is that the Thinking Brain makes lateral
connections between events (sameness, contrasts, cause/effect, etc.), while the
Feeling Brain makes hierarchical connections (better/worse, more
desirable/less desirable, morally superior/morally inferior). 13 Our Thinking
Brain thinks horizontally (how are these things related?), while our Feeling
Brain thinks vertically (which of these things is better/worse?). Our Thinking
Brain decides how things are, and our Feeling Brain decides how things
ought to be.
When we have experiences, our Feeling Brain creates a sort of value
hierarchy for them. 1 It’s as though we have a massive bookshelf in our
subconscious where the best and most important experiences in life (with
family, friends, burritos) are on the top shelf and the least desirable
experiences (death, taxes, indigestion) are on the bottom. Our Feeling Brain
then makes its decisions by simply pursuing experiences on the highest shelf
possible.
Both brains have access to the value hierarchy. While the Feeling Brain
determines what shelf something is on, the Thinking Brain is able to point out
how certain experiences are connected and to suggest how the value hierarchy
should be reorganized. This is essentially what “growth” is: reprioritizing
one’s value hierarchy in an optimal way. 15
For example, I once had a friend who was probably the hardest partier I’d
ever known. She would stay out all night and then go straight to work from
the party in the morning, with zero hours of sleep. She thought it lame to
wake up early or stay home on a Friday night. Her value hierarchy went
something like this:
• Really awesome DJs
• Really good drugs
• Work
• Sleep
One could predict her behavior solely from this hierarchy. She’d rather
work than sleep. She’d rather party and get fucked up than work. And
everything was about the music.
Then she did one of those volunteer abroad things, where young people
spend a couple of months working with orphans in a Third World country and
—well, that changed everything. The experience was so emotionally powerful
that it completely rearranged her value hierarchy. Her hierarchy now looked
something like this:
• Saving children from unnecessary suffering
• Work
• Sleep
• Parties
And suddenly, as if by magic, the parties stopped being fun. Why?
Because they interfered with her new top value: helping suffering kids. She
switched careers and was all about work now. She stayed in most nights. She
didn’t drink or do drugs. She slept well—after all, she needed tons of energy
to save the world.
Her party friends looked at her and pitied her; they judged her by their
values, which were her old values. Poor party girl has to go to bed and get up
for work every morning. Poor party girl can’t stay out doing MDMA every
weekend.
But here’s the funny thing about value hierarchies: when they change, you
don’t actually lose anything. It’s not that my friend decided to start giving up
the parties for her career, it’s that the parties stopped being fun. That’s
because “fun” is the product of our value hierarchies. When we stop valuing
something, it ceases to be fun or interesting to us. Therefore, there is no sense
of loss, no sense of missing out when we stop doing it. On the contrary, we
look back and wonder how we ever spent so much time caring about such a
silly, trivial thing, why we wasted so much energy on issues and causes that
didn’t matter. These pangs of regret or embarrassment are good; they signify
growth. They are the product of our achieving our hopes.
NEWTON’S SECOND LAW OF EMOTION
Our Self-Worth Equals the Sum of Our Emotions Over Time
Let’s return to the punching example, except this time, let’s pretend I exist
within this magical force field that prevents any consequences from ever
befalling me. You can’t punch me back. You can’t say anything to me. You
can’t even say anything to anyone else about me. I am impervious—an all-
seeing, all-powerful, evil ass-face.
Newton’s First Law of Emotion states that when someone (or something)
causes us pain, a moral gap opens up and our Feeling Brain summons up icky
emotions to motivate us to equalize.
But what if that equalization never comes? What if someone (or
something) makes us feel awful, yet we are incapable of ever retaliating or
reconciling? What if we feel powerless to do anything to equalize or “make
things right?” What if my force field is just too powerful for you?
When moral gaps persist for a long enough time, they normalize. 16 They
become our default expectation. They lodge themselves into our value
hierarchy. If someone hits us and we’re never able to hit him back, eventually
our Feeling Brain will come to a startling conclusion:
We deserve to be hit.
After all, if we didn’t deserve it, we would have been able to equalize,
right? The fact that we could not equalize means that there must be something
inherently inferior about us, and/or something inherently superior about the
person who hit us.
This, too, is part of our hope response. Because if equalization seems
impossible, our Feeling Brain comes up with the next best thing: giving in,
accepting defeat, judging itself to be inferior and of low value. When
someone harms us, our immediate reaction is usually “He is shit, and I am
righteous.” But if we’re not able to equalize and act on that righteousness, our
Feeling Brain will believe the only alternative explanation: “I am shit, and he
is righteous.” 17
This surrender to persisting moral gaps is a fundamental part of our
Feeling Brain’s nature. And it is Newton’s Second Law of Emotion: How we
come to value everything in life relative to ourselves is the sum of our
emotions over time.
This surrender to and acceptance of ourselves as inherently inferior is
often referred to as shame or low self-worth. Call it what you want, the result
is the same: Life kicks you around a little bit, and you feel powerless to stop
it. Therefore, your Feeling Brain concludes that you must deserve it.
Of course, the reverse moral gap must be true as well. If we’re given a
bunch of stuff without earning it (participation trophies and grade inflation
and gold medals for coming in ninth place), we (falsely) come to believe
ourselves inherently superior to what we actually are. We therefore develop a
deluded version of high self-worth, or, as it’s more commonly known, being
an asshole.
Self-worth is contextual. If you were bullied for your geeky glasses and
funny nose as a child, your Feeling Brain will “know” that you’re a dweeb,
even if you grow up to be a flaming sexpot of hotness. People who are raised
in strict religious environments and are punished harshly for their sexual
impulses often grow up with their Feeling Brain “knowing” that sex is wrong,
even though their Thinking Brain has long worked out that sex is natural and
totally awesome.
High and low self-worth appear different on the surface, but they are two
sides of the same counterfeit coin. Because whether you feel as though you’re
better than the rest of the world or worse than the rest of the world, the same
thing is true: you’re imagining yourself as something special, something
separate from the world.
A person who believes he deserves special treatment because of how great
he is isn’t so different from someone who believes she deserves special
treatment because of how shitty she is. Both are narcissistic. Both think
they’re special. Both think the world should make exceptions and cater to
their values and feelings over others’.
Narcissists will oscillate between feelings of superiority and inferiority. 18
Either everyone loves them or everyone hates them. Everything is amazing, or
everything is fucked. An event was either the best moment of their lives or
traumatizing. With the narcissist, there’s no in-between, because to recognize
the nuanced, indecipherable reality before him would require that he
relinquish his privileged view that he is somehow special. Mostly, narcissists
are unbearable to be around. They make everything about them and demand
that people around them do the same.
You’ll see this high/low-self-worth switcheroo everywhere if you keep an
eye out for it: mass murderers, dictators, whiny kids, your obnoxious aunt
who ruins Christmas every year. Hitler preached that the world treated
Germany so poorly after World War I only because it was afraid of German
superiority. 19 And in California more recently, one disturbed gunman justified
trying to shoot up a sorority house with the fact that while women hooked up
with “inferior” men he was forced to remain a virgin. 20
You can even find it within yourself, if you’re being honest. The more
insecure you are about something, the more you’ll fly back and forth between
delusional feelings of superiority (“I’m the best!”) and delusional feelings of
inferiority (“I’m garbage!”)
Self-worth is an illusion/ It’s a psychological construct that our Feeling
Brain spins in order to predict what will help it and what will hurt it.
Ultimately, we must feel something about ourselves in order to feel something
about the world, and without those feelings, it’s impossible for us to find
hope.
We all possess some degree of narcissism. It’s inevitable, as everything
we ever know or experience has happened to us or been learned by us. The
nature of our consciousness dictates that everything happen through us. It’s
only natural, then, that our immediate assumption is that we are at the center
of everything—because we are at the center of everything we experience. 22
We all overestimate our skills and intentions and underestimate the skills
and intentions of others. Most people believe that they are of above-average
intelligence and have an above-average ability at most things, especially when
they are not and do notr 3 We all tend to believe that we’re more honest and
ethical than we actually are. 24 We will each, given the chance, delude
ourselves into believing that what’s good for us is also good for everyone
else. 25 When we screw up, we tend to assume it was some happy accident.
But when someone else screws up, we immediately rush to judge that
person’s character. 2
Persistent low-level narcissism is natural, but it’s also likely at the root of
many of our sociopolitical problems. This is not a right-wing or a left-wing
problem. This is not an older generation or younger generation problem. This
is not an Eastern or Western problem.
This is a human problem.
Every institution will decay and corrupt itself. Each person, given more
power and fewer restraints, will predictably bend that power to suit himself.
Every individual will blind herself to her own flaws while seeking out the
glaring flaws of others.
Welcome to Earth. Enjoy your stay.
Our Feeling Brains warp reality in such a way so that we believe that our
problems and pain are somehow special and unique in the world, despite all
evidence to the contrary. Human beings require this level of built-in
narcissism because narcissism is our last line of defense against the
Uncomfortable Truth. Because, let’s be real: People suck, and life is
exceedingly difficult and unpredictable. Most of us are winging it as we go, if
not completely lost. And if we didn’t have some false belief in our own
superiority (or inferiority), a deluded belief that we’re extraordinary at
something, we’d line up to swan-dive off the nearest bridge. Without a little
bit of that narcissistic delusion, without that perpetual lie we tell ourselves
about our specialness, we’d likely give up hope.
But our inherent narcissism comes at a cost. Whether you believe you’re
the best in the world or the worst in the world, one thing is also true: you are
separate from the world.
And it’s this separateness that ultimately perpetuates unnecessary
suffering. 28
NEWTON’S THIRD LAW OF EMOTION
Your Identity Will Stay Your Identity Until a New Experience Acts
Against It
Here’s a common sob story. Boy cheats on girl. Girl is heartbroken. Girl
despairs. Boy leaves girl, and girl’s pain lingers for years afterward. Girl feels
like shit about herself. And in order for her Feeling Brain to maintain hope,
her Thinking Brain must pick one of two explanations. She can believe either
that (a) all boys are shit or (b) she is shit.
Well, shit. Neither of those is a good option.
But she decides to go with option (a), “all boys are shit,” because, after
all, she still has to live with herself. This choice isn’t made consciously, mind
you. It just kind of happens. 30
Jump ahead a few years. Girl meets another boy. This boy isn’t shit. In
fact, this boy is the opposite of shit. He’s pretty rad. And sweet. And cares.
Like, really, truly cares.
But girl is in a conundrum. How can this boy be real? How can he be
true? After all, she knows that all boys are shit. It’s true. It must be true; she
has the emotional scars to prove it.
Sadly, the realization that this boy is not shit is too painful for girl’s
Feeling Brain to handle, so she convinces herself that he is, indeed, shit. She
nitpicks his tiniest flaws. She notices every errant word, every misplaced
gesture, every awkward touch. She zeroes in on his most insignificant
mistakes until they stand bright in her mind like a flashing strobe light
screaming, “Run away! Save yourself!”
So, she does. She runs. And she runs in the most horrible of ways. She
leaves him for another boy. After all, all boys are shit. So, what’s trading one
piece of shit for another? It means nothing.
Boy is heartbroken. Boy despairs. The pain lingers for years and morphs
into shame. And this shame puts the boy in a tough position. Because now his
Thinking Brain must make a choice: either (a) all girls are shit or (b) he is
shit.
Our values aren’t just collections of feelings. Our values are stories.
When our Feeling Brain feels something, our Thinking Brain sets to work
constructing a narrative to explain that something. Losing your job doesn’t
just suck; you’ve constmcted an entire narrative around it: Your asshole boss
wronged you after years of loyalty! You gave yourself to that company! And
what did you get in return?
Our narratives are sticky, clinging to our minds and hanging onto our
identities like tight, wet clothes. We carry them around with us and define
ourselves by them. We trade narratives with others, looking for people whose
narratives match our own. We call these people friends, allies, good people.
And those who carry narratives that contradict our own? We call them evil.
Our narratives about ourselves and the world are fundamentally about (a)
something or someone’s value and (b) whether that something/someone
deserves that value. All narratives are constructed in this way:
Bad thing happens to person/thing, and he/she/it doesn’t deserve it.
Good thing happens to person/thing, and he/she/it doesn’t deserve it.
Good thing happens to person/thing, and he/she/it deserves it.
Bad thing happens to person/thing, and he/she/it deserves it.
Every book, myth, fable, history—all human meaning that’s
communicated and remembered is merely the daisy-chaining of these little
value-laden narratives, one after the other, from now until eternity . 31
These narratives we invent for ourselves around what’s important and
what’s not, what is deserving and what is not—these stories stick with us and
define us, they determine how we fit ourselves into the world and with each
other. They determine how we feel about ourselves—whether we deserve a
good life or not, whether we deserve to be loved or not, whether we deserve
success or not—and they define what we know and understand about
ourselves.
This network of value-based narratives is our identity. When you think to
yourself, I’m a pretty bad-ass boat captain, har-de-har, that is a narrative
you’ve constructed to define yourself and to know yourself. It’s a component
of your walking, talking self that you introduce to others and plaster all over
your Facebook page. You captain boats, and you do it damn well, and
therefore you deserve good things.
But here’s the funny thing: when you adopt these little narratives as your
identity, you protect them and react emotionally to them as though they were
an inherent part of you. The same way that getting punched will cause a
violent emotional reaction, someone coming up and saying you’re a shitty
boat captain will produce a similarly negative emotional reaction, because we
react to protect the metaphysical body just as we protect the physical.
Our identities snowball through our lives, accumulating more and more
values and meaning as they tumble along. You are close with your mom
growing up, and that relationship brings you hope, so you construct a story in
your mind that comes to partly define you, just as your thick hair or your
brown eyes or your creepy toenails define you. Your mom is a huge part of
your life. Your mom is an amazing woman. You owe everything to your
mom . . . and other shit people say at the Academy Awards. You then protect
that piece of your identity as if it were a part of you. Someone comes along
and talks shit about your mom, and you absolutely lose your mind and start
breaking things.
Then that experience creates a new narrative and new value in your mind.
You, you decide, have anger issues . . . especially around your mother. And
now that becomes an inherent part of your identity.
And on and on it goes.
The longer we’ve held a value, the deeper inside the snowball it is and the
more fundamental it is to how we see ourselves and how we see the world.
Like interest on a bank loan, our values compound over time, growing
stronger and coloring future experiences. It’s not just the bullying from when
you were in grade school that fucks you up. It’s the bullying plus all the self-
loathing and narcissism you brought to decades worth of future relationships,
causing them all to fail, that adds up over time.
Psychologists don’t know much for certain , 3 but one thing they definitely
do know is that childhood trauma fucks us up . 33 This “snowball effect” of
early values is why our childhood experiences, both good and bad, have long-
lasting effects on our identities and generate the fundamental values that go
on to define much of our lives. Your early experiences become your core
values, and if your core values are fucked up, they create a domino effect of
suckage that extends through the years, infecting experiences large and small
with their toxicity.
When we’re young, we have tiny and fragile identities. We’ve
experienced little. We’re completely dependent on our caretakers for
everything, and inevitably, they’re going to mess it up. Neglect or harm can
cause extreme emotional reactions, resulting in large moral gaps that are
never equalized. Dad walks out, and your three-year-old Feeling Brain
decides that you were never lovable in the first place. Mom abandons you for
some rich new husband, and you decide that intimacy doesn’t exist, that no
one can ever be trusted.
No wonder Newton was such a cranky loner . 34
And the worst thing is, the longer we’ve held onto these narratives, the
less aware we are that we have them. They become the background noise of
our thoughts, the interior decoration of our minds. Despite being arbitrary and
completely made up, they seem not only natural but inevitable . 35
The values we pick up throughout our lives crystallize and form a
sediment on top of our personality . 36 The only way to change our values is to
have experiences contrary to our values. And any attempt to break free from
those values through new or contrary experiences will inevitably be met with
pain and discomfort . 37 This is why there is no such thing as change without
pain, no growth without discomfort. It’s why it is impossible to become
someone new without first grieving the loss of who you used to be.
Because when we lose our values, we grieve the death of those defining
narratives as though we’ve lost a part of ourselves—because we have lost a
part of ourselves. We grieve the same way we would grieve the loss of a loved
one, the loss of a job, a house, a community, a spiritual belief, or a friendship.
These are all defining, fundamental parts of you. And when they are torn
away from you, the hope they offered your life is also torn away, leaving you
exposed, once again, to the Uncomfortable Truth.
There are two ways to heal yourself—that is, to replace old, faulty values with
better, healthier values. The first is to reexamine the experiences of your past
and rewrite the narratives around them. Wait, did he punch me because I’m an
awful person; or is he the awful person?
Reexamining the narratives of our lives allows us to have a do-over, to
decide: you know, maybe I wasn’t such a great boat captain after all, and
that’s fine. Often, with time, we realize that what we used to believe was
important about the world actually isn’t. Other times, we extend the story to
get a clearer view of our self-worth—oh, she left me because some asshole
left her and she felt ashamed and unworthy around intimacy—and suddenly,
that breakup is easier to swallow.
The other way to change your values is to begin writing the narratives of
your future self, to envision what life would be like if you had certain values
or possessed a certain identity. By visualizing the future we want for
ourselves, we allow our Feeling Brain to try on those values for size, to see
what they feel like before we make the final purchase. Eventually, once we’ve
done this enough, the Feeling Brain becomes accustomed to the new values
and starts to believe them.
This sort of “future projection” is usually taught in the worst of ways.
“Imagine you’re fucking rich and own a fleet of yachts! Then it will come
true !” 38
Sadly, that kind of visualization is not replacing a current unhealthy value
(materialism) with a better one. It’s just masturbating to your current value.
Real change would entail fantasizing what not wanting yachts in the first
place would feel like.
Fruitful visualization should be a little bit uncomfortable. It should
challenge you and be difficult to fathom. If it’s not, then it means that nothing
is changing.
The Feeling Brain doesn’t know the difference between past, present, and
future; that’s the Thinking Brain’s domain . 39 And one of the strategies our
Thinking Brain uses to nudge the Feeling Brain into the correct lane of life is
asking “what if” questions: What if you hated boats and instead spent your
time helping disabled kids? What if you didn’t have to prove anything to the
people in your life for them to like you? What if people’s unavailability has
more to do with them than it does with you?
Other times, you can just tell your Feeling Brain stories that might or
might not be true but that feel true. Jocko Willink, former Navy SEAL and
author, writes in his book Discipline Equals Freedom: Field Manual that he
wakes up at four thirty every morning because he imagines his enemy is
somewhere out there in the world . 40 He doesn’t know where, but he assumes
that his enemy wants to kill him. And he realizes that if he’s awake before his
enemy, that gives him an advantage. Willink developed this narrative for
himself while serving in the Iraq War, where there were actual enemies who
did want to kill him. But he has maintained that narrative since returning to
civilian life.
Objectively, the narrative Willink creates for himself makes no fucking
sense. Enemy? Where? But figuratively, emotionally, it is incredibly
powerful. Willink’s Feeling Brain still buys into it, and it still gets Willink up
every damn morning before some of us are done drinking from the night
before. That is the illusion of self-control.
Without these narratives—without developing a clear vision of the future
we desire, of the values we want to adopt, of the identities we want to shed or
step into—we are forever doomed to repeat the failures of our past pain. The
stories of our past define our identity. The stories of our future define our
hopes. And our ability to step into those narratives and live them, to make
them reality, is what gives our lives meaning.
Emotional Gravity
Emo Newton sat alone in his childhood bedroom. It was dark outside. He
didn’t know how long he had been awake, what time it was, or what day it
was. He had been alone and working for weeks now. Food that his family had
left for him sat uneaten by the door, rotting.
He took out a blank piece of paper and drew a large circle on it. He then
marked points along the edges of the circle and, with dotted lines, indicated
the pull of each dot toward the center. Beneath this, he wrote, “There is an
emotional gravity to our values: we attract those into our orbit who value the
same things we do, and instinctively repel, as if by reverse magnetism, those
whose values are contrary to our own . 41 These attractions form large orbits of
like-minded people around the same principle. Each falls along the same path,
circling and revolving around the same cherished thing.”
He then drew another circle, adjacent to the first. The two circles’ edges
nearly touched. From there, he drew lines of tension between the edges of
each circle, the places where the gravity pulled in both directions, disrupting
the perfect symmetry of each orbit. He then wrote:
“Large swaths of people coalesce together, forming tribes and
communities based on the similar evaluations of their emotional histories.
You, sir, may value science. I, too, value science. Therefore, there is an
emotional magnetism between us. Our values attract one another and cause us
to fall perpetually into each other’s orbit, in a metaphysical dance of
friendship. Our values align, and our cause becomes one!
“But! Let’s say that one gentleman sees value in Puritanism and another in
Anglicanism. They are inhabitants of two closely related yet different
gravities. This causes each to disrupt the other’s orbit, cause tension within
the value hierarchies, challenge the other’s identity, and thus generate
negative emotions that will push them apart and put their causes at odds.
“This emotional gravity, I declare, is the fundamental organization of all
human conflict and endeavor.”
At this, Isaac took out another page and drew a series of circles of
differing sizes. “The stronger we hold a value,” he wrote, “that is, the stronger
we determine something as superior or inferior than all else, the stronger its
gravity, the tighter its orbit, and the more difficult it is for outside forces to
disrupt its path and purpose . 42
“Our strongest values therefore demand either the affinity or the antipathy
of others—the more people there are who share some value, the more those
people begin to congeal and organize themselves into a single, coherent body
around that value: scientists with scientists, clergy with clergy. People who
love the same thing love each other. People who hate the same thing also love
each other. And people who love or hate different things hate each other. All
human systems eventually reach equilibrium by clustering and conforming
into constellations of mutually shared value systems—people come together,
altering and modifying their own personal narratives until their narratives are
one and the same, and the personal identity thus becomes the group identity.
“Now, you may be saying, ‘But, my good man, Newton! Don’t most
people value the same things? Don’t most people simply want a bit of bread
and a safe place to sleep at night?’ And to that, I say you are correct, my
friend!
“All peoples are more the same than they are different. We all mostly
want the same things out of life. But those slight differences generate
emotion, and emotion generates a sense of importance. Therefore, we come to
perceive our differences as disproportionately more important than our
similarities. And this is the true tragedy of man. That we are doomed to
perpetual conflict over the slight difference . 43
“This theory of emotional gravitation, the coherence and attraction of like
values, explains the history of peoples . 44 Different parts of the world have
different geographic factors. One region may be hard and rugged and well
defended from invaders. Its people would then naturally value neutrality and
isolation. This would then become their group identity. Another region may
overflow with food and wine, and its people would come to value hospitality,
festivities, and family. This, too, would become their identity. Another region
may be arid and a difficult place to live, but with wide-open vistas connecting
it to many distant lands, its people would come to value authority, strong
military leadership, and absolute dominion. This, too, is their identity . 45
“And just as the individual protects her identity through beliefs,
rationalizations, and biases, communities, tribes, and nations protect their
identities the same way . 46 These cultures eventually solidify themselves into
nations, which then expand, bringing more and more peoples into the
umbrella of their value systems. Eventually, these nations will bump up
against each other, and the contradictory values will collide.
“Most people do not value themselves above their cultural and group
values. Therefore, many people are willing to die for their highest values—for
their family, their loved ones, their nation, their god. And because of this
willingness to die for their values, these collisions of culture will inevitably
result in war . 47
“War is but a terrestrial test of hope. The country or people who have
adopted values that maximize the resources and hopes of its peoples the best
will inevitably become the victor. The more a nation conquers neighboring
peoples, the more the people of that conquering nation come to feel that they
deserve to dominate their fellow men, and the more they will see their
nation’s values as the true guiding lights of humanity. The supremacy of those
winning values then lives on, and the values are written up and lauded in our
histories, and go on to be retold in stories, passed down to give future
generations hope. Eventually, when those values cease to be effective, they
will lose out to the values of another, newer nation, and history will continue
on, a new era unfolding.
“This, I declare, is the form of human progress.”
Newton finished writing. He placed his theory of emotional gravitation on the
same stack with his three Laws of Emotion and then paused to reflect on his
discoveries.
And in that quiet, dark moment, Isaac Newton looked at the circles on the
page and had an upsetting realization: he had no orbit. Through years of
trauma and social failure, he had voluntarily separated himself from
everything and everyone, like a lone star flung on its own trajectory,
unobstructed and uninfluenced by the gravitational pull of any system.
He realized that he valued no one—not even himself—and this brought
him an overwhelming sense of loneliness and grief, because no amount of
logic and calculation could ever compensate for the gnawing desperation of
his Feeling Brain’s never-ending struggle to find hope in this world.
I would love to tell you that Parallel Universe Newton, or Emo Newton,
overcame his sadness and solitude. I would love to tell you that he learned to
value himself and others. But like our universe’s Isaac Newton, Parallel
Universe Newton would spend the rest of his days alone, grumpy, and
miserable.
The questions both Newtons answered that summer of 1666 had
perplexed philosophers and scientists for generations. Yet, in a matter of a few
months, this cantankerous, antisocial twenty-three-year-old had uncovered the
mystery, had cracked the code. And there, on the frontiers of intellectual
discovery, he tossed his findings aside to a musty and forgotten corner of a
cramped study, in a remote backwater village a day’s ride north of London.
And there, his discoveries would remain, hidden to the world, collecting
dust. 48
Chapter 4
How to Make All Your Dreams Come True
Imagine this: it’s 2:00 a.m. and you’re still awake on the couch, staring
bleary-eyed and foggy-brained at the television. Why? You don’t know.
Inertia simply makes it easier to sit there and keep watching than to get up
and go to bed. So, you watch.
Perfect. This is how I get you: when you’re feeling apathetic and lost and
completely passive in the face of your fate. Nobody sits up staring at a TV at
2:00 a.m. if they have important shit to do the next day. Nobody struggles
with the will to move their ass off the couch for hours on end unless they’re
having some sort of inner crisis of hope. And it’s exactly this crisis that I want
to speak to.
I appear on your TV screen. I’m a whirlwind of energy. There are loud,
obnoxious colors, cheesy sound effects. I’m practically shouting. Yet,
somehow, my smile is easy and relaxed. I’m comforting. It’s as though I’m
making eye contact with you and only you:
“What if I told you that I could solve all your problems?” I say.
Pfft, puh-lease, you think. You don’t know the half of my problems, buddy.
“What if I told you I know how to make all your dreams come true?”
Riiiiight, and I’m the fucking tooth fairy.
“Look, I know how you feel,” I say.
Nobody knows how I feel, you reflexively tell yourself, surprised at how
automatic the response is.
“I, too, once felt lost,” I say. “I felt alone, isolated, hopeless. I, too, used to
lie awake at night for no particular reason, wondering if there was something
wrong with me, wondering what was this invisible force standing between
myself and my dreams. And I know that’s what you’re feeling, too. That
you’ve somehow lost something. You just don’t know what.”
In truth, I say these things because they are experienced by everybody.
They are a fact of the human condition. We all feel powerless to equalize with
the inherent guilt that comes with our existence. We all suffer and are
victimized to varying degrees, especially when we’re young. And we all
spend a lifetime trying to compensate for that suffering.
And in moments of our life when things aren’t going so well, this makes
us despair.
But like most people struggling, you’ve enveloped yourself so much in
your pain that you’ve forgotten that pain is common, and that your strife is
not uniquely yours—on the contrary, it’s universal. And because you’ve
forgotten this, you feel as if I’m speaking directly to you; as if, by some
magical power, I’m peering into your soul and reading back to you the
contents of your heart. For this, you sit up and at attention.
“Because,” I repeat, “I have the solution to all your problems. I can make
all your dreams come true.” Now I’m pointing, and my finger looks gigantic
on your TV screen. “I have all the answers. I have the secret of everlasting
happiness and eternal life, and it’s this . . .”
What I go on to say is so outlandish, so ridiculous, so absolutely perverse
and cynical that you actually think it might be true. The problem is, you want
to believe me. You need to believe me. I represent the hope and salvation your
Feeling Brain desperately craves, that it needs. So, slowly, your Thinking
Brain comes to the conclusion that my idea is so batshit crazy that it just
might work.
As the infomercial drags on, that existential need to find meaning
somewhere, anywhere, beats down your psychological defenses and lets me
in. After all, I have demonstrated an uncanny knowledge of your pain, a
backdoor entrance to your secret truth, a deep vein traveling through your
heart. You then realize that in between all my big white teeth and shouty
words, I’ve spoken to you: I was once just as fucked as you . . . and I found
my way out. Come with me.
I keep going. I’m on a roll now. The camera angles are switching back
and forth, grabbing me now from the side, now from the front. Suddenly,
there’s a studio audience in front of me. They’re wrapped up in every word I
say. A woman is crying. A man’s jaw drops. And yours drops with it. I’m all
up in your shit now. I will give you permanent fulfillment, motherfucker. I
will fill any gap, plug any hole. Just sign up for one low price. What is
happiness worth to you? What is hope worth to you? Act now, fucker.
Sign up. Today.
With that, you grab your phone. You go to the website. You put in the
digits.
Truth and salvation and everlasting happiness. It’s all yours. It’s coming to
you. Are you ready?
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
An Introduction to a Proven System That Will Help You Achieve
Everlasting Bliss and Eternal Salvation!
(OR YOUR MONEY BACK)
Welcome, and congratulations on taking the first step to making all your
dreams come tme! By the end of this course you will have solved all your
life’s problems. You will live a life of abundance and freedom. You will be
surrounded by adoring friends and loved ones. Guaranteed!
It’s so simple, anyone can do it. No education or certification required. All
you need is an internet connection and a functioning keyboard, and you, too,
can create your very own religion.
Yes, you heard me right. You, too, can start your very own religion—
TODAY—and begin reaping the benefits of the thousands of mindlessly
devoted followers who will lavish on you unconditional adoration, financial
gifts, and more social media likes than you know what to do with.
In this so-simple-anyone-can-do-it six-step program, we will cover:
Belief systems. Do you want your religion to be spiritual or secular? Past-focused or future-
focused? Do you want it to be violent or nonviolent? These are all important questions, but don’t
worry, only I have the answers.
How to find your first followers. And more important: what do you want your followers to be?
Rich? Poor? Male? Female? Vegan? I have the inside scoop!
Rituals, rituals, rituals! Eat this. Stand there. Recite that. Bow and kneel and clap your hands!
Do the hokey pokey and turn yourself around! That’s what it’s all about! The most enjoyable part
of religion is coming up with dumb stuff that you all agree somehow means something. I will
provide you with a complete guide to developing the hippest, coolest rituals on the block. All the
kids will be talking about it—mainly because they’ll be forced to.
How to choose a scapegoat. No religion is complete without a common enemy upon which to
project one’s inner turmoil. Life is messy, but why deal with your problems when you can just
blame somebody else for them? That’s right, you’ll discover the best way to choose an evil
boogeyman (or boogeywoman!) and how to convince your followers to hate him/her. Nothing
unites us like hating the same enemy. Get your assault rifles ready!
And finally, how to make money. Why start a religion if you don’t profit from it? My guide
will give you all the nitty-gritty details on how to milk the most out of your followers. Whether
you’re into money, fame, political power, or blood orgies, I’ve got you covered!
Look, we all need communities to build hope. And we all need hope to not go
utterly fucking insane and start snorting bath salts. Religions are the basis for
that communal hope. And we’re going to learn how to build them from
scratch.
Religions are a beautiful thing. When you get enough people together
with the same values, they behave in ways they never would when alone.
Their hope amplifies in a sort of network effect, and the social validation of
being part of a group hijacks their Thinking Brains and lets their Feeling
Brains run wild. 1
Religions bring groups of people together to mutually validate one
another and make one another feel important. It’s a big silent agreement that
if we all come together under some shared purpose, we will feel important
and worthy, and the Uncomfortable Truth will be just that much farther
away. 2
This is hugely satisfying psychologically. People just lose their shit! And
best of all, they become highly suggestible. Paradoxically, it’s only in a group
environment that the individual has no control, that he gains the perception of
perfect self-control.
The danger of this immediate access to the Feeling Brain, though, is that
large groups of people tend to do highly impulsive and irrational shit. So, on
the one hand, people get to feel whole, like they’re understood and loved. On
the other hand, they sometimes transform into murderous, angry mobs. 3
This guide will take you through the details of establishing your own
religion so you can reap the benefits of thousands of suggestible followers.
Let’s get started.
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
Step One: Sell Hope to the Hopeless
I’ll never forget the first time someone told me I had blood on my hands. I
remember it as if it were yesterday.
It was 2005, a sunny, crisp morning in Boston, Massachusetts. I was a
university student then and walking to class, minding my own business, when
I saw a group of kids holding up pictures of the 9/11 terrorist attacks with
captions that read, “America Deserved It.”
Now, I don’t consider myself the most patriotic person by any stretch of
the imagination, but it seems to me that anyone holding such a sign in broad
daylight immediately becomes a highly punchable person.
I stopped and engaged the kids, asking what they were doing. They had a
little table set up with a smattering of pamphlets on top. One had Dick
Cheney with devil’s horns drawn on him and the words “Mass Murderer”
written beneath. Another had George W. Bush with a Hitler mustache.
The students were part of the LaRouche Youth Movement, a group started
by the far-left ideologue Lyndon LaRouche in New Hampshire. His acolytes
would spend countless hours standing around college campuses in the
Northeast, handing out flyers and pamphlets to susceptible college kids. And
when I came upon them, it took me ah of ten seconds to figure out what they
actually were: a religion.
That’s right. They were an ideological religion: an antigovernment,
anticapitalist, anti-old people, antiestablishment religion. They argued that
the international world order, from top to bottom, was corrupt. They argued
that the Iraq War had been instigated for no other reason than that Bush’s
friends wanted more money. They argued that terrorism and mass shootings
didn’t exist, that such events were simply highly coordinated governmental
efforts to control the population. Don’t worry right-wing friends, years later,
they would draw the same Hitler mustaches and make the same claims about
Obama—if that makes you feel any better. (It shouldn’t.)
What the LaRouche Youth Movement (LYM) does is pure genius. It finds
disaffected and agitated college students (usually young men), kids who are
both scared and angry (scared at the sudden responsibility they’ve been forced
to take on and angry at how uncompromising and disappointing it is to be an
adult) and then preach one simple message to them: “It’s not your fault.”
Yes, young one, you thought it was Mom and Dad’s fault, but it’s not their
fault. Nope. And I know you thought it was your shitty professors and
overpriced college’s fault. Nope. Not theirs, either. You probably even
thought it was the government’s fault. Close, but still no.
See, it’s the system’s fault, that grand, vague entity you’ve always heard
about.
This was the faith the LYM was selling: if we could just overthrow “the
system,” then everything would be okay. No more war. No more suffering. No
more injustice.
Remember that in order to feel hope, we need to feel there’s a better future
out there (values); we need to feel as though we are capable of getting to that
better future (self-control); and we need to find other people who share our
values and support our efforts (community).
Young adulthood is a period when many people struggle with values,
control, and community. For the first time in their lives, kids are allowed to
decide who they want to be. Do they want to become a doctor? Study
business? Take a psychology course? The options can be crippling. 4 And the
inevitable frustration causes a lot of young people to question their values and
lose hope.
In addition, young adults struggle with self-control. 5 For the first time in
their lives, they don’t have some authority figure watching over them 24/7.
On the one hand, this can be liberating, exciting. On the other, they are now
responsible for their own decisions. And if they kind of suck at getting
themselves out of bed on time, going to their classes or a job, and studying
enough, it’s tough to admit that there’s no one to blame but themselves.
And finally, young people are particularly preoccupied with finding and
fitting into a community. 6 Not only is this important for their emotional
development, but it also helps them find and solidify an identity for
themselves. 7
People like Lyndon LaRouche capitalize on lost and aimless young
people. LaRouche gave them a convoluted political explanation to justify how
disaffected they felt. He gave them a sense of control and empowerment by
outlining a way (supposedly) to change the world. And finally, he gave them a
community where they “fit in” and know who they are.
Therefore, he gave them hope. 8
“Don’t you think this is taking it a little too far?” I asked the LYM
students that day, pointing to the pictures of the World Trade Center towers
featured on their pamphlets. 9
“No way, man. I say we’re not taking it far enough!” one of the kids
replied.
“Look, I didn’t vote for Bush, and I don’t agree with the Iraq War, either,
but—”
“It doesn’t matter who you vote for! A vote for anyone is a vote for the
corrupt and oppressive system! You have blood on your hands!”
“Excuse me?”
I didn’t even know how to punch someone, yet I found myself balling my
hands into fists. Who the fuck did this guy think he was?
“By participating in the system, you are perpetuating it,” the kid
continued, “and therefore are complicit in the murder of millions of innocent
civilians around the world. Here, read this.” He shoved a pamphlet at me. I
glanced at it, turned it over.
“That’s fucking stupid,” I said.
Our “discussion” went on like this for another few minutes. Back then, I
didn’t know any better. I still thought stuff like this was about reason and
evidence, not feelings and values. And values cannot be changed through
reason, only through experience.
Eventually, after I had gotten good and pissed off, I decided to leave. As I
started walking off, the kid tried to get me to sign up for a free seminar. “You
need to have an open mind, man,” he said. “The truth is scary.”
I looked back and replied with a Carl Sagan quote I had once read on an
internet fomm: “I think your mind is so open your brain fell out!” 10
I felt smart and smug. He, presumably, felt smart and smug. No minds
were changed that day.
We are the most impressionable when things are at their worst. 11 When our
life is falling apart, it signifies that our values have failed us, and we’re
grasping in the dark for new values to replace them. One religion falls and
opens up space for the next. People who lose faith in their spiritual God will
look for a worldly God. People who lose their family will give themselves
away to their race, creed, or nation. People who lose faith in their government
or country will look to extremist ideologies to give them hope. 12
There’s a reason that all the major religions in the world have a history of
sending missionaries to the poorest and most destitute corners of the globe:
starving people will believe anything if it will keep them fed. For your new
religion, it’s best to start preaching your message to people whose lives suck
the most: the poor, the outcasts, the abused and forgotten. You know, people
who sit on Facebook all day. 13
Jim Jones built his following by recruiting the homeless and marginalized
minorities with a socialist message minced with his own (demented) take on
Christianity. Hell, what am I saying? Jesus Christ did the same damn thing. 14
Buddha, too. Moses—you get the idea. Religious leaders preach to the poor
and downtrodden and enslaved, telling them that they deserve the kingdom of
heaven—basically, an open “fuck you” to the corrupt elites of the day. It’s a
message that’s easy to get behind.
Today, appealing to the hopeless is easier than ever before. All you need is
a social media account: start posting extreme and crazy shit, and let the
algorithm do the rest. The crazier and more extreme your posts, the more
attention you’ll garner, and the more the hopeless will flock to you like flies
to cow shit. It’s not hard at all.
But you can’t just go online and say anything. No, you must have a (semi-
)coherent message. You must have a vision. Because it’s easy to get people
riled up and angry about nothing—the news media have created a whole
business model out of it. But to have hope, people need to feel that they are a
part of some greater movement, that they are about to join the winning side of
history.
And, for that, you must give them faith.
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
Step Two: Choose Your Faith
We all must have faith in something. Without faith, there is no hope.
Nonreligious people bristle at the word faith, but having faith is
inevitable. Evidence and science are based on past experience. Hope is based
on future experience. And you must always rely on some degree of faith that
something will occur again in the future. 15 You pay your mortgage because
you have faith that money is real, and credit is real, and a bank taking all your
shit is real. 16 You tell your kids to do their homework because you have faith
that their education is important, that it will lead them to their becoming
happier, healthier adults. You have faith that happiness exists and is possible.
You have faith that living longer is worth it, so you strive to stay safe and
healthy. You have faith that love matters, that your job matters, that any of
this matters.
So, there’s no such thing as an atheist. Well, sorta. Depends what you
mean by “atheist.” 17 My point is that we must all believe, on faith, that
something is important. Even if you’re a nihilist, you are believing, on faith,
that nothing is more important than anything else.
So, in the end, it’s ah faith. 18
The important question, then, is: Faith in what? What do we choose to
believe?
Whatever our Feeling Brain adopts as its highest value, this tippy top of our
value hierarchy becomes the lens through which we interpret all other values.
Let’s call this highest value the “God Value.” 19 Some people’s God Value is
money. These people view ah other things (family, love, prestige, politics)
through the prism of money. Their family will love them only if they make
enough money. They will be respected only if they have money. All conflict,
frustration, jealousy, anxiety—everything boils down to money. 20
Other people’s God Value is love. They view ah other values through the
prism of love—they’re against conflict in all its forms, they’re against
anything that separates or divides others.
Obviously, many people adopt Jesus Christ, or Muhammad, or the
Buddha, as their God Value. They then interpret everything they experience
through the prism of that spiritual leader’s teachings.
Some people’s God Value is themselves—or, rather, their own pleasure
and empowerment. This is narcissism: the religion of self-aggrandizement.
These people place their faith in their own superiority and deservedness.
Other people’s God Value is another person. This is often called
“codependence.” 22 These people derive all hope from their connection with
another individual and sacrifice themselves and their own interests for that
individual. They then base all their behavior, decisions, and beliefs on what
they think will please that other person—their own little personal God. This
typically leads to really fucked-up relationships with—you guessed it—
narcissists. After all, the narcissist’s God Value is himself, and the
codependent’s God Value is fixing and saving the narcissist. So, it kind of
works out in a really sick and fucked-up way. (But not really.)
All religions must start with a faith-based God Value. Doesn’t matter what
it is. Worshipping cats, believing in lower taxes, never letting your kids leave
the house—whatever it is, it is a faith-based value that this one thing will
produce the best future reality, and therefore gives the most hope. We then
organize our lives, and all other values, around that value. We look for
activities that enact that faith, ideas that support it, and most important,
communities that share it.
It’s around now that some of the more scientifically minded readers start
raising their hands and pointing out that there are these things called facts and
there is ample evidence to demonstrate that facts exist, and we don’t need to
have faith to know that some things are real.
Fair enough. But here’s the thing about evidence: it changes nothing.
Evidence belongs to the Thinking Brain, whereas values are decided by the
Feeling Brain. You cannot verify values. They are, by definition, subjective
and arbitrary. Therefore, you can argue about facts until you’re blue in the
face, but ultimately, it doesn’t matter—people interpret the significance of
their experiences through their values. 23
If a meteorite hit a town and killed half the people, the iiber-traditional
religious person would look at the event and say that it happened because the
town was full of sinners. The atheist would look at it and say that it was proof
there is no God (another faith-based belief, by the way), as how could a
benevolent, all-powerful being let such an awful thing happen? A hedonist
would look at it and decide that it was even more reason to party, since we
could all die at any moment. And a capitalist would look at it and start
thinking about how to invest in meteorite-defense technologies.
Evidence serves the interests of the God Value, not the other way around.
The only loophole to this arrangement is when evidence itself becomes your
God Value. The religion built around the worship of evidence is more
commonly known as “science,” and it’s arguably the best thing we’ve ever
done as a species. But we’ll get to science and its ramifications in the next
chapter.
My point is that all values are faith-based beliefs. Therefore, all hope (and
therefore, all religions) are also based on faith, faith that something can be
important and valuable and right despite the fact that there will never be a
way to verify it beyond all doubt.
For our purposes, I’ve defined three types of religions, each type based on
a different kind of God Value:
Spiritual religions. Spiritual religions draw hope from supernatural beliefs, or belief in things
that exist outside the physical or material realm. These religions look for a better future outside this
world and this life. Christianity, Islam, Judaism, animism, and Greek mythology are examples of
spiritual religions.
Ideological religions. Ideological religions draw hope from the natural world. They look for
salvation and growth and develop faith-based beliefs regarding this world and this life. Examples
include capitalism, communism, environmentalism, liberalism, fascism, and libertarianism.
Interpersonal religions. Interpersonal religions draw hope from other people in our lives.
Examples of interpersonal religions include romantic love, children, sports heroes, political
leaders, and celebrities.
Spiritual religions are high risk/high reward. They require, by far, the
most skill and charisma to get going. But they also pay off the most in terms
of follower loyalty and benefits. (I mean, have you seen the Vatican? Holy
shit.) And if you build one really well, it’ll last way after you die.
Ideological religions play the religion formation game on “Normal
Difficulty.” These religions take a lot of work and effort to create, but they’re
fairly common. But because they’re so common, they mn into a lot of
competition for people’s hopes. They are often described as cultural “trends,”
and indeed, few of them survive more than a few years or decades. Only the
best last through multiple centuries.
Finally, interpersonal religions are playing the religion formation game on
“Easy” mode. That’s because interpersonal religions are as common as people
themselves. Pretty much all of us, at some point in our lives, completely
surrender ourselves and our self-worth to another individual. The
interpersonal religion is sometimes experienced as an adolescent, naive sort of
love and it’s the type of shit that you have to suffer through before you can
ever grow out of it.
Let’s start with spiritual religions, as they have the highest stakes and are
arguably the most important religions in human history.
Spiritual Religions
From the pagan and animalistic rituals of early human cultures, to the pagan
gods of antiquity, to the grandiose monotheistic religions that still exist today,
the majority of human history has been dominated by a belief in supernatural
forces and, most important, the hope that certain actions and beliefs in this life
would lead to rewards and improvement in the next life.
This preoccupation with the next life developed because for most of
human history, everything was completely fucked and 99 percent of the
population had no hope of material or physical improvement in their lives. If
you think things are bad today, just think about the plagues that wiped out a
third of the population on an entire continent, 24 or the wars that involved
selling tens of thousands of children into slavery/ In fact, things were so bad
in the old days that the only way to keep everyone sane was by promising
them hope in an afterlife. Old-school religion held the fabric of society
together because it gave the masses a guarantee that their suffering was
meaningful, that God was watching, and that they would be duly rewarded.
In case you haven’t noticed, spiritual religions are incredibly resilient.
They last hundreds, if not thousands, of years. This is because supernatural
beliefs can never be proven or disproven. Therefore, once a supernatural
belief gets lodged as someone’s God Value, it’s nearly impossible to dislodge
it.
Spiritual religions are also powerful because they often encourage hope
through death, which has the nice side effect of making a lot of people willing
to die for their unverifiable beliefs. Hard to compete with that.
Ideological Religions
Ideological religions generate hope by constructing networks of beliefs that
certain actions will produce better outcomes in this life only if they are
adopted by the population at large. Ideologies are usually “isms”:
libertarianism, nationalism, materialism, racism, sexism, veganism,
communism, capitalism, socialism, fascism, cynicism, skepticism, etc. Unlike
spiritual religions, ideologies are verifiable to varying degrees. You can
theoretically test to see whether a central bank makes a financial system more
or less stable, whether democracy makes society fairer, whether education
makes people hack one another to pieces less often, but at a certain point,
most ideologies still rely on faith. There are two reasons for this. The first is
that some things are just incredibly difficult, if not impossible, to test and
verify. The other is that a lot of ideologies rely upon everyone in society
having faith in the same thing.
For instance, you can’t scientifically prove that money is intrinsically
valuable. But we all believe it is, so it is. 26 You also can’t prove that national
citizenship is a real thing, or even that most ethnicities exist. 7 These are all
socially constructed beliefs that we’ve all bought into, taken on faith.
The problem with evidence and ideologies is that humans have a tendency
to take a little bit of evidence and run with it, generalizing a couple of simple
ideas to entire populations and the planet. 28 This is our human narcissism at
work—our need to invent our self-importance, our Feeling Brain run amok.
So, even though ideologies are subject to evidence and verification, we’re not
exactly good at verifying them. 29 Humanity is so vast and complex that our
brains have trouble taking it all in. There are too many variables. So, our
Thinking Brains inevitably take short-cuts to maintain some otherwise shitty
beliefs. Bad ideologies such as racism or sexism persist due to ignorance far
more than malice. And people hold on to those bad ideologies because, sadly,
they offer their adherents some degree of hope.
Ideological religions are difficult to start, but they are far more common
than spiritual religions. All you have to do is find some reasonable-sounding
explanation for why everything is fucked and then extrapolate that across
wide populations in a way that gives people some hope, and voila! You have
yourself an ideological religion. If you’ve been alive for more than twenty
years, surely you’ve seen this happen a few times by now. In my lifetime
alone there have been movements in favor of LGBTQ rights, stem cell
research, and decriminalizing drug use. In fact, a lot of what everyone is
losing their shit about today is the fact that traditionalist, nationalist, and
populist ideologies are winning political power across much of the world, and
these ideologies are seeking to dismantle much of the work accomplished by
the neoliberal, globalist, feminist, and environmentalist ideologies of the late
twentieth century.
Interpersonal Religions
Every Sunday, millions of people come together to stare at an empty green
field. The field has white lines painted on it. These millions of people have all
agreed to believe (on faith) that these lines mean something important. Then,
dozens of strong men (or women) plod onto the field, line up in seemingly
arbitrary formations, and throw (or kick) around a piece of leather. Depending
on where this piece of leather goes and when, one group of people cheers, and
the other group of people gets really upset.
Sports are a form of religion. They are arbitrary value systems designed to
give people hope. Hit the ball here, and you’re a hero! Kick the ball there, and
you’re a loser! Sports deify some individuals and demonize others. Ted
Williams is the best baseball hitter ever, and therefore, according to some, an
American hero, an icon, a role model. Other athletes are demonized for
coming up short, for wasting their talent, for betraying their followers. 30
Yet, there is an even grander example of interpersonal religion than sports:
politics. Across the world, we come together under a similar set of values and
decide to bestow authority, leadership, and virtue onto a small number of
people. Like the lines on a football field, political systems are entirely made
up, the positions of power exist due only to the faith of the population. And
whether it’s a democracy or a dictatorship, the result is the same: a small
group of leaders is idolized and exalted (or demonized) in the social
consciousness. 31
Interpersonal religions give us hope that another human being will bring
us salvation and happiness, that one individual (or group of individuals) is
superior to all others. Interpersonal religions are sometimes combined with
supernatural beliefs and ideological beliefs, resulting in pariahs, martyrs,
heroes, and saints. Many of our interpersonal religions develop around our
leaders. A charismatic president or celebrity who seems to understand
everything we go through can approach the level of a God Value in our eyes,
and much of what we deem right or wrong is filtered through what is good or
bad for our Dear Leader.
Fandom, in general, is a low-level kind of religion. Fans of Will Smith or
Katy Perry or Elon Musk follow everything that person does, hang on every
word he or she says, and come to see him or her as blessed or righteous in
some way. The worship of that figure gives the fan hope of a better future,
even if it’s in the form of something as simple as future films, songs, or
inventions.
But the most important interpersonal religions are our familial and
romantic relationships. The beliefs and emotions involved in these
relationships are evolutionary in nature, but they are faith-based all the
same. 32 Each family is its own mini-church, a group of people who, on faith,
believe that being part of the group will give their lives meaning, hope, and
salvation. Romantic love, of course, can be a quasi-spiritual experience. 33 We
seem to lose ourselves in someone we have fallen for, spinning all sorts of
narratives about the cosmic significance of the relationship.
For better or worse, modern civilization has largely alienated us from
these small, interpersonal religions and tribes and replaced them with large
nationalist and internationalist ideological religions. 34 This is good news for
you and me, fellow religion-builder, as we don’t have as many intimate bonds
to cut through to get our followers emotionally attached to us.
Because, as we’ll see, religion is all about emotional attachment. And the
best way to build those attachments is to get people to stop thinking critically.
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
Step Three: Preemptively Invalidate All Criticism or Outside
Questioning
Now that your fledgling religion has its core tenets of faith, you need to find a
way to protect that faith from the inevitable criticism that will be flung its
way. The trick is to adopt a belief that creates a self-reinforcing us-versus-
them dichotomy—that is, create a perception of “us” versus “them” in such a
way that anyone who criticizes or questions “us” immediately becomes a
“them.”
This sounds difficult, but is actually quite easy. Here are some examples:
• If you don’t support the war, then you support the terrorists.
• God created science to test our faith in God. Therefore, anything that
contradicts the Bible is merely a test of our faith in God.
• Anyone who criticizes feminism is sexist.
• Anyone who criticizes capitalism is a Communist.
• Anyone who criticizes the president is a traitor.
• Anyone who thinks Kobe Bryant was better than Michael Jordan doesn’t
understand basketball; therefore, any opinion they hold about basketball
is invalid.
The point of these false us-versus-them dichotomies is to cut off at the
knees any reasoning or discussion before your followers start questioning
their beliefs. These false us-versus-them dichotomies have the added benefit
of always presenting the group with a common enemy.
Common enemies are hugely important. I know we all like to think we’d
prefer to live in a world of perfect peace and harmony, but honestly, such a
world wouldn’t last for more than a few minutes. Common enemies create
unity within our religion. Some sort of scapegoat, whether justified or not, is
necessary to blame for our pain and maintain our hope. 35 Us-versus-them
dichotomies give us the enemies we all desperately crave.
After all, you need to be able to paint a really simple picture for your
followers. There are those who get “it” and those who do not get “it.” Those
who get it are going to save the world. Those who do not get it are going to
destroy it. End of discussion. Whatever “it” is depends on whatever belief
you’re trying to sell—Jesus, Muhammad, libertarianism, gluten-free diets,
intermittent fasting, sleeping in hyperbaric chambers and living off Popsicles.
Also, it’s not enough to tell your followers that nonbelievers are bad. You
must demonize them. They are the downfall of everything that is good and
holy. They ruin everything. They are fucking evil.
You must then convince your followers that it is of the utmost importance
that everyone who does not get “it” be stopped, no matter what. People are
either near the top of the value hierarchy or at the bottom; there are no in-
betweeners in our religion. 36
The more fear, the better. Lie a little bit if you have to—remember, people
instinctually want to feel as though they’re fighting a crusade, to believe that
they are the holy warriors of justice and truth and salvation. So, say whatever
you need to say. Get them to feel that self-righteousness to keep the religion
going.
This is where conspiracy theories come in handy. It’s not just that
vaccines cause autism; it’s that the medical and pharmaceutical industries are
getting rich by destroying everyone’s families. It’s not just that pro-choicers
have a different view on the biological status of a fetus; it’s that they’re
soldiers sent by Satan to destroy good Christian families. It’s not just that
climate change is a hoax; it’s that it’s a hoax created by the Chinese
government to slow the U.S. economy and take over the world."
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
Step Four: Ritual Sacrifice for Dummies—So Easy, Anyone Can
Do It!
Growing up in Texas, Jesus and football were the only gods that mattered.
And while I learned to enjoy football despite being terrible at it, the whole
Jesus thing never made a lot of sense to me. Jesus was alive, but then he died,
but then he was alive again, then he died again. And he was a man, but he was
also God, and now he’s a kind of man-god-spirit-thing that loves everyone
eternally (except maybe gay people, depending on whom you ask). It all
struck me as kind of arbitrary, and I felt—how do I say this?—like people
were just making shit up.
Don’t get me wrong: I could get behind most of the moral teachings of
Christ: be nice and love your neighbor and all that stuff. Youth groups were
actually a ton of fun. (Jesus camp is maybe the most underrated summer
activity of all time.) And the church usually had free cookies hiding
somewhere, in some room, every Sunday morning, which, when you’re a kid,
is exciting.
But if I’m being totally honest, I didn’t like being a Christian, and I didn’t
like it for a really dumb reason: my parents made me wear lame dress clothes.
That’s right. I questioned my family’s faith and went atheist at age twelve
over kiddie suspenders and bow ties.
I remember asking my dad, “If God already knows everything and loves
me no matter what, why does he care what I wear on Sundays?” Dad would
shush me. “But Dad, if God will forgive us our sins no matter what, why not
just lie and cheat and steal all the time?” Another shush. “But, Dad—”
The church thing never really panned out for me. I was sneaking Nine
Inch Nails T-shirts into Sunday school before my balls had completely
dropped, and a couple of years later, I struggled my way through my first
Nietzsche book. From there, it was all downhill. I started acting out. I bailed
on Sunday school to go smoke cigarettes in the adjoining parking lot. It was
over; I was a little heathen.
The open questioning and skepticism eventually got so bad that my
Sunday school teacher took me aside one morning and made me a deal: he’d
give me perfect marks in our confirmation class and tell my parents I was a
model student as long as I stopped questioning the logical inconsistencies of
the Bible in front of all the other kids. I agreed.
This probably won’t surprise you, but I’m not very spiritual—no
supernatural beliefs for me, thank you. I get a sick pleasure from chaos and
uncertainty. This, unfortunately, has condemned me to a life of struggle with
the Uncomfortable Tmth. But it’s something Tve come to accept about
myself.
Now that I’m older, though, I get the whole dress-up-for-Jesus thing.
Despite what I thought at the time, it wasn’t about my parents (or God)
torturing me. It was about respect. And not to God, but to the community, to
the religion. Dressing up on Sunday is about virtue-signaling to the other
churchgoers, “This Jesus stuff is serious business.” It’s part of the us-versus-
them dynamic. It signals that you’re an “us” and that you should be treated as
such.
And then there are the robes . . . Ever notice that the most important moments
in life are always accompanied by somebody in a robe? Weddings,
graduations, funerals, court hearings, judicial committee hearings, open heart
surgeries, baptisms, and yes, even church sermons.
I first noticed the robe thing when I graduated from college. I was
hungover and on about three hours’ sleep when I stumbled to my seat for
commencement. I looked around and thought, holy shit, I haven’t seen this
many people wearing robes in one place since I went to church. Then I looked
down and, to my horror, realized that I was one of them.
The robe, a visual cue signaling status and importance, is part of the ritual
thing. And we need rituals because rituals make our values tangible. You
can’t think your way toward valuing something. You have to live it. You have
to experience it. And one way of making it easier for others to live and
experience a value is to make up cute outfits for them to wear and important¬
sounding words for them to say—in short, to give them rituals. Rituals are
visual and experiential representations of what we deem important. That’s
why every good religion has them.
Remember, emotions are actions; the two are one and the same.
Therefore, to modify (or reinforce) the Feeling Brain’s value hierarchy, you
need some easily repeatable yet totally unique and identifiable action for
people to perform. That’s where the rituals come in.
Rituals are designed to be repeated over a long period of time, which only
lends them an even greater sense of importance—after all, it’s not often you
get to do the exact same thing that people five hundred years ago did. That’s
some heavy shit. Rituals are also symbolic. As values, they must also embody
some story or narrative. Churches have guys in robes dipping bread in wine
(or grape juice) and feeding it to a bunch of people to represent the body of
Christ. The symbolism represents Christ’s sacrifice (he didn’t deserve it!) for
our salvation (neither do we, but that’s why it’s powerful!).
Countries create rituals around their founding or around wars they’ve won
(or lost). We march in parades and wave flags and shoot off fireworks and
there’s a shared sense that it all signifies something valuable and worthwhile.
Married couples create their own little rituals and habits, their inside jokes, all
to reaffirm their relationship’s value, their own private interpersonal religion.
Rituals connect us with the past. They connect us to our values. And they
affirm who we are.
Rituals are usually about some sacrifice. Back in the old days, priests and
chiefs would actually kill people on an altar, sometimes ripping out their still¬
beating hearts, and people would be screaming and banging on drums and
doing all kinds of crazy shit.
These sacrifices were made to appease an angry god, or ensure a good
harvest, or bring about any number of other desired outcomes. But the real
reason for ritual sacrifice was deeper than that.
Humans are actually horribly guilt-ridden creatures. Let’s say you find a
wallet with a hundred dollars in it but no ID or any other info about whom it
belongs to. No one is around, and you have no clue how to find the owner, so
you keep it. Newton’s First Law of Emotion states that every action produces
an equal and opposite emotional reaction. In this case, something good
happens to you without your deserving it. Cue guilt.
Now think of it this way: You exist. You didn’t do anything to deserve
existing. You don’t even know why you started existing; you just did. Boom
—you have a life. And you have no idea where it came from or why. If you
believe God gave it to you, then, holy shit! Do you owe Him big time! But
even if you don’t believe in God—damn, you’re blessed with life ! What did
you ever do to deserve that ? How can you live in such a way as to make your
life worthwhile? This is the constant, yet unanswerable question of the human
condition, and why the inherent guilt of consciousness is the cornerstone of
almost every spiritual religion.
The sacrifices that pop up in ancient spiritual religions were enacted to
give their adherents a feeling of repaying that debt, of living that worthwhile
life. Though back in the day, they’d actually sacrifice human beings—a life
for a life—eventually, people smartened up and realized that you could
symbolically sacrifice a life (Jesus’s, or whoever’s) for the salvation of all
mankind. That way, we didn’t have to keep cleaning blood off the altar every
other day. (And the flies—don’t even get me started on the flies .) 39
Most religious practices are developed for the alleviation of guilt. You
could even say that that’s really all prayer is: miniature episodes of guilt
alleviation. You don’t pray to God to say, “Fuck, yeah. I’m awesome!” No.
Prayer is like a gratitude journal before there were gratitude journals:
“Thanks, God, for letting me exist, even though it sucks to be me sometimes.
I’m sorry I thought and did all those bad things.” Boom! Sense of guilt
absolved, at least for a while.
Ideological religions handle the guilt question far more efficiently than
spiritual ones. Nations direct people’s feelings of existential guilt toward
service—“Our country gave you these opportunities, so put on a damn
uniform and fight to protect them.” Right-wing ideologies usually perceive
necessary sacrifice in terms of protecting one’s country and family. Left-wing
ideologies usually see necessary sacrifice as giving up for the greater good of
all society.
Finally, in interpersonal religions, sacrificing oneself generates a sense of
romance and loyalty. (Think about marriage: I mean, you stand at an altar and
promise to give your life to this other person.) We all struggle with the sense
that we deserve to be loved. Even if your parents were awesome, you
sometimes wonder, wow, why me? What did / do to deserve this?
Interpersonal religions have all sorts of rituals and sacrifices designed to make
people feel they deserve to be loved. Rings, gifts, anniversaries, wiping the
piss off the floor when I miss the toilet—it’s the little things that add up to
one big thing. You’re welcome, honey.
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
Step Five: Promise Heaven, Deliver Hell
If you’ve made it this far in starting your own religion it means you’ve
assembled a nice group of hopeless people desperately avoiding the
Uncomfortable Truth by studying a bunch of bullshit you’ve made up,
ignoring their friends, and telling their families to fuck off.
Now it’s time to get serious.
The beauty of a religion is that the more you promise your followers
salvation, enlightenment, world peace, perfect happiness, or whatever, the
more they will fail to live up to that promise. And the more they fail to live up
to that promise, the more they’ll blame themselves and feel guilty. And the
more they blame themselves and feel guilty, the more they’ll do whatever you
tell them to do to make up for it.
Some people might call this the cycle of psychological abuse. But let’s not
allow such terms to ruin our fun.
Pyramid schemes do this really well. You give a scumbag some money for
a bunch of products you don’t want or need and then you spend the next three
months desperately trying to get other people to sign up for the scheme under
you and also buy and sell products nobody wants or needs.
And it doesn’t work.
Then, instead of recognizing the obvious (the product is one big scam
selling a scam to a scam to sell more scams), you blame yourself—because,
look, the guy at the top of the pyramid has a Ferraril And you want a Ferrari.
So, clearly the problem must be you, right?
Fortunately, that guy with the Ferrari has graciously agreed to put on a
seminar to help you sell more crap nobody wants to people who will then try
to sell more crap nobody wants to more people who will sell it. . . and so on.
And at said seminar, most of the time is spent psyching you up with music
and chants and creating an us-versus-them dichotomy (“Winners never give
up! Losers believe it won’t work for them!”), and you come away from the
seminar really motivated and pumped, but still with no idea how to sell
anything, especially crap nobody wants. And instead of getting pissed off at
the money-based religion you’ve bought into, you get pissed off at yourself.
You blame yourself for failing to live up to your God Value, regardless of
how ill-advised that God Value is.
You can see this same cycle of desperation play out in all sorts of other
areas. Fitness and diet plans, political activism, self-help seminars, financial
planning, visiting your grandmother on a holiday—the message is always the
same: the more you do it, the more you’re told you need to do it to finally
experience the satisfaction you’ve been promised. Yet that satisfaction never
comes.
Look, time out for a second. Let me be the one to break the bad news to you:
human pain is like a game of Whac-A-Mole. Every time you knock down one
kind of pain, another one pops up. And the faster you whack them, the faster
they come back.
The pain may get better, it may change shape, it may be less catastrophic
each time. But it will always be there. It’s part of us . 40
It is us.
A lot of religious spokespeople out there make a lot of money claiming
they can beat the pain of the Whac-A-Mole game for you, once and for all.
But the truth is that there is no end to the pain moles. The faster you hit them,
the faster they come back. And that’s how all the douche canoes in the
religion game stay in business so long: instead of admitting that the game is
rigged, that our human nature is fundamentally designed to generate pain,
they blame you for not winning the game. Or, worse, they blame some
nebulous “them.” If we could just get rid of “them,” we’d all stop suffering.
Pinky swear . 41 But that doesn’t work, either. That just transfers the pain from
one population to another, and amplifies it.
Because, seriously, if someone really could solve all your problems,
they’d go out of business by next Tuesday (or get voted out of office next
week). Leaders need their followers to be perpetually dissatisfied; it’s good
for the leadership business. If everything were perfect and great, there’d be no
reason to follow anybody. No religion will ever make you feel blissful and
peaceful all the time. No country will ever feel completely fair and safe. No
political philosophy will solve everyone’s problems all the time. True equality
can never be achieved; someone somewhere will always be screwed over.
True freedom doesn’t really exist because we all must sacrifice some
autonomy for stability. No one, no matter how much you love them or they
love you, will ever absolve that internal guilt you feel simply for existing. It’s
all fucked. Everything is fucked. It always has been and always will be. There
are no solutions, only stopgap measures, only incremental improvements,
only slightly better forms of fuckedness than others. And it’s time we stop
running from that and, instead, embrace it.
This is our fucked-up world. And we’re the fucked-up ones in it.
HOW TO START YOUR OWN RELIGION
Step Six: Prophet for Profit!
So, this is it. You’ve come to the end. You have your religion, and it’s time to
reap all its benefits. Now that you’ve got your little following giving you their
money and cutting your grass, you can finally have everything you’ve ever
wished for!
Want a dozen sex slaves? Just say the word. Make up scripture. Tell your
followers that “Stage Six of Manatee Enlightenment” can only be found in the
Prophet’s orgasms.
Want a huge piece of land out in the middle of nowhere? Just tell your
followers that only you can build paradise for them and it needs to be really
far away—oh, and by the way, they need to pay for it.
Want power and prestige? Tell your followers to vote you into office or,
even better, overthrow the government with violence. If you do your job well,
they should be willing to give up their lives for you.
The opportunities really are endless.
No more loneliness. No more relationship problems. No more financial
woes. You can fulfill your wildest dreams. You just have to trample on the
hopes and dreams of thousands of other people to get there.
Yes, my friend, you’ve worked hard for this. Therefore, you deserve all
the benefits without any meddlesome social concerns or pedantic arguments
about ethics and whatnot. Because that’s what you get to do when you start
your own religion: You get to decide what is ethical. You get to decide what is
right. And you get to decide who is righteous.
Maybe this whole “start a religion” thing makes you squirm. Well, I hate to
break it to you, but you’re already in one. Whether you realize or not, you’ve
adopted some group’s beliefs and values, you participate in the rituals and
offer up the sacrifices, you draw the us-versus-them lines and intellectually
isolate yourself. This is what we all do. Religious beliefs and their constituent
tribal behaviors are a fundamental part of our nature . 4 It’s impossible not to
adopt them. If you think you’re above religion, that you use logic and reason,
I’m sorry to say, you’re wrong: you are one of us . 4 If you think you’re well
informed and highly educated, you’re not: you still suck.
We all must have faith in something. We must find value somewhere. It’s
how we psychologically survive and thrive. It’s how we find hope. And even
if you have a vision for a better future, it’s too hard to go it alone. To realize
any dream, we need support networks, for both emotional and logistical
reasons. It takes an army. Literally.
It’s our value hierarchies—as expressed through the stories of religion,
and shared among thousands or millions—that attract, organize, and propel
human systems forward in a sort of Darwinian competition. Religions
compete in the world for resources, and the religions that tend to win out are
those whose value hierarchies make the most efficient use of labor and
capital. And as it wins out, more and more people adopt the winning
religion’s value hierarchy, as it has demonstrated the most value to individuals
in the population. These victorious religions then stabilize and become the
foundation for culture . 46
But here’s the problem: Every time a religion succeeds, every time it
spreads its message far and wide and comes to dominate a huge swath of
human emotion and endeavor, its values change. The religion’s God Value no
longer comprises the principles that inspired the religion in the first place. Its
God Value slowly shifts and becomes the preservation of the religion itself:
not to lose what it has gained.
And this is where the corruption begins. When the original values that
defined the religion, the movement, the revolution, get tossed aside for the
sake of maintaining the status quo, this is narcissism at an organizational
level. This is how you go from Jesus to the Crusades, from Marxism to the
gulags, from a wedding chapel to divorce court. This corruption of the
religion’s original values rots away at the religion’s following, thus leading to
the rising up of newer, reactionary religions that eventually conquer the
original one. Then the whole process begins again.
In this sense, success is in many ways far more precarious than failure.
First, because the more you gain the more you have to lose, and second,
because the more you have to lose, the harder it is to maintain hope. But more
important, because by experiencing our hopes, we lose them. We see that our
beautiful visions for a perfect future are not so perfect, that our dreams and
aspirations are themselves riddled with unexpected flaws and unforeseen
sacrifices.
Because the only thing that can ever truly destroy a dream is to have it
come true.
Chapter 5
Hope Is Fucked
In the late nineteenth century, during a mild and glorious summer in the Swiss
Alps, a hermetic philosopher, a self-anointed dynamite of mind and spirit,
metaphorically came down off his mountaintop and, with his own money,
published a book. The book was his gift to mankind, a gift that stood boldly
upon the doorstep of the modern world and announced the words that would
make the philosopher famous long after his death.
It announced, “God is dead!”—and more. It announced that the echoes of
this death would be the harbinger of a new and dangerous age that would
challenge us all.
The philosopher spoke these words as a warning. He spoke as a
watchman. He spoke for us all.
Yet, the book sold fewer than forty copies . 1
Meta von Salis woke before dawn to light the fire to boil water for the
philosopher’s tea. She fetched ice to cool the blankets for his achy joints. She
gathered bones from yesterday’s dinner to begin stewing a broth that would
settle his stomach. She hand-washed his soiled linens. And soon, he would
need his hair cropped and his mustache trimmed, and she realized she had
forgotten to fetch a new razor.
This was Meta’s third summer caring for Friedrich Nietzsche and
probably, she figured, her last. She loved him—as a brother, that is. (When a
mutual friend suggested they marry, they both laughed uproariously . . . and
then became nauseated.) But Meta was approaching the limits of her charity.
She had met Nietzsche at a dinner party. She listened to him play piano
and tell jokes and rambunctious stories of his antics with his old friend,
composer Richard Wagner. Unlike in his writing, Nietzsche was polite and
mild in person. He was an affectionate listener. He was a lover of poetry and
could recite dozens of verses from memory. He’d sit and play word games for
hours, sing songs and make puns.
Nietzsche was disarmingly brilliant. A mind so sharp he could slice a
room open with only a few words. Aphorisms that would later become world
famous seemed to spill out of him like fogged breath in cold air. “Talking too
much about yourself can also be a means to conceal yourself,” he would
spontaneously add, quickly silencing the room . 2
Meta often found herself speechless in his presence, not because of any
overwhelmed emotion, but merely because her mind felt as though it were
constantly a few paces behind his and needed a moment to catch up.
Yet, Meta was no intellectual slouch. In fact, she was a badass of her time.
Meta was the first woman ever to earn a PhD in Switzerland. She was also
one of the world’s leading feminist writers and activists. She spoke four
languages fluently and published articles all over Europe arguing for women’s
rights, a radical idea at the time. She was well traveled, brilliant, and
headstrong . 3 And when she stumbled upon Nietzsche’s work, she felt she had
finally found someone whose ideas could push women’s liberation out into
the world.
Here was a man who argued for the empowerment of the individual, for
radical personal responsibility. Here was a man who believed that individual
aptitude mattered more than anything, that each human not only deserved
expansion into his or her full potential but had the duty to exercise and push
for that expansion. Nietzsche put into words, Meta believed, the core ideas
and conceptual frameworks that would ultimately empower women and lead
them out of their perpetual servitude.
But there was only one problem: Nietzsche wasn’t a feminist. In fact, he
found the whole idea of women’s liberation ridiculous.
This didn’t deter Meta. He was a man of reason; he could be persuaded.
He simply needed to recognize his own prejudice and be freed from it. She
began visiting him regularly, and soon they became close friends and
intellectual companions. They spent summers in Switzerland, winters in
France and Italy, forays into Venice, quick trips doubling back to Germany
and then Switzerland again.
As the years wore on, Meta discovered that behind Nietzsche’s
penetrating eyes and gigantic mustache was a bundle of contradictions. He
wrote obsessively of power while being himself frail and weak. He preached
radical responsibility and self-reliance despite being wholly dependent on
(mostly female) friends and family to take care of and support him. He cursed
the fickle reviewers and academics who panned his work or refused to read it,
while simultaneously boasting that his lack of popular success only proved his
brilliance—as he once proclaimed, “My time has not come yet, some men are
born posthumously .” 4
Nietzsche was, in fact, everything he claimed to loathe: weak, dependent,
and wholly captivated and reliant on powerful, independent women. Yet, in
his work, he preached individual strength and self-reliance, and was a woeful
misogynist. His lifelong dependence on the care of women seemed to blur his
ability to see them clearly. It would be the glaring blind spot in the vision of
an otherwise prophetic man.
If there were a Hall of Fame for “most pain tolerated by a single individual,” I
would nominate Nietzsche as one of its first cornerstone inductees. He was
continually sick as a child: Doctors applied leeches to his neck and ears and
told him to spend hours without moving. He’d inherited a neurological
disorder that brought about debilitating migraines throughout his life (and
caused him to go mad in middle age). He was also incredibly sensitive to
light, unable to go outside without thick blue-tinted glasses, and would be
nearly blind by the age of thirty.
As a young man, he would join the military and serve briefly in the
Franco-Prussian War. There, he would contract diphtheria and dysentery,
which nearly killed him. The treatment at the time was acid enemas, which
destroyed his digestive tract. For the rest of his life, he would struggle with
acute digestive pain, was never able to eat large meals, and was incontinent
for parts of his life. An injury from his cavalry days left parts of his body
inflexible and, on his worst days, immovable. He often needed help standing
up and would spend months at a time stuck alone in bed, unable to open his
eyes due to the pain. In 1880, what he would later call “a bad year,” he was
bedridden 260 out of 365 days. He spent most of his life migrating between
the French coast in the winter and the Swiss Alps in the summer, as he
required mild temperatures to keep his bones and joints from aching.
Meta quickly discovered that she wasn’t the only intellectual woman
fascinated by this man. He had a parade of women coming by to take care of
him for weeks or months at a time. Like Meta, these women were badasses of
their time: They were professors and wealthy landowners and entrepreneurs.
They were educated and multilingual and fiercely independent.
And they were feminists, the earliest feminists.
They, too, had seen the liberating message in Nietzsche’s work. He wrote
of social structures crippling the individual; feminists argued that the social
structures of the age imprisoned them. He denounced the Church for
rewarding the weak and mediocre; feminists, too, denounced the Church, for
forcing women into marriage and subservience to men. And he dared recast
the story of human history not as mankind’s escape from and dominance over
nature, but as mankind’s growing ignorance to its own nature. He argued that
the individual must empower himself and access ever-higher levels of
freedom and consciousness. These women saw feminism as the next step to
that higher liberation.
Nietzsche filled them all with hope, and they took turns caring for this
deteriorating, broken man, hopeful that the next book, the next essay, the next
polemic, would be the one that broke open the floodgates.
But for most of his life, his work was almost universally ignored.
Then Nietzsche announced the death of God, and he went from failing
university professor to pariah. He was unemployable and basically homeless.
No one wanted anything to do with him: no university, no publisher, not even
many of his friends. He scrounged together money to publish his work
himself, borrowing from his mother and sister to survive. He relied on friends
to manage his life for him. And even then, his books hardly sold a copy.
Yet, despite it all, these women stuck with him. They cleaned him and fed
him and carried him. They believed there was something in this decrepit man
that could potentially change history. And so, they waited.
A Brief History of the World, According to Nietzsche
Let’s say you drop a bunch of people onto a plot of land with limited
resources and have them start a civilization from scratch. Here’s what
happens:
Some people are naturally more gifted than others. Some are smarter.
Some are bigger and stronger. Some are more charismatic. Some are friendly
and get along easily with others. Some work harder and come up with better
ideas.
The people with natural advantages will accumulate more resources than
others. And because they have more resources, they will have a
disproportionate amount of power within this new society. They will be able
to use that power to garner more resources and more advantages, and so on—
you know, the whole “rich get richer” thing. Run this through enough
generations, and pretty soon you have a social hierarchy with a small number
of elites at the top and a large number of people getting completely hosed at
the bottom. Since the advent of agriculture, all human societies have exhibited
this stratification, and all societies must deal with the tension that emerges
between the advantaged elite and the disadvantaged masses. 5
Nietzsche called the elite the “masters” of society, as they have almost
complete control over wealth, production, and political power. He called the
working masses the “slaves” of society because he saw little difference
between a laborer working his whole life for a small sum and slavery itself. 6
Now, here’s where it gets interesting. Nietzsche argued that the masters of
society would come to see their privilege as well deserved. That is, they
would craft value narratives to justify their elite status. Why shouldn’t they be
rewarded for it? It was good they were on top. They deserved it. They were
the smartest and strongest and most talented. Therefore, they were the most
righteous.
Nietzsche called this belief system, in which those who end up ahead do
so because they deserve it, “master morality.” Master morality is the moral
belief that people get what they deserve. It’s the moral belief that “might
makes right,” that if you earned something through hard work or ingenuity,
you deserve it. No one can take that from you; nor should they. You are the
best, and because you’ve demonstrated superiority, you should be rewarded
for it.
Conversely, Nietzsche argued, the “slaves” of society would generate a
moral code of their own. Whereas the masters believed they were righteous
and virtuous because of their strength, the slaves of society came to believe
that they were righteous and virtuous because of their weakness. Slave
morality believes that people who have suffered the most, those who are the
most disadvantaged and exploited, deserve the best treatment because of that
suffering. Slave morality believes that it’s the poorest and most unfortunate
who deserve the most sympathy and the most respect.
Whereas master morality believes in the virtue of strength and dominance,
slave morality believes in the virtue of sacrifice and submission. While master
morality believes in the necessity of hierarchy, slave morality believes in the
necessity of equality. While master morality is generally represented by right-
wing political beliefs, slave morality is usually found in left-wing political
beliefs. 7
We all contain both these moralities within us. Imagine you’re in a class at
school and you study your ass off and get the highest test score. And because
you got the highest test score, you’re awarded benefits due to your success.
You feel morally justified having those benefits; after all, you worked hard
and earned them. You are a “good” student and a “good” person for being a
good student. This is master morality.
Now imagine that you have a classmate. This classmate has eighteen
siblings, all being raised by a single mother. This classmate works multiple
part-time jobs and is never able to study because she is literally putting food
on the table for her brothers and sisters. She fails the same exam that you
passed with flying colors. Is that fair? No, it’s not. You would probably feel
that she deserves some sort of special exception due to her situation—maybe
a chance to retake the test or to take it at a later date, when she has time to
study for it. She deserves this because she is a “good” person for her
sacrifices and disadvantages. This is slave morality.
In Newtonian terms, master morality is the intrinsic desire to create a
moral separation between ourselves and the world around us. It is the desire
to create moral gaps with us on top. Slave morality is, then, an intrinsic desire
to equalize, to close the moral gap and alleviate suffering. Both are
fundamental components of our Feeling Brain’s operating system. Both
generate and perpetuate strong emotions. And both give us hope.
Nietzsche argued that the cultures of the ancient world (Greek, Roman,
Egyptian, Indian, and so on) were master morality cultures. They were
structured to celebrate strength and excellence even at the expense of millions
of slaves and subjects. They were warrior civilizations; they celebrated guts,
glory, and bloodshed. Nietzsche also argued that the Judeo-Christian ethic of
charity, pity, and compassion ushered slave morality to prominence, and
continued to dominate Western civilization up through his own time. For
Nietzsche, these two value hierarchies were in constant tension and
opposition. They were, he believed, at the root of all political and social
conflict throughout history.
And, he warned, that conflict was about to get much worse.
Each religion is a faith-based attempt to explain reality in such a way that it
gives people a steady stream of hope. In a kind of Darwinian competition,
those religions that mobilize, coordinate, and inspire their believers the most
are those that win out and spread throughout the world. 8
In the ancient world, pagan religions built on master morality justified the
existence of emperors and warrior-kings who swept across the planet,
expanding and consolidating territory and people. Then, about two thousand
years ago, slave morality religions emerged and slowly began to take their
place. These new religions were (usually) monotheistic and were not limited
to one nation, race, or ethnic group. They preached their message to everyone
because their message was one of equality: all people were either born good
and later corrupted or were born sinners and had to be saved. Either way, the
result was the same. Everyone, regardless of nation, race, or creed, had to be
converted in the name of the One True God. 9
Then, in the seventeenth century, a new religion began to emerge in
Europe, a religion that would unleash forces more powerful than anything
seen in human history.
Every religion runs into the sticky problem of evidence. You can tell
people all this great stuff about God and spirits and angels and whatnot, but if
the entire town burns down and your kid loses an arm in a fishing accident,
well, then . . . oops. Where was God?
Throughout history, authorities have expended a lot of effort to hide the
lack of evidence supporting their religion and/or to punish anyone who dared
question the validity of their faith-based values. It’s for this reason that, like
most atheists, Nietzsche loathed spiritual religions.
Natural philosophers, as scientists were called in Isaac Newton’s time,
decided that the most reliable faith-based beliefs were those that had the most
evidence supporting them. Evidence became the God Value, and any belief
that was no longer supported by evidence had to be altered to account for the
new observed reality. This produced a new religion: science.
Science is arguably the most effective religion because it is the first
religion that is able to evolve and improve upon itself. It is open to anybody
and everybody. It is not moored to a single book or creed. It is not beholden to
some ancient land or people. It is not tethered to a supernatural spirit whose
existence cannot be proven or disproven. It is an ongoing, ever-changing body
of evidence-based beliefs, one that is free to mutate, grow, and shift as the
evidence dictates.
The scientific revolution changed the world more than anything before or
since. 1 It has reshaped the planet, lifted billions out of disease and poverty,
and improved every aspect of life. 11 It is not an exaggeration to suggest that
science may be the only demonstrably good thing humanity has ever done for
itself. (Thank you, Francis Bacon, thank you, Isaac Newton, you fucking
titans.) Science is singularly responsible for all the greatest inventions and
advances in human history, from medicine and agriculture to education and
commerce.
But science did something else even more spectacular: it introduced to the
world the concept of growth. For most of human history, “growth” wasn’t a
thing. Change occurred so slowly that everyone died in pretty much the same
economic condition they were born in. The average human from two
thousand years ago experienced about as much economic growth in his
lifetime as we experience in six months today. 12 People would live their entire
lives, and nothing changed —no new developments, inventions, or
technologies. People would live and die on the same land, among the same
people, using the same tools, and nothing ever got better. In fact, things like
plagues and famine and war and dickhead rulers with large armies often made
everything worse. It was a slow, grueling, miserable existence.
And with no prospect for change or a better life in this lifetime, people
drew their hope from spiritual promises of a better life in the next lifetime.
Spiritual religions flourished, and dominated daily life. Everything revolved
around the Church (or synagogue or temple or mosque or whatever). Priests
and holy men were the arbiters of social life because they were the arbiters of
hope. They were the only ones who could tell you what God wanted, and God
was the only one who could promise any salvation or a better future.
Therefore, these holy men dictated everything that was of value in society.
Then science happened, and shit got cray-cray. Microscopes and printing
presses and internal combustion engines and cotton gins and thermometers
and, finally, some goddamn medicine that actually worked. Suddenly, life got
better. More important, you could see life getting better. People used better
tools, had access to more food, were healthier, and made more money. Finally,
you could look back ten years and say, “Whoa! Can you believe we used to
live like that?”
And that ability to look back and see progress, see growth happen,
changed how people viewed the future. It changed how they viewed
themselves. Forever.
Now, you didn’t have to wait until death to improve your lot. You could
improve it here and now. And this implied all sorts of wonderful things.
Freedom, for one: How were you going to choose to grow today? But also
responsibility: because you could now control your own destiny, you had to
take responsibility for that destiny. And of course, equality: because if a big
patriarchal God isn’t dictating who deserves what, that must mean that either
no one deserves anything or everyone deserves everything.
These were concepts that had never been voiced before. With the prospect
of so much growth and change in this life, people no longer relied on spiritual
beliefs about the next life to give them hope. Instead, they began to invent and
rely upon the ideological religions of their time.
This changed everything. Church doctrines softened. People stayed home
on Sundays. Monarchs conceded power to their subjects. Philosophers began
to openly question God—and somehow weren’t burned alive for doing so. It
was a golden age for human thought and progress. And incredibly, the
progress begun in that age has only accelerated and continues to accelerate to
this day.
The scientific revolution eroded the dominance of spiritual religions and
made way for the dominance of ideological religions. And this is what
concerned Nietzsche. Because for all of the progress and wealth and tangible
benefits that ideological religions produce, they lack something that spiritual
religions do not: infallibility.
Once believed in, a supernatural deity is impervious to worldly affairs.
Your town could burn down. Your mother could make a million dollars and
then lose it all again. You could watch wars and diseases come and go. None
of these experiences directly contradicts a belief in a deity, because
supernatural entities are evidence-proof. And while atheists see this as a bug,
it can also be a feature. The robustness of spiritual religions means that the
shit could hit the proverbial fan, and your psychological stability would
remain intact. Hope can be preserved because God is always preserved. 13
Not so with ideologies. If you spend a decade of your life lobbying for
certain governmental reform, and then that reform leads to the deaths of tens
of thousands of people, that’s on you. That piece of hope that sustained you
for years is shattered. Your identity, destroyed. Hello darkness, my old friend.
Ideologies, because they’re constantly challenged, changed, proven, and
then disproven, offer scant psychological stability upon which to build one’s
hope. And when the ideological foundation of our belief systems and value
hierarchies is shaken, it throws us into the maw of the Uncomfortable Truth.
Nietzsche was on top of this before anybody else. He warned of the
coming existential malaise that technological growth would bring upon the
world. In fact, this was the whole point of his “God is dead” proclamation.
“God is dead” was not some obnoxious atheistic gloating, as it is usually
interpreted today. No. It was a lament, a warning, a cry for help. Who are we
to determine the meaning and significance of our own existence? Who are we
to decide what is good and right in the world? How can we bear this burden?
Nietzsche, understanding that existence is inherently chaotic and
unknowable, believed that we were not psychologically equipped to handle
the task of explaining our cosmic significance. He saw the spate of
ideological religions that spewed forth in the Enlightenment’s wake
(democracy, nationalism, communism, socialism, colonialism, etc.) as merely
postponing the inevitable existential crisis of mankind. And he hated them all.
He found democracy to be naive, nationalism stupid, communism appalling,
colonialism offensive. 14
Because, in a kind of backward Buddhist way, Nietzsche believed that any
worldly attachment—to gender, race, ethnicity, nationality, or history—was a
mirage, a make-believe faith-based construct designed to suspend us high
over the chasm of the Uncomfortable Truth by a thin rope of meaning. And
ultimately, he believed that all these constructs were destined to conflict with
one another and cause far more violence than they solved. 15
Nietzsche predicted coming conflicts between the ideologies built on
master and slave moralities. 16 He believed that these conflicts would wreak
greater destruction upon the world than anything else seen in human history.
He predicted that this destruction would not be limited to national borders or
different ethnic groups. It would transcend all borders; it would transcend
country and people. Because these conflicts, these wars, would not be for
God. They would be between gods.
And the gods would be us.
Pandora’s Box
In Greek mythology, the world started out with only men. 17 Everyone drank a
lot and didn’t do any work. It was one big, everlasting frat party. The ancient
Greeks called this “paradise.” But if you ask me, it sounds like a special kind
of hell.
The gods, recognizing that this was a fairly boring state of affairs, decided
to spice up the situation a bit. They wanted to create a companion for
mankind, someone who would command the men’s attention, someone who
would introduce complication and uncertainty to the easy life of shotgunning
beer cans and playing foosball all night.
So, they decided to create the first woman.
For this project, every one of the major gods helped out. Aphrodite gave
her beauty. Athena gave her wisdom. Hera gave her the ability to create a
family. Hermes gave her charismatic speech. On and on, the gods installed
gifts and talents and intrigues into woman like apps in a new iPhone.
The result was Pandora.
The gods sent Pandora to earth to introduce competition and sex and
babies and arguments about the toilet seat. But the gods did something else,
too: they sent her with a box. It was a beautiful box, embossed in gold and
covered in intricate and delicate designs. The gods told Pandora to give the
box to men, but also instructed her that it could never be opened.
Spoiler alert: people suck. Somebody opened Pandora’s box—surprise,
surprise, the men would all blame the woman for it—and out flew all the evils
into the world: death, disease, hatred, envy, and Twitter. The bucolic sausage
party was no more. Now men could kill each other. And, more important, now
men had something to kill each other for : women, and the resources that
attracted women. Thus, began the stupid dick-measuring contest also known
as human history.
Wars started. Kingdoms and rivalries arose. Slavery happened. Emperors
started conquering one another, leaving hundreds of thousands slaughtered in
their wake. Entire cities were built and then destroyed. Meanwhile, women
were treated as property, traded and bartered among the men like fancy goats
or something. 18
Basically, humans started being humans.
Everything appeared to be fucked. But in the bottom of that box there
remained something shiny and beautiful.
There remained hope.
There are many interpretations of the Pandora’s box myth, the most common
being that while the gods punished us with all the evils of the world, they also
equipped us with the one antidote to those evils: hope. Think of it as the yin
and the yang of mankind’s eternal struggle: everything is always fucked, but
the more fucked things become, the more we must mobilize hope to sustain
and overcome the world’s fuckedness. This is why heroes such as Witold
Pilecki inspire us: their ability to muster enough hope to resist evil reminds us
that all of us are capable of resisting evil.
The sickness may spread, but so does the cure, because hope is
contagious. Hope is what saves the world.
But here’s another, less popular interpretation of the Pandora’s box myth:
What if hope is not the antidote to evil? What if hope is just another form of
evil? What if hope just got left in the box? 19
Because hope didn’t just inspire Pilecki’s heroics. Hope also inspired the
Communist revolutions and the Nazi genocides. Hitler hoped to exterminate
the Jews to bring about an evolutionarily superior human race. The Soviets
hoped to instigate a global revolution to unite the world in true equality under
communism. And let’s be honest, most of the atrocities committed by the
Western, capitalist societies over the past one hundred years were done in the
name of hope: hope for greater global economic freedom and wealth.
Like a surgeon’s scalpel, hope can save a life, and hope can take a life. It
can uplift us, and it can destroy us. Just as there are healthy and damaging
forms of confidence, and healthy and damaging forms of love, there are also
healthy and damaging forms of hope. And the difference between the two is
not always clear.
So far, I’ve argued that hope is fundamental to our psychology, that we need
to (a) have something to look forward to, (b) believe ourselves in control of
our fate enough to achieve that something, and (c) find a community to
achieve it with us. When we lack one or all of these for too long, we lose hope
and spiral into the void of the Uncomfortable Truth.
Experiences generate emotions. Emotions generate values. Values
generate narratives of meaning. And people who share similar narratives of
meaning come together to generate religions. The more effective (or
affective) a religion, the more industrious and disciplined the adherents. And
the more industrious and disciplined the adherents, the more likely the
religion is to spread to other people, to give them a sense of self-control and a
feeling of hope. These religions grow and expand and eventually define in¬
groups versus out-groups, create rituals and taboos, and spur conflict between
groups with opposing values. These conflicts must exist because they maintain
the meaning and purpose for people within the group.
Therefore, it is the conflict that maintains the hope.
So, we’ve got it backward: everything being fucked doesn’t require hope;
hope requires everything being fucked.
The sources of hope that give our lives a sense of meaning are the same
sources of division and hate. The hope that brings the most joy to our lives is
the same hope that brings the greatest danger. The hope that brings people
closest together is often the same hope that tears them apart.
Hope is, therefore, destructive. Hope depends on the rejection of what
currently is.
Because hope requires that something be broken. Hope requires that we
renounce a part of ourselves and/or a part of the world. It requires us to be
anti -something.
This paints an unbelievably bleak picture of the human condition. It
means that our psychological makeup is such that our only choices in life are
either perpetual conflict or nihilism—tribalism or isolation, religious war or
the Uncomfortable Truth.
Nietzsche believed that none of the ideologies generated by the scientific
revolution would hold up in the long run. He believed that, one by one, they
would slowly kill each other off and/or collapse from within. Then, after a
couple of centuries, the real existential crisis would begin. Master morality
would have been corrupted. Slave morality would have imploded. We would
have failed ourselves. For human frailties are such that everything we produce
must be impermanent and unreliable.
Nietzsche instead believed that we must look beyond hope. We must look
beyond values. We must evolve into something “beyond good and evil.” For
him, this morality of the future had to begin with something he called amor
fati, or “love of one’s fate”: “My formula for greatness in a human being,” he
wrote, “is amor fati: that one wants nothing to be different, not forward, not
backward, not in all eternity. Not merely bear what is necessary, still less
conceal it—all idealism is mendacity in the face of what is necessary—but
love it.” 20
Amor fati, for Nietzsche, meant the unconditional acceptance of all life
and experience: the highs and the lows, the meaning and the meaninglessness.
It meant loving one’s pain, embracing one’s suffering. It meant closing the
separation between one’s desires and reality not by striving for more desires,
but by simply desiring reality.
It basically meant: hope for nothing. Hope for what already is—because
hope is ultimately empty. Anything your mind can conceptualize is
fundamentally flawed and limited and therefore damaging if worshipped
unconditionally. Don’t hope for more happiness. Don’t hope for less
suffering. Don’t hope to improve your character. Don’t hope to eliminate your
flaws.
Hope for this. Hope for the infinite opportunity and oppression present in
every single moment. Hope for the suffering that comes with freedom. For the
pain that comes from happiness. For the wisdom that comes from ignorance.
For the power that comes from surrender.
And then act despite it.
This is our challenge, our calling: To act without hope. To not hope for
better. To be better. In this moment and the next. And the next. And the next.
Everything is fucked. And hope is both the cause and the effect of that
fuckedness.
This is hard to swallow, because weaning ourselves off the sweet nectar of
hope is like pulling a bottle away from a drunk. Without it, we believe we’ll
fall back into the void and be swallowed by the abyss. The Uncomfortable
Truth frightens us, and so we spin stories and values and narratives and myths
and legends about ourselves and the world to keep that truth at bay.
But the only thing that frees us is that truth: You and I and everyone we
know will die, and little to nothing that we do will ever matter on a cosmic
scale. And while some people fear that this truth will liberate them from all
responsibility, that they’ll go snort an eight ball of cocaine and play in traffic,
the reality is that this truth scares them because it liberates them to
responsibility. It means that there’s no reason to not love ourselves and one
another. That there’s no reason to not treat ourselves and our planet with
respect. That there’s no reason to not live every moment of our lives as
though it were to be lived in eternal recurrence. 21
The second half of this book is an attempt to understand what a life without
hope might look like. The first thing I’ll say is that it’s not as bad as you
think. In fact, I believe it is better than the alternative.
The second half of this book is also an honest look at the modern world
and everything that is fucked with it. It’s an evaluation done in the hope not of
fixing it, but of coming to love it.
Because we must break out of our cycle of religious conflict. We must
emerge from our ideological cocoons. We must let the Feeling Brain feel, but
deny it the stories of meaning and value that it so desperately craves. We must
stretch beyond our conception of good and evil. We must learn to love what
is.
Amor Fati
It was Meta’s last day in Sils Maria, Switzerland, and she planned to spend as
much of it as she could outdoors.
Friedrich’s favorite walk was around the east bank of Lake Silvaplana,
half a kilometer from town. The lake was a shimmering, crystalline thing this
time of year, wreathed by the mountains on a horizon pulverized by white
peaks. It was on walks around this lake that he and Meta had first bonded four
summers ago. This was how she wanted to spend her last day with him. This
was how she wanted to remember him.
They left shortly after breakfast. The sun was perfect, and the air was
silky. She led, and he hobbled along behind her with his walking stick. They
passed barns and fields of cattle and a small sugar beet farm. Friedrich joked
that the cows would be his most intellectual companions once Meta left. The
two laughed and sang and picked walnuts as they went.
They stopped and ate around noon, beneath a larch tree. It was then that
Meta began to worry. They had come far in their excitement. Much farther
than she had anticipated. And now she could see that Friedrich was
struggling, both physically and mentally, to keep it together.
The walk back was arduous for him. He dragged noticeably now. And the
reality of her leaving the next morning fell over them like an ominous moon,
a pall upon their words.
He had grown grumpy, and achy. The stops were frequent. And he began
muttering to himself.
Not like this, Meta thought. She didn’t want to leave him like this, but she
must.
It was late afternoon by the time they approached the village. The sun was
waning, and the air was now a burden. Friedrich lagged by a good twenty
meters, yet Meta knew the only way to get him all the way home was by not
stopping for him.
They passed the same sugar beet farm, the same bam and the same cattle,
his new companions.
“What was that?” Friedrich shouted. “Where has God gone, you say?”
Meta turned around and knew what she would find before she even saw it:
Friedrich, walking stick waving in the air, shouting maniacally at a small
group of cows chewing in front of him.
“I shall tell you,” he said, breathing heavily. He raised his stick and
gestured to the mountains around. “We have killed him —you and I! We are
his murderers. But how have we done this?”
The cows chewed placidly. One swatted a fly with its tail.
“How were we able to drink up the seas? Who gave us the sponge to wipe
away the horizon? What did we do when we unchained the earth from its sun?
Are we not perpetually falling in all directions? Are we not straying as though
through some Infinite nothing?” 22
“Friedrich, this is silly,” Meta said, trying to grab his sleeve and pull him
along. But he yanked his arm away; there was madness in his eyes. 23
“Where is God? God is Dead. God remains dead. And we have killed
him,” he declared.
“Please, stop this nonsense, Friedrich. Come on, let’s go to the house.”
“How shall we comfort ourselves, the murderers of all murderers? What
was holiest and mightiest of all has bled to death under our knives: who will
wipe this blood off us?”
Meta shook her head. It was no use. This was it. This was how it would
end. She began to walk away.
“What water is there for us to clean ourselves? What festivals of
atonement, what sacred games shall we have to invent? Is not the greatness of
this deed too great for us? Must we ourselves not become gods simply to
appear worthy of it?”
Silence. A moo rang out in the distance.
“Man is a rope, tied between beast and Superman—a rope over an abyss.
What is great in man is that he is a bridge and not a goal: what can be loved in
man is that he is an overture [to something greater.]” 24
The words struck her. She turned and locked her gaze on his. It was this
idea of man being an overture to something greater that had drawn her to
Nietzsche so many years ago. It was this thought that had intellectually
seduced her, because, for her, feminism and women’s liberation (her
ideological religion) were that “something greater.” But, she realized, to
Nietzsche, it was simply another construct, another conceit, another human
failure, another dead god.
Meta would go on and do great things. In Germany and Austria, she
would organize marches for women’s suffrage—and achieve it. She would
inspire thousands of women worldwide to stand up for their own god projects,
for their own redemption, their own liberation. She would quietly,
anonymously, change the world. She would liberate and free more human
beings than Nietzsche and most other “great” men, yet she would do this from
the shadows, from the backstage of history. Indeed, today, she is known
mostly for being the friend of Friedrich Nietzsche—not as a star of women’s
liberation, but as a supporting character in a play about a man who correctly
prophesized a hundred years of ideological destruction. Like a hidden thread,
she would hold the world together, despite being barely seen and quickly
forgotten.
She would go on, though. She knew she would. She must go on and
attempt to cross the abyss, as we all must do; to live for others despite still not
knowing how to live for herself.
“Meta,” Nietzsche said.
“Yes?”
“I love those who do not know how to live,” he said. “For they are the
ones who cross over.”
Part II:
Everything Is Fucked
Chapter 6
The Formula of Humanity
Depending on your perspective, the philosopher Immanuel Kant was either
the most boring person who ever lived or a productivity hacker’s wet dream.
For forty years he woke up every morning at five o’clock and wrote for
exactly three hours. He would then lecture at the same university for exactly
four hours, and then eat lunch at the same restaurant every day. Then, in the
afternoon, he would go on an extended walk through the same park, on the
same route, leaving and returning home at the exact same time. He did this for
forty years. Every. Single. Day . 1
Kant was efficiency personified. He was so mechanical in his habits, that
his neighbors joked that they could set their clocks by when he left his
apartment. He would depart for his daily walk at three thirty in the afternoon,
have dinner with the same friend most evenings, and after working some
more, would go to bed at exactly ten every night.
Despite sounding like a colossal bore, Kant was one of the most important
and influential thinkers in world history. And from his single-room apartment
in Konigsberg, Prussia, he did more to steer the world than most kings,
presidents, prime ministers, or generals before and since.
If you’re living in a democratic society that protects individual freedoms,
you have Kant partially to thank for that. He was one of the first to argue that
all people have an inherent dignity that must be regarded and respected . 2 He
was the first person ever to envision a global governing body that could
guarantee peace across much of the world (an idea that would eventually
inspire the formation of the United Nations ). 3 His descriptions of how we
perceive space and time would later help inspire Einstein’s discovery of the
theory of relativity . 4 He was one of the first to suggest the possibility of
animal rights . 5 He reinvented the philosophy of aesthetics and beauty . 6 He
resolved the two-hundred-year-old philosophical debate between rationalism
and empiricism in the span of a couple of hundred pages . 7 And as if all that
weren’t enough, he reinvented moral philosophy, from top to bottom,
overthrowing ideas that had been the basis of Western civilization since
Aristotle . 8
Kant was an intellectual powerhouse. If Thinking Brains had biceps,
Kant’s Thinking Brain was the Mr. Olympia of the intellectual universe.
As with his lifestyle, Kant was rigid and uncompromising in his view of
the world. He believed that there was a clear right and wrong, a value system
that transcended and operated outside any human emotions or Feeling Brain
judgments . 9 Moreover, he lived what he preached. Kings tried to censor him;
priests condemned him; academics envied him. Yet none of this slowed him
down.
Kant didn’t give a fuck. And I mean that in the truest and profoundest
sense of the phrase . 10 He is the only thinker I have ever come across who
eschewed hope and the flawed human values it relied upon; who confronted
the Uncomfortable Truth and refused to accept its horrible implications; who
gazed into the abyss with nothing but logic and pure reason; who, armed with
only the brilliance of his mind, stood before the gods and challenged them . . .
. . . and somehow won . 11
But to understand Kant’s Herculean struggle, first we must take a detour,
and learn about psychological development, maturity, and adulthood . 12
How to Grow Up
When I was, like, four years old, despite my mother warning me not to, I put
my finger on a hot stove. That day, I learned an important lesson: Really hot
things suck. They burn you. And you want to avoid touching them ever again.
Around the same time, I made another important discovery: ice cream was
stored in the freezer, on a shelf that could be easily accessed if I stood on my
tippy toes. One day, while my mother was in the other room (poor Mom), I
grabbed the ice cream, sat on the floor, and proceeded to gorge myself using
my bare hands.
It was the closest I would come to an orgasm for another ten years. If
there was a heaven in my little four-year-old mind, I had just found it: my
own little Elysium in a bucket of congealed divinity. As the ice cream began
to melt, I smeared an extra helping across my face, letting it dribble all over
my shirt. This was all happening in slow motion, of course. I was practically
bathing in that sweet, tasty goodness. Oh yes, glorious sugary milk, share with
me your secrets, for today I shall know greatness.
Then Mom walked in—and all hell broke loose, which included but was
not limited to a much-needed bath.
I learned a couple of lessons that day. One, stealing ice cream and then
dumping it all over yourself and the kitchen floor makes your mother
extremely angry. And two, angry mothers suck; they scold you and punish
you. That day, much like the day with the hot stove, I learned what not to do.
But there was a third, meta-lesson being taught here, one of those lessons
that are so obvious we don’t even notice when they happen, a lesson that was
far more important than the other lessons: eating ice cream is better than
being burned.
This lesson was important because it was a value judgment. Ice cream is
better than hot stoves. I prefer sugary sweetness in my mouth than a bit of fire
on my hand. It was the discovery of preference and, therefore, prioritization.
It was my Feeling Brain’s decision that one thing in the world was better than
another, the construction of my early value hierarchy.
A friend of mine once described parenthood as “basically just following
around a kid for a couple decades and making sure he doesn’t accidentally kill
himself—and you’d be amazed how many ways a kid can find to accidentally
kill himself.”
Young children are always looking for new ways to accidentally kill
themselves because the driving force behind their psychology is exploration.
Early in life, we are driven to explore the world around us because our
Feeling Brains are collecting information on what pleases and harms us, what
feels good and bad, what is worth pursuing further and what is worth
avoiding. We’re building up our value hierarchy, figuring out what our first
and primary values are, so that we can begin to know what to hope for . 13
Eventually, the exploratory phase exhausts itself. And not because we run
out of world to explore. Actually, it’s the opposite: the exploratory phase
wraps up because as we become older, we begin to recognize that there’s too
much world to explore. You can’t touch and taste everything. You can’t meet
all the people. You can’t see all the things. There’s too much potential
experience, and the sheer magnitude of our own existence overwhelms and
intimidates us.
Therefore, our two brains begin to focus less on trying everything and
more on developing some rules to help us navigate the endless complexity of
the world before us. We adopt most of these rules from our parents and
teachers, but many of them we figure out for ourselves. For instance, after
fucking around near open flames enough, you develop a little mental rule that
all flames are dangerous, not just the stove ones. And after seeing Mom get
pissed off enough times, you begin to figure out that raiding the freezer and
stealing dessert is always bad, not just when it’s ice cream . 14
As a result, some general principles begin to emerge in our minds: take
care around dangerous things so you won’t get hurt; be honest with your
parents and they’ll treat you well; share with your siblings and they’ll share
with you.
These new values are more sophisticated because they’re abstract. You
can’t point to “fairness” or draw a picture of “prudence.” The little kid thinks,
ice cream is awesome; therefore, I want ice cream. But the adolescent thinks,
ice cream is awesome, but stealing stuff pisses my parents off and I’ll get
punished; therefore, I’m not going to take the ice cream from the freezer. The
adolescent applies if/then rules to her decision making, thinking through
cause-and-effect chains in a way that a young child cannot.
As a result, an adolescent learns that strictly pursuing her own pleasure
and avoiding pain often creates problems. Actions have consequences. You
must negotiate your desires with the desires of those around you. You must
play by the mles of society and authority, and then, more often than not,
you’ll be rewarded.
Child
Figure 6.1: A child thinks only about his own pleasure, whereas an
adolescent learns to navigate rules and principles to achieve her goals.
This is maturity in action: developing higher-level and more abstract
values to enhance decision making in a wider range of contexts. This is how
you adjust to the world, how you learn to handle the seemingly infinite
permutations of experience. It is a major cognitive leap for children and
fundamental to growing up in a healthy, happy way.
Young children are like little tyrants . 15 They struggle to conceive of
anything in life beyond what is immediately pleasurable or painful for them at
any given moment. They cannot feel empathy. They cannot imagine what life
is like in your shoes. All they know is that they want some fucking ice
cream . 16
A young child’s identity is therefore very small and fragile. It is
constituted by simply what gives pleasure and what avoids pain. Susie likes
chocolate. She is afraid of dogs. She enjoys coloring. She is often mean to her
brother. This is the extent of Susie’s identity because her Thinking Brain has
not yet developed enough meaning to create coherent stories for her. It’s only
when she’s old enough to ask what the pleasure is for, what the pain is for,
that she can develop some meaningful narratives for herself, and establish
identity.
The knowledge of pleasure and pain is still there in adolescence. It’s just
that pleasure and pain no longer dictate most decision making . 17 They are no
longer the basis of our values. Older children weigh their personal feelings
against their understanding of rules, trade-offs, and the social order around
them to plan and make decisions. This gives them larger, sturdier identities . 18
The adolescent does the same stumbling around the young child does in
learning what is pleasurable and what is painful, except the adolescent
stumbles around by trying on different social rules and roles. If I wear this,
will it make me cool? If I talk like that, will it make people like me? If I
pretend to enjoy this music, will I be popular ? 19
This is an improvement, but there’s still a weakness in this adolescent
approach to life. Everything is seen as a trade-off. Adolescents approach life
as an endless series of bargains: I will do what my boss says so I can get
money. I will call my mother so I don’t get yelled at. I will do my homework
so I don’t fuck up my future. I will lie and pretend to be nice so I don’t have
to deal with conflict.
Nothing is done for its own sake. Everything is a calculated transaction,
usually made out of fear of the negative repercussions. Everything is a means
to some pleasurable end . 20
The problem with adolescent values is that if you hold them, you never
actually stand for something outside yourself. You are still at heart a child,
albeit a cleverer and much more sophisticated child. Everything still revolves
around maximizing pleasure and minimizing pain, it’s just that the adolescent
is savvy enough to think a few moves ahead to get there.
In the end, adolescent values are self-defeating. You can’t live your entire
life this way, otherwise you’re never actually living your own life. You’re
merely living out an aggregation of the desires of the people around you.
To become an emotionally healthy individual, you must break out of this
constant bargaining, endlessly treating everyone as a means to some
pleasurable end, and come to understand even higher and more abstract
guiding principles.
How to Be an Adult
When you google “how to be an adult,” most of the results focus on preparing
for job interviews, managing your finances, cleaning up after yourself, and
not being a total asshole. These things are all great, and indeed, they are all
things that adults are expected to do. But I would argue that, by themselves,
they do not make you an adult. They simply prevent you from being a child,
which is not the same thing.
That’s because most people who do these things do them because they are
rule- and transaction-based. They are a means to some superficial end. You
prepare for a job interview because you want to get a good job. You learn how
to clean your house because its level of cleanliness has direct consequences
on what people think of you. You manage your finances because if you don’t,
you will be royally fucked one day down the road. Bargaining with rules and
the social order allows us to be well-functioning human beings in the world.
Eventually, though, we realize that the most important things in life
cannot be gained through bargaining. You don’t want to bargain with your
father for love, or your friends for companionship, or your boss for respect.
Bargaining with people into loving or respecting you feels shitty. It
undermines the whole project. If you have to convince someone to love you,
then they don’t love you. If you have to cajole someone into respecting you,
then they will never respect you. If you have to convince someone to trust
you, then they won’t actually trust you.
The most precious and important things in life are, by definition,
nontransactional. And to try to bargain for them is to immediately destroy
them. You cannot conspire for happiness; it is impossible. But this is often
what people try to do, especially when they seek out self-help and other
personal development advice—they are essentially saying, “Show me the
rules of the game I have to play, and I’ll play it,” not realizing that it’s the
very fact that they think there are rules to happiness that is preventing them
from being happy . 21
While people who navigate life through bargaining and rules can get far in
the material world, they remain crippled and alone in their emotional world.
This is because transactional values create relationships that are built upon
manipulation.
Adulthood is the realization that sometimes an abstract principle is right
and good for its own sake, that even if it hurts you today, even if it hurts
others, being honest is still the right thing to do. In the same way that the
adolescent realizes there’s more to the world than the child’s pleasure or pain,
the adult realizes that there’s more to the world than the adolescent’s constant
bargaining for validation, approval, and satisfaction. Becoming an adult is
therefore developing the ability to do what is right for the simple reason that it
is right.
An adolescent will say that she values honesty only because she has
learned that saying so produces good results. But when confronted with
difficult conversations, she will tell white lies, exaggerate the truth, and
become passive-aggressive. An adult will be honest for the simple sake that
honesty is more important than her own pleasure or pain. Honesty is more
important than getting what you want or achieving a goal. Honesty is
inherently good and valuable, in and of itself. Honesty is therefore an end, not
a means to some other end.
An adolescent will say he loves you, but his conception of love is that he
is getting something in return, that love is merely an emotional swap meet,
where you each bring everything you have to offer and haggle with each other
for the best deal. An adult will love freely without expecting anything in
return because an adult understands that that is the only thing that can make
love real. An adult will give without seeking anything in return, because to do
so defeats the purpose of a gift in the first place.
The principled values of adulthood are unconditional—that is, they cannot
be reached through any other means. They are ends in and of themselves . 22
Figure 6.2: An adult is able to eschew his own pleasure for the sake of his
principles.
There are plenty of grown-ass children in the world. And there are a lot of
aging adolescents. Hell, there are even some young adults out there. That’s
because, past a certain point, maturity has nothing to do with age . 23 What
matters are a person’s intentions. The difference between a child, an
adolescent, and an adult is not how old they are or what they do, but why they
do something. The child steals the ice cream because it feels good, and he is
oblivious or indifferent to the consequences. The adolescent doesn’t steal
because he knows it will create worse consequences in the future, but his
decision is ultimately a bargain with his future self: I’ll forgo some pleasure
now to prevent greater future pain . 24
But it’s only the adult who doesn’t steal for the simple principle that
stealing is wrong. And to steal, even if she gets away with it, would make her
feel worse about herself . 25
Why We Don’t Grow
When we are little kids, the way we learn to transcend the pleasure/pain
values (“ice cream is good; hot stoves are bad”) is by pursuing those values
and seeing how they fail us. It’s only by experiencing the pain of their failure
that we learn to transcend them. 2b We steal the ice cream, Mom gets pissed
off and punishes us. Suddenly, “ice cream is good” doesn’t seem as
straightforward as it used to—there are all sorts of other factors to consider. I
like ice cream. And I like Mom. But taking the ice cream will upset Mom.
What do I do? Eventually, the child is forced to reckon with the fact that there
are trade-offs that must be negotiated.
This is essentially what good early parenting boils down to: implementing
the correct consequences for a child’s pleasure/pain-driven behavior. Punish
them for stealing ice cream; reward them for sitting quietly in a restaurant.
You are helping them understand that life is far more complicated than their
own impulses or desires. Parents who fail to do this fail their children in an
incredibly fundamental way because it won’t take long for the child to have
the shocking realization that the world does not cater to his whims. Learning
this as an adult is incredibly painful—far more painful than it would have
been had the child learned the lesson when he was younger. He will be
socially punished by his peers and society for not understanding it. Nobody
wants to be friends with a selfish brat. No one wants to work with someone
who doesn’t consider others’ feelings or appreciate rules. No society accepts
someone who metaphorically (or literally) steals the ice cream from the
freezer. The untaught child will be shunned, ridiculed, and punished for his
behavior in the adult world, which will result in even more pain and suffering.
Parents can fail their children in another way: they can abuse theme An
abused child also does not develop beyond his pain- and pleasure-driven
values because his punishment follows no logical pattern and doesn’t
reinforce deeper, more abstract values. Instead of predictable failures, his
experience is just random and cruel. Stealing ice cream sometimes results in
overly harsh punishment. At other times, it results in no consequences at all.
Therefore, no lesson is learned. No higher values are produced. No
development takes place. The child never learns to control his own behavior
and develops coping mechanisms to deal with the incessant pain. This is why
children who are abused and children who are coddled often end up with the
same issues when they become adults: they remain stuck in their childhood
value system . 28
Ultimately, graduating to adolescence requires trust. A child must trust
that her behavior will produce predictable outcomes. Stealing always creates
bad outcomes. Touching a hot stove also creates bad outcomes. Trusting in
these outcomes is what allows the child to develop rules and principles
around them. The same is true once the child grows older and enters society.
A society without trustworthy institutions or leaders cannot develop rules and
roles. Without trust, there are no reliable principles to dictate decisions,
therefore everything devolves back into childish selfishness . 29
People get stuck in the adolescent stage of values for similar reasons that they
get stuck with childish values: trauma and/or neglect. Victims of bullying are
a particularly notable example. A person who has been bullied in his younger
years will move through the world with an assumed understanding that no one
will ever like or respect him unconditionally, that all affection must be hard-
won through a series of practiced conversation and canned actions. You must
dress a certain way. You must speak a certain way. You must act a certain way
—or else . 30
Some people become incredibly good at playing the bargaining game.
They tend to be charming and charismatic and are naturally able to sense what
other people want of them and to fill that role. This manipulation rarely fails
them in any meaningful way, so they come to believe that this is simply how
the whole world operates. Life is one big high school gymnasium, and you
must shove people into lockers lest ye be shoved first.
Adolescents need to be shown that bargaining is a never-ending treadmill,
that the only things in life of real value and meaning are achieved without
conditions, without transactions. It requires good parents and teachers not to
succumb to the adolescent’s bargaining. The best way to do this is by
example, of course, by showing unconditionality by being unconditional
yourself. The best way to teach an adolescent to trust is to trust him. The best
way to teach an adolescent respect is to respect him. The best way to teach
someone to love is by loving him. And you don’t force the love or trust or
respect on him—after all, that would make those things conditional—you
simply give them, understanding that at some point, the adolescent’s
bargaining will fail and he’ll understand the value of unconditionality when
he’s ready . 31
When parents and teachers fail, it’s usually because they themselves are
stuck at an adolescent level of values. They, too, see the world in transactional
terms. They, too, bargain love for sex, loyalty for affection, respect for
obedience. In fact, they likely bargain with their kids for affection, love, or
respect. They think this is normal, so the kid grows up thinking it’s normal.
And the shitty, shallow, transactional parent/child relationship is then
replicated when the kid goes out and forms relationships in the world, because
he then becomes a teacher or parent and imparts his adolescent values on
children, causing the whole mess to continue for another generation.
Once older, adolescent-minded people will move through the world
assuming that all human relationships are a never-ending trade agreement,
that intimacy is no more than a feigned sense of knowing the other person for
the mutual benefit of each one, that everyone is a means to some selfish end.
And instead of recognizing that their problems are rooted in the transactional
approach to the world itself, they will assume that the only problem is that it
took them so long to do the transactions correctly.
It’s difficult to act unconditionally. You love someone knowing you may
not be loved in return, but you do it anyway. You trust someone even though
you realize you might get hurt or screwed over. That’s because to act
unconditionally requires some degree of faith—faith that it’s the right thing to
do even if it results in more pain, even if it doesn’t work out for you or the
other person.
Making the leap of faith into a virtuous adulthood requires not just an
ability to endure pain, but also the courage to abandon hope, to let go of the
desire for things always to be better or more pleasant or a ton of fun. Your
Thinking Brain will tell you that this is illogical, that your assumptions must
inevitably be wrong in some way. Yet, you do it anyway. Your Feeling Brain
will procrastinate and freak out about the pain of brutal honesty, the
vulnerability that comes with loving someone, the fear that comes from
humility. Yet, you do it anyway.
CHILDHOOD
ADOLESCENCE
ADULTHOOD
VALUES
Pleasure/pain
Rules and roles
Virtues
SEES
RELATIONSHIPS
Power struggles
Performances
Vulnerability
AS...
SELF-WORTH
Narcissistic: wide
swings between “I’m
the best” and “I’m the
worst”
Other-dependent:
externally validated
Independent:
largely
internally
validated
MOTIVATION
Self-aggrandizement
Self-acceptance
Amor fati
POLITICS
Extremist/nihilist
Pragmatic,
ideological
Pragmatic,
nonideological
IN ORDER TO
GROW, HE/SHE
NEEDS...
Trustworthy
institutions and
dependable people
Courage to let go of
outcomes and faith
in unconditional
acts
Consistent self-
awareness
Adult behaviors are ultimately seen as admirable and noteworthy. It’s the
boss who takes the fall for his employees’ mistakes, the mother who gives up
her own happiness for her child’s, the friend who tells you what you need to
hear even though it upsets you.
It’s these people who hold the world together. Without them, we’d all
likely be fucked.
It’s no coincidence, then, that all the world’s great religions push people
toward these unconditional values, whether it’s the unconditional forgiveness
of Jesus Christ or the Noble Eightfold Path of the Buddha or the perfect
justice of Muhammad. In their purest forms, the world’s great religions
leverage our human instinct for hope to try to pull people upward toward
adult virtues . 32
Or, at least, that’s usually the original intention.
Unfortunately, as they grow, religions inevitably get co-opted by
transactional adolescents and narcissist children, people who pervert the
religious principles for their own personal gain. Every human religion
succumbs to this failure of moral frailty at some point. No matter how
beautiful and pure its doctrines, it ultimately becomes a human institution,
and all human institutions eventually become corrupted.
Enlightenment philosophers, excited by the opportunities afforded the
world by growth, decided to remove the spirituality from religion and get the
job done with ideological religion. They jettisoned the idea of virtue and
instead focused on measurable, concrete goals: creating greater happiness and
less suffering; giving people greater personal liberties and freedoms; and
promoting compassion, empathy, and equality.
And these ideological religions, like the spiritual religions before them,
also caved to the flawed nature of all human institutions. When you attempt to
barter for happiness, you destroy happiness. When you try to enforce
freedom, you negate freedom. When you try to create equality, you
undermine equality.
None of these ideological religions confronted the fundamental issue at
hand: conditionality. They either didn’t admit to or didn’t deal with the fact
that whatever you make your God Value, you will always be willing, at some
point, to bargain away human life in order to get closer to it. Worshipping
some supernatural God, some abstract principle, some bottomless desire,
when pursued long enough, will always result in giving up your own
humanity or the humanity of others in order to achieve the aims of that
worship. And what was supposed to save you from suffering then plunges you
back into suffering. The cycle of hope-destruction begins anew.
And this is where Kant comes in . . .
The One Rule for Life
Early in his life, Kant understood the Whac-A-Mole game of maintaining
hope in the face of the Uncomfortable Truth. And like everyone who becomes
aware of this cruel cosmic game, he despaired. But he refused to accept the
game. He refused to believe that there was no inherent value in existence. He
refused to believe that we are forever cursed to conjure stories to give our
lives an arbitrary sense of meaning. So, he set out to use his big-biceped
Thinking Brain to figure out what value without hope would look like.
Kant started with a simple observation. In all the universe, there is only
one thing that, from what we can tell, is completely scarce and unique:
consciousness. To Kant, the only thing that distinguishes us from the rest of
the matter in the universe is our ability to reason—we’re able to take the
world around us and, through reasoning and will, improve upon it. This, to
him, was special, exceedingly special—a miracle, almost—because for
everything in the infinite span of existence, we are the only thing (that we
know of) that can actually direct existence. In the known cosmos, we are the
only sources of ingenuity and creativity. We are the only ones who can direct
our own fate. We are the only ones who are self-aware. And for all we know,
we are the only shot the universe has at intelligent self-organization.
Therefore, Kant cleverly deduced that, logically, the supreme value in the
universe is the thing that conceives of value itself. The only true meaning in
existence is the ability to form meaning. The only importance is the thing that
decides importance . 33
And this ability to choose meaning, to imagine importance, to invent
purpose, is the only force in the known universe that can propagate itself, that
can spread its intelligence and generate greater and greater levels of
organization throughout the cosmos. Kant believed that without rationality,
the universe would be a waste, in vain, and without purpose. Without
intelligence, and the freedom to exercise that intelligence, we might as well
all be a bunch of rocks. Rocks don’t change. They don’t conceive of values,
systems, or organizations. They don’t alter, improve, or create. They’re just
there.
But consciousness —consciousness can reorganize the universe, and that
reorganization can add upon itself exponentially. Consciousness is able to
take a problem, a system of a certain amount of complexity, and conceive and
generate greater complexity. In a thousand years, we went from twiddling
sticks in a small cave to designing entire digital realms connecting the minds
of billions. In another thousand, we could easily be among the stars, reshaping
the planets and space/time itself. Each individual action may not matter in the
grand scheme of things, but the preservation and promotion of rational
consciousness overall matters more than anything.
Kant argued that the most fundamental moral duty is the preservation and
growth of consciousness, both in ourselves and in others. He called this
principle of always putting consciousness first “the Formula of Humanity,”
and it kind of explains . . . well, like, everything, ever. It explains our basic
moral intuitions. It explains the classic concept of virtue. 3 " It explains how to
act in our day-to-day lives without relying on some imagined vision of hope.
It explains how to not be an asshole.
And, as if that weren’t enough, it explains all of it in a single sentence.
The Formula of Humanity states, “Act that you use humanity, whether in your
own person or in the person of any other, always at the same time as an end,
never merely as a means .” 35
That’s it. The Formula of Humanity is the single principle that pulls
people out of adolescent bargaining and into adult virtue . 36
See, the problem with hope is that it is fundamentally transactional—it is
a bargain between one’s current actions for some imagined, pleasant future.
Don’t eat this, and you’ll go to heaven. Don’t kill that person, or you’ll get in
trouble. Work hard and save your money, because that will make you happy.
To transcend the transactional realm of hope, one must act
unconditionally. You must love someone without expecting anything in
return; otherwise it’s not truly love. You must respect someone without
expecting anything in return; otherwise you don’t truly respect him. You must
speak honestly without expecting a pat on the back or a high-five or a gold
star next to your name; otherwise you aren’t truly being honest.
Kant summed up these unconditional acts with one simple principle: you
must treat humanity never merely as a means, but always as an end itself . 3
But what does this look like in day-to-day life? Here’s a simple example:
Let’s pretend that I’m hungry and I want a burrito. I get in my car and
drive to Chipotle and order my usual double-meat monster that makes me oh
so happy. In this situation, eating the burrito is my “end” goal. It’s ultimately
why I’m doing everything else: getting in the car, driving, buying gas, and so
on. All these things I do to get the burrito are the “means,” i.e., the things I
must do in order to achieve my “end.”
Means are things that we do conditionally. They are what we bargain with.
I don’t want to get in my car and drive, and I don’t want to pay for gas, but I
do want a burrito. Therefore, I must do these other things to get that burrito.
An end is something that is desired for its own sake. It is the defining
motivating factor of our decisions and behaviors. If I wanted to eat a burrito
only because my wife wanted a burrito and I wanted to make her happy, then
the burrito is no longer my end; it is now a means to an even greater end:
making my wife happy. And if I only wanted to make my wife happy so I
could get laid tonight, now my wife’s happiness is a means to a greater end,
which in this case is sex.
Likely that last example made you squirm a little bit, made you feel that
I’m kind of a dirtbag . 38 That’s exactly what Kant is talking about. His
Formula of Humanity states that treating any human being (or any
consciousness) as a means to some other end is the basis of all wrong
behavior. So, treating a burrito as a means to my wife’s end is fine. It’s good
to make your spouse happy sometimes! But if I treat my wife as a means to
the end of sex, then I am now treating her merely as a means, and as Kant
would argue, that is some shade of wrong.
Similarly, lying is wrong because you are misleading another person’s
conscious behavior in order to achieve your own goal. You are treating that
person as a means to your own end. Cheating is unethical for a similar reason.
You are violating the expectations of other rational and sentient beings for
your own personal aims. You are treating everyone else who is taking the
same test or following the same rules as a means to your own personal end.
Violence, same deal: you are treating another person as a means to some
greater political or personal end. Bad, reader. Bad!
Kant’s Formula of Humanity doesn’t only describe our moral intuition
into what’s wrong; it also explains the adult virtues, those actions and
behaviors that are good for their own sake. Honesty is good in and of itself
because it’s the only form of communication that doesn’t treat people merely
as a means. Courage is good in and of itself because to fail to act is to treat
either yourself or others as a means to the end of quelling your fear. Humility
is good in and of itself because to fall into blind certainty is to treat others as a
means to your own ends.
If there were ever to be a single rule to describe all desirable human
behavior, the Formula of Humanity would probably be it. But here’s the
beautiful thing: unlike other moral systems or codes, the Formula of
Humanity does not rely on hope. There’s no great system to force onto the
world, no faith-based supernatural beliefs to protect from doubt or lack of
evidence.
The Formula of Humanity is merely a principle. It doesn’t project some
future utopia. It doesn’t lament some hellish past. No one is better or worse or
more righteous than anyone else. All that matters is that conscious will is
respected and protected. End of story.
Because Kant understood that when you get into the business of deciding
and dictating the future, you unleash the destructive potential of hope. You
start worrying about converting people rather than honoring them, destroying
evil in others rather than rooting it out in yourself.
Instead, he decided that the only logical way to improve the world is
through improving ourselves—by growing up and becoming more virtuous—
by making the simple decision, in each moment, to treat ourselves and others
as ends, and never merely as means. Be honest. Don’t distract or harm
yourself. Don’t shirk responsibility or succumb to fear. Love openly and
fearlessly. Don’t cave to tribal impulses or hopeful deceits. Because there is
no heaven or hell in the future. There are only the choices you make in each
and every moment.
Will you act conditionally or unconditionally? Will you treat others as
merely means or as ends? Will you pursue adult virtue or childish narcissism?
Hope doesn’t even have to enter into the equation. Don’t hope for a better
life. Simply be a better life.
Kant understood that there is a fundamental link between our respect for
ourselves and our respect for the world. The values that define our identity are
the templates that we apply to our interactions with others, and little progress
can be made with others until we’ve made progress within ourselves . 39 When
we pursue a life full of pleasure and simple satisfaction, we are treating
ourselves as a means to our pleasurable ends. Therefore, self-improvement is
not the cultivation of greater happiness but, rather, a cultivation of greater
self-respect. Telling ourselves that we are worthless and shitty is just as wrong
as telling others that they are worthless and shitty. Lying to ourselves is just as
unethical as lying to others. Harming ourselves is just as repugnant as
harming others. Self-love and self-care are therefore not something you learn
about or practice. They are something you are ethically called to cultivate
within yourself, even if they are all that you have left.
The Formula of Humanity has a ripple effect: your improved ability to be
honest with yourself will increase how honest you are with others, and your
honesty with others will influence them to be more honest with themselves,
which will help them to grow and mature. Your ability not to treat yourself as
a means to some other end will in turn allow you to better treat others as ends.
Therefore, your cleaning up your relationship with yourself has the positive
by-product of cleaning up your relationships with others, which then enables
them to clean up their relationships with themselves, and so on.
This is how you change the world—not through some all-encompassing
ideology or mass religious conversion or misplaced dreams of the future, but
by achieving the maturation and dignity of each individual in the present, here
and now. There will always be different religions and different value systems
based on culture and experience; there will always be different ideas about
where we’re going and where we’ve come from. But, as Kant believed, the
simple question of dignity and respect in each moment must be universal.
The Modern Maturity Crisis
Modern democracy was invented under the assumption that the average
person is a selfish and delusional piece of shit, that the only way to protect us
from ourselves is to create systems so interlocking and interdependent that no
one person or group can completely hose the rest of the population.
Politics is a transactional and selfish game, and democracy is the best
system of government thus far for the sole reason that it’s the only system that
openly admits that. It acknowledges that power attracts corrupt and childish
people. Power, by its very nature, forces leaders to be transactional.
Therefore, the only way to manage that is by enshrining adult virtues into the
design of the system itself.
Freedom of speech, freedom of the press, guarantees of privacy and of the
right to a fair trial—these are all implementations of the Formula of Humanity
in social institutions, and they are implemented in such a way that they are
incredibly difficult to threaten or change.
There’s really only one way to threaten a democratic system: when one
group decides that its values are more important than the system itself and it
subverts the religion of democracy with some other, likely less virtuous,
religion . . . and political extremism grows.
Political extremists, because they are intractable and impossible to bargain
with, are, by definition, childish. They’re a bunch of fucking babies.
Extremists want the world to be a certain way, and they refuse to
acknowledge any interests or values outside their own. They refuse to
negotiate. They refuse to appeal to a higher virtue or principle above their
own selfish desires. And they cannot be trusted to follow through on the
expectations of others. They are also unabashedly authoritarian because, as
children, they are desperate for an all-powerful parent to come and make
everything “all right .” 40
The most dangerous extremists know how to dress up their childish values
in the language of transaction or universal principle. A right-wing extremist
will claim she desires “freedom” above all else and that she’s willing to make
sacrifices for that freedom. But what she really means is that she wants
freedom from having to deal with any values that do not map onto her own.
She wants freedom from having to deal with change or the marginalization of
other people. Therefore, she’s willing to limit and destroy the freedom of
others in the name of her own freedom . 41
Extremists on the left play the same game, the only thing that changes is
the language. A leftie extremist will say that he wants “equality” for all, but
what he really means is that he never wants anyone to feel pain, to feel
harmed, or to feel inferior. He doesn’t want anyone to have to face moral
gaps, ever. And he’s willing to cause pain and adversity to others in the name
of eliminating those moral gaps.
Extremism, on both the right and the left, has become more politically
prominent across the world in the past few decades . 42 Many smart people
have suggested many complicated and overlapping explanations for this. And
there likely are many complicated and overlapping reasons . 43
But allow me to throw out another one: that the maturity of our culture is
deteriorating.
Throughout the rich and developed world, we are not living through a
crisis of wealth or material, but a crisis of character, a crisis of virtue, a crisis
of means and ends. The fundamental political schism in the twenty-first
century is no longer right versus left, but the impulsive childish values of the
right and left versus the compromising adolescent/adult values of both the
right and left. It’s no longer a debate of communism versus capitalism or
freedom versus equality but, rather, of maturity versus immaturity, of means
versus ends.
Chapter 7
Pain Is the Universal Constant
One by one, the researchers shuttled the subjects down a hall and into a small
room. Inside was a single beige computer console with a blank screen and
two buttons, and nothing else . 1
The instructions were simple: sit, stare at the screen, and if a blue dot
flashes on it, press the button that reads, “Blue.” If a purple dot flashes on the
screen, press the button that reads, “Not Blue.”
Sounds easy, right?
Well, each subject had to look at a thousand dots. Yes, a thousand. And
when a subject finished, the researchers brought in another subject and
repeated the process: beige console, blank screen, a thousand dots. Next! This
went on with hundreds of subjects at multiple universities.
Were these psychologists researching a new form of psychological
torture? Was this an experiment into the limitations of human boredom? No.
Actually, the scope of the study was matched only by its inanity. It was a
study with seismic implications, because more than any other academic study
in recent memory, it explains much of what we see happening in the world
today.
The psychologists were researching something they would call
“prevalence-induced concept change.” But because that’s an absolutely awful
name, for our purposes, I will refer to their discovery as the “Blue Dot
Effect .” 2
Here’s the deal with the dots: Most of them were blue. Some of them were
purple. Some of them were some shade in between blue and purple.
The researchers discovered that when they showed mostly blue dots,
everyone was pretty accurate in determining which dots were blue and which
ones were not. But as soon as the researchers started limiting the number of
blue dots, and showing more shades of purple, the subjects began to mistake
purple dots for blue. It seemed that their eyes distorted the colors and
continued to seek a certain number of blue dots, no matter how many were
actually shown.
Okay, big deal, right? People mis-see stuff all the time. And besides, when
you’re staring at dots for hours on end, you might start to go cross-eyed and
see all sorts of weird shit.
But the blue dots weren’t the point; they were merely a way to measure
how humans warp their perceptions to fit their expectations. Once the
researchers had enough data on blue dots to put their lab assistants into a
coma, they moved on to more important perceptions.
For example: next, the researchers showed the subjects pictures of faces
that were some degree of threatening, friendly, or neutral. Initially, they
showed them a large number of threatening faces. But as the experiment went
on, as with the blue dots, they showed fewer and fewer—and the same effect
occurred: the fewer threatening faces subjects were shown, the more the
subjects began to misread friendly and neutral faces as being threatening. In
the same way that the human mind seemed to have a “preset” number of blue
dots it expected to see, it also had a preset number of threatening faces it
expected to see.
Then the researchers went even further, because—fuck it, why not? It’s
one thing to see threats where there are none, but what about moral
judgments? What about believing there’s more evil in the world than there
actually is?
This time, the researchers had the subjects read job proposals. Some of
these proposals were unethical, involving some shady shit. Some proposals
were totally innocuous and fine. Others were some gradation in between.
Once again, the researchers began by showing a mix of ethical and
unethical proposals, and the subjects were told to keep an eye out for
unethical proposals. Then, slowly, the researchers exposed people to fewer
and fewer unethical proposals. As they did, the Blue Dot Effect kicked in.
People began to interpret completely ethical proposals as being unethical.
Rather than noticing that more proposals were showing up on the ethical side
of the fence, people’s minds moved the fence itself to maintain the perception
that a certain number of proposals and requests were unethical. Basically, they
redefined what was unethical without being consciously aware of doing so.
As the researchers noted, this bias has incredibly upsetting implications
for . . . well, pretty much everything. Governmental committees designed to
oversee regulations, when provided with a dearth of infractions, may start to
perceive infractions where there are none. Task forces designed to check
unethical practices within organizations will, when deprived of bad guys to
accuse of wrongdoing, begin imagining bad guys where there are none.
The Blue Dot Effect suggests that, essentially, the more we look for
threats, the more we will see them, regardless of how safe or comfortable our
environment actually is. And we see this playing out in the world today.
It used to be that being the victim of violence meant somebody had
physically harmed you. Today, many people have begun to use the word
violence to describe words that made them feel uncomfortable, or even just
the presence of a person they disliked . 3 Trauma used to mean specifically an
experience so severe that the victim could not continue to function. Today, an
unpleasant social encounter or a few offensive words are considered
“trauma,” and necessitate “safe spaces .” 4 Genocide used to mean the physical
mass murder of a certain ethnic or religious group. Today, the term white
genocide is employed by some to lament the fact that the local diner now lists
some of its menu items in Spanish . 5
This is the Blue Dot Effect. The better things get, the more we perceive
threats where there are none, and the more upset we become. And it is at the
heart of the paradox of progress.
In the nineteenth century, Emile Durkheim, the founder of sociology and an
early pioneer of the social sciences, ran a thought experiment in one of his
books: What if there were no crime? What if there emerged a society where
everyone was perfectly respectful and nonviolent and everyone was equal?
What if no one lied or hurt each other? What if corruption did not exist? What
would happen? Would conflict cease? Would stress evaporate? Would
everyone frolic in fields picking daisies and singing the “Hallelujah” chorus
from Handel’s Messiah ? 6
Durkheim said no, that in fact the opposite would happen. He suggested
that the more comfortable and ethical a society became, the more that small
indiscretions would become magnified in our minds. If everyone stopped
killing each other, we wouldn’t necessarily feel good about it. We’d just get
equally upset about the more minor stuff.
Developmental psychology has long argued something similar: that
protecting people from problems or adversity doesn’t make them happier or
more secure; it makes them more easily insecure. A young person who has
been sheltered from dealing with any challenges or injustices growing up will
come to find the slightest inconveniences of adult life intolerable, and will
have the childish public meltdown to prove it.
What we find, then, is that our emotional reactions to our problems are not
determined by the size of the problem. Rather, our minds simply amplify (or
minimize) our problems to fit the degree of stress we expect to experience.
Material progress and security do not necessarily relax us or make it easier to
hope for the future. On the contrary, it appears that perhaps by removing
healthy adversity and challenge, people struggle even more. They become
more selfish and more childish. They fail to develop and mature out of
adolescence. They remain further removed from any virtue. They see
mountains where there are molehills. And they scream at each other as though
the world were one endless stream of spilled milk.
Traveling at the Speed of Pain
Recently, I read a cool Albert Einstein quote on the internet: “A man should
look for what is, and not what he thinks should be.” It was great. There was a
cute little picture with him looking all science-y and everything. The quote is
poignant and smart-sounding, and it engaged me for all of a couple of seconds
before I scrolled on my phone to the next thing.
Except there was one problem: Einstein didn’t say it.
Here’s another viral Einstein quote that gets passed around a lot:
“Everyone is a genius. But if you judge a fish by its ability to climb a tree, it
will live its whole life believing that it is stupid.”
That’s not Einstein, either.
Or how about “I fear the day when the technology overlaps with our
humanity. The world will only have a generation of idiots ”? 8
Nope, not him.
Einstein might be the most ill-used historical figure on the internet. He’s
like our culture’s “smart friend,” the one we say agrees with us to make us
sound smarter than we actually are. His poor mug has been plastered next to
quotes about everything from God to mental illness to energy healing. None
of which has anything to do with science. The poor man must be spinning in
his grave.
People project shit onto Einstein to the point that he’s become a kind of
mythical figure. For example, the idea that Einstein was a poor student is
bogus. He excelled at math and science from an early age, taught himself
algebra and Euclidean geometry in a single summer at age twelve, and read
Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason (a book that present-day graduate
students struggle to finish) at age thirteen. I mean, the guy got a PhD in
experimental physics earlier in life than some people get their first jobs, so
clearly he was kind of into the school thing.
Albert Einstein didn’t initially have big aspirations; he just wanted to
teach. But being a young German immigrant in Switzerland, he couldn’t get a
position at the local universities. Eventually, with the help of a friend’s father,
he got a job at a patent office, a position mind-numbingly dull enough for him
to sit around all day and imagine wacky theories about physics—theories that
would soon flip the world on its head. In 1905 he published his theory of
relativity, which launched him to worldwide fame. He left the patent office.
Presidents and heads of state suddenly wanted to hang out with him.
Everything was Gucci.
In his long life, Einstein would go on to revolutionize physics multiple
times, escape the Nazis, warn the United States of the oncoming necessity
(and danger) of nuclear weapons, and be the subject of a very famous photo in
which he’s sticking out his tongue.
But today, we also know him for the many excellent internet quotes that
he never actually said.
Since the time of (real) Newton, physics had been based upon the idea that
everything could be measured in terms of time and space. For example, my
trash can is here next to me now. It has a particular position in space. If I pick
it up and throw it across the room in a drunken rage, we could theoretically
measure its location in space across time, determining all sorts of useful stuff
like its velocity, trajectory, momentum, and how big a dent it will leave in the
wall. These other variables are determined by measuring the trash can’s
movement across both time and space.
Time and space are what we call “universal constants.” They are
immutable. They are the metrics by which everything else is measured. If this
sounds like common sense, it’s because it is.
Then Einstein came along and said, “Fuck your common sense; you know
nothing, Jon Snow,” and changed the world. That’s because Einstein proved
that time and space are not universal constants. In fact, it turns out that our
perceptions of time and space can change depending on the context of our
observations. For example, what I experience as ten seconds, you could
experience as five; and what I experience as a mile, you could theoretically
experience as a few feet.
To anyone who has spent a significant amount of time on LSD, this
conclusion might kind of make sense. But for the physics world at the time, it
sounded like pure craziness.
Einstein demonstrated that space and time change depending on the
observer—that is, they are relative. It is the speed of light that is the universal
constant, the thing by which everything else must be measured. We are all
moving, all the time, and the closer we get to the speed of light, the more time
“slows down” and the more space contracts.
For example, let’s say you have an identical twin. Being twins, obviously
you are the same age. The two of you decide to go on a little intergalactic
adventure, and each of you gets into a separate spaceship. Your spaceship
travels at a pokey 50 kilometers per second, but your twin’s travels at close to
the speed of light—an insane 299,000 kilometers per second. You both agree
to travel around space for a while and find a bunch of cool stuff and then meet
back up after twenty earth years have passed.
When you get home, something shocking has happened. You have aged
twenty years, but your twin has hardly aged at all. Your twin has been “gone”
for twenty earth years, yet on his spaceship, he experienced only about one
year.
Yeah, “What the fuck?” is what I said, too.
As Einstein once said, “Dude, that doesn’t even make sense.” Except it
does (and Einstein never said that).
The Einstein example is important because it shows how our assumption
of what is constant and stable in the universe can be wrong, and those
incorrect assumptions can have massive implications on how we experience
the world. We assume that space and time are universal constants because that
explains how we perceive the world. But it turns out that they are not
universal constants; they are variables to some other, inscrutable, nonobvious
constant. And that changes everything.
I belabor this headache-inducing explanation of relativity because I
believe a similar thing is going on within our own psychology: what we
believe is the universal constant of our experience is, in fact, not constant at
all. And, instead, much of what we assume to be true and real is relative to
our own perception.
Psychologists didn’t always study happiness. In fact, for most of the field’s
history, psychology focused not on the positive, but on what fucked people
up, what caused mental illness and emotional breakdowns, and how people
should cope with their greatest pains.
It wasn’t until the 1980s that a few intrepid academics started asking
themselves, “Wait a second, my job is kind of a downer. What about what
makes people happy ? Let’s study that instead!” And there was much
celebration, because soon dozens of “happiness” books would proliferate on
bookshelves, selling in the millions to bored, angsty middle-class people
suffering existential crises.
One of the first things psychologists did when they started to study
happiness was to organize a simple survey. 9 They took large groups of people
and gave them pagers—remember, this was the 1980s and ’90s—and
whenever the pager went off, each person was to stop and write down the
answers to two questions:
1. On a scale of 1-10, how happy are you at this moment?
2. What has been going on in your life?
The researchers collected thousands of ratings from hundreds of people
from all walks of life, and what they discovered was both surprising and
incredibly boring: pretty much everybody wrote “7” all the time. At the
grocery store buying milk? Seven. Attending my son’s baseball game? Seven.
Talking to my boss about making a big sale to a client? Seven.
Even when catastrophic stuff happened—Mom got cancer; I missed a
mortgage payment on the house; Junior lost an arm in a freak bowling
accident—happiness levels would dip to the two-to-five range for a short
period, and then, after a while, would return to seven. 10
This was true for extremely positive events as well. Getting a fat bonus at
work, going on dream vacations, marriages—after the event, people’s ratings
would shoot up for a short period of time and then, predictably, settle back in
at around seven.
This fascinated researchers. Nobody is fully happy all the time, but
similarly, nobody is fully unhappy all the time, either. It seems that humans,
regardless of our external circumstances, live in a constant state of mild-but-
not-fully-satisfying happiness. Put another way, things are pretty much always
fine, but they could also always be better. 11
Life is apparently nothing but bobbing up and down and around our level-
seven happiness. And this constant “seven” that we’re always coming back to
plays a little trick on us, a trick that we fall for over and over again.
The trick is that our brain tells us, “You know, if I could just have a little
bit more, I’d finally get to ten and stay there.”
Most of us live much of our lives this way, constantly chasing our
imagined ten.
You think, hey, to be happier, I’m going to need to get a new job; so you
get a new job. And then, a few months later, you feel you’d be happier if you
had a new house; so you get a new house. And then, a few months later, it’s
an awesome beach vacation; so you go on an awesome beach vacation. And
while you’re on the awesome beach vacation, you’re like, you know what I
fucking need ? A goddamn piha colada! Can’t a fucker get a pina colada
around here ?! So, you stress about your pina colada, believing that just one
pina colada will get you to your ten. But then it’s a second pina colada, and
then a third, and then . . . well, you know how this turns out: you wake up
with a hangover and are at a three.
It’s like Einstein once advised, “Never get wasted on cocktails with sugar-
based mixers—if you need to go on a bender, may I recommend some seltzer,
or if you’re a particularly rich fuck, perhaps a fine champagne?”
Each of us implicitly assumes that we are the universal constant of our
own experience, that we are unchanging, and our experiences come and go
like the weather. 12 Some days are good and sunny; other days are cloudy and
shitty. The skies change, but we remain the same.
But this is not true—in fact, this is backward. Pain is the universal
constant of life. And human perception and expectations warp themselves to
fit a predetermined amount of pain. In other words, no matter how sunny our
skies get, our mind will always imagine just enough clouds to be slightly
disappointed.
This constancy of pain results in what is known as “the hedonic
treadmill,” upon which you run and run and run, chasing your imagined ten.
But, no matter what, you always end up with a seven. The pain is always
there. What changes is your perception of it. And as soon as your life
“improves,” your expectations shift, and you’re back to being mildly
dissatisfied again.
But pain works in the other direction, too. I remember when I got my big
tattoo, the first few minutes were excruciatingly painful. I couldn’t believe I’d
signed up for eight hours of this shit. But by the third hour, I’d actually dozed
off while my tattoo artist worked.
Nothing had changed: same needle, same arm, same artist. But my
perception had shifted: the pain became normal, and I returned to my own
internal seven.
This is another permutation of the Blue Dot Effect. 13 This is Durkheim’s
“perfect” society. This is Einstein’s relativity with a psychological remix. It’s
the concept creep of someone who has never actually experienced physical
violence losing their mind and redefining a few uncomfortable sentences in a
book as “violence.” It’s the exaggerated sense that one’s culture is being
invaded and destroyed because there are now movies about gay people.
The Blue Dot Effect is everywhere. It affects all perceptions and
judgments. Everything adapts and shapes itself to our slight dissatisfaction.
And that is the problem with the pursuit of happiness.
Pursuing happiness is a value of the modern world. Do you think Zeus
gave a shit if people were happy? Do you think the God of the Old Testament
cared about making people feel good? No, they were too busy planning to
send swarms of locusts to eat people’s flesh.
In the old days, life was hard. Famines and plagues and floods were
constant. The majority of populations were enslaved or enlisted in endless
wars, while the rest were slitting each other’s throats in the night for this or
that tyrant. Death was ubiquitous. Most people didn’t live past, like, age
thirty. And this was how things were for the majority of human history: shit
and shingles and starvation.
Suffering in the pre-science world was not only an accepted fact; it was
often celebrated. The philosophers of antiquity didn’t see happiness as a
virtue. On the contrary, they saw humans’ capacity for self-denial as a virtue,
because feeling good was just as dangerous as it was desirable. And rightly so
—all it took was one jackass getting carried away and the next thing you
knew, half the village had burned down. As Einstein famously didn’t say,
“Don’t fuck around with torches while drinking or that shit will ruin your
day.”
It wasn’t until the age of science and technology that happiness became a
“thing.” Once humanity invented the means to improve life, the next logical
question was “So what should we improve?” Several philosophers at the time
decided that the ultimate aim of humanity should be to promote happiness—
that is, to reduce pain . 14
This sounded all nice and noble and everything on the surface. I mean,
come on, who doesn’t want to get rid of a little bit of pain? What sort of
asshole would claim that that was a bad idea?
Well, / am that asshole, because it is a bad idea.
Because you can’t get rid of pain—pain is the universal constant of the
human condition. Therefore, the attempt to move away from pain, to protect
oneself from all harm, can only backfire. Trying to eliminate pain only
increases your sensitivity to suffering, rather than alleviating your suffering. It
causes you to see dangerous ghosts in every nook, to see tyranny and
oppression in every authority, to see hate and deceit behind every embrace.
No matter how much progress is made, no matter how peaceful and
comfortable and happy our lives become, the Blue Dot Effect will snap us
back to a perception of a certain amount of pain and dissatisfaction. Most
people who win millions in the lottery don’t end up happier in the long mn.
On average, they end up feeling the same. People who become paralyzed in
freak accidents don’t become unhappier in the long run. On average, they also
end up feeling the same. 15
This is because pain is the experience of life itself. Positive emotions are
the temporary removal of pain; negative emotions the temporary
augmentation of it. To numb one’s pain is to numb all feeling, all emotion. It
is to quietly remove oneself from living.
Or, as Einstein once brilliantly put it:
Just as a stream flows smoothly as long as it encounters no obstruction, so the nature of man and
animal is such that we never really notice or become conscious of what is agreeable to our will; if
we are to notice something, our will has to have been thwarted, has to have experienced a shock of
some kind. On the other hand, all that opposes, frustrates and resists our will, that is to say all that
is unpleasant and painful, impresses itself upon us instantly, directly and with great clarity. Just as
we are conscious not of the healthiness of our whole body but only the little place where the shoe
pinches, so we think not of the totality of our successful activities but of some insignificant trifle or
other which continues to vex us.
Okay, that wasn’t Einstein. It was Schopenhauer, who was also German
and also had funny-looking hair. But the point is, not only is there no escaping
the experience of pain, but pain is the experience.
This is why hope is ultimately self-defeating and self-perpetuating: no
matter what we achieve, no matter what peace and prosperity we find, our
mind will quickly adjust its expectations to maintain a steady sense of
adversity, thus forcing the formulation of a new hope, a new religion, a new
conflict to keep us going. We will see threatening faces where there are no
threatening faces. We will see unethical job proposals where there are no
unethical job proposals. And no matter how sunny our day is, we’ll always
find that one cloud in the sky.
Therefore, the pursuit of happiness is not only self-defeating but also
impossible. It’s like trying to catch a carrot hanging by a string tied to a stick
attached to your back. The more you move forward, the more you have to
move forward. When you make the carrot your end goal, you inevitably turn
yourself into the means to get there. And by pursuing happiness, you
paradoxically make it less attainable.
The pursuit of happiness is a toxic value that has long defined our culture.
It is self-defeating and misleading. Living well does not mean avoiding
suffering; it means suffering for the right reasons. Because if we’re going to
be forced to suffer by simply existing, we might as well learn how to suffer
well.
The Only Choice in Life
In 1954, after nearly seventy-five years of occupation and twenty years of
war, the Vietnamese finally kicked the French out of their country. This
should have been an unequivocally good thing. The problem was that that
pesky Cold War was going on—a global religious war between the capitalist,
liberal Western powers and the Communist Eastern Bloc. And when it turned
out that Ho Chi Minh, the guy who gave the French the ass-kicking, was a
Communist, well, everyone kind of freaked out and thought this could spark
World War III.
Terrified of a major war, a bunch of heads of state sat down at a fancy
table somewhere in Switzerland and agreed to skip the nuclear annihilation
part and go straight to slicing Vietnam in half. Why a country that didn’t do
anything to anybody deserved to be cut in half, don’t ask me. 1. But
apparently everyone decided that North Vietnam would be Communist, South
Vietnam would be capitalist, and that’s that. Everyone would live happily ever
after.
(Okay, maybe not.)
Here was the problem. The Western powers put a man named Ngo Dinh
Diem in charge of South Vietnam until proper elections could be held. At
first, everyone seemed to like this Diem guy. A devout Catholic, he was
French educated, had spent a number of years in Italy, and was multilingual.
Upon meeting him, U.S. vice president Lyndon Johnson called Diem “the
Winston Churchill of Asia.” He was practically one of us!
Diem was also charismatic and ambitious. He impressed himself not only
on the Western leaders but also on the former Vietnamese emperor. Diem
declared confidently that he would be the one to finally bring democracy to
Southeast Asia. And everyone believed him.
Well, that’s not what happened. Within a year of taking power, Diem
outlawed every political party in South Vietnam other than his own. And
when it came time for the country to have its referendum, he put his own
brother in charge of managing all electoral sites. And you’ll never believe
this, but Diem won the election! With a mind-blowing 98.2 percent of the
vote!
It turned out this Diem guy was a total piece of shit. Ho Chi Minh, the
leader of North Vietnam, was a total piece of shit, too, of course. And if I
learned anything in college, it’s that the first rule of geopolitical theory is that
when you have two total pieces of shit living next door to each other, millions
of people die. 18
And just like that, Vietnam spiraled back into civil war.
I’d love to tell you something surprising about Diem, but he kind of
became your run-of-the-mill tyrant. He filled his administration with family
members and corrupt cronies. He and his family lived in opulent luxury while
famine swept across the countryside, causing hundreds of thousands to either
defect or starve to death. He was so smug and incompetent that the United
States would have to gradually start intervening to prevent South Vietnam
from imploding, thus starting what Americans now know as the Vietnam War.
But despite how fucking awful Diem was, the Western powers stood by
their man. After all, he was supposed to be one of them, a disciple of the
liberal capitalist religion, standing strong against the Communist onslaught. It
would take years and countless deaths for them to realize that Diem was not
interested in their religion as much as his own.
As with many tyrants, one of Diem’s favorite pastimes was oppressing
and killing people he disagreed with. In this case, being a devout Catholic,
Diem hated Buddhists. The problem was that Vietnam was roughly 80 percent
Buddhist at the time, so that didn’t exactly go over well with the population.
Diem banned Buddhist-related banners and flags. He banned Buddhist
holidays. He refused to provide governmental services to Buddhist
communities. He raided and destroyed pagodas across the country, forcing
hundreds of Buddhist monks into destitution.
The Buddhist monks organized and staged peaceful protests, but these
were shut down of course. Then there were even bigger protests, so Diem
made protesting illegal. When his police forces ordered the Buddhists to
disperse, and the Buddhists refused, the police began to shoot protesters. At
one peaceful march, they even hurled live grenades at groups of unarmed
monks.
Western reporters knew this religious suppression was going on, but they
were concerned primarily with the war with North Vietnam, so it wasn’t
really a priority. Few knew the extent of the problem, and fewer even
bothered to cover the confrontations.
Then, on June 10, 1963, reporters received a cryptic message claiming
that “something important” would occur the next day in Saigon, at a busy
intersection just a few blocks from the presidential palace. The
correspondents didn’t think much of this, and most decided not to go. The
next day, among a few journalists, only two photographers bothered to show
up. One of them forgot his camera.
The other would win a Pulitzer Prize.
That day, a small turquoise car festooned with banners demanding religious
freedom led a procession of a few hundred monks and nuns. The monks
chanted. People stopped and watched the procession and then returned to their
business. It was a busy street on a busy day. And by this point, Buddhist
protests were nothing new.
The procession reached the intersection in front of the Cambodian
embassy and stopped, blocking all cross traffic. The group of monks fanned
out into a semi-circle around the turquoise car, silently staring and waiting.
Three monks got out of the car. One placed a cushion on the street, at the
center of the intersection. The second monk, an older man named Thich
Quang Due, walked to the cushion, sat down in the lotus position, closed his
eyes, and began to meditate.
The third monk from the car opened the tmnk and took out a five-gallon
canister of gasoline, carried it over to where Quang Due was sitting, and
dumped the gasoline over his head, covering the old man in fuel. People
covered their mouths. Some covered their faces as their eyes began to water at
the fumes. An eerie silence fell over the busy city intersection. Passersby
stopped walking. Police forgot what they were doing. There was a thickness
in the air. Something important was about to happen. Everyone waited.
With gasoline-soaked robes and an expressionless face, Quang Due
recited a short prayer, reached out, slowly picked up a match, and without
breaking his lotus position or opening his eyes, struck it on the asphalt and set
himself on fire.
Instantly, a wall of flames rose around him. His body became engulfed.
His robe disintegrated. His skin turned black. A repulsive odor filled the air, a
mixture of burnt flesh and fuel and smoke. Wails and screams erupted
throughout the crowd. Many fell to their knees, or lost their balance entirely.
Most were just stunned, shocked and immobilized by what was occurring.
(Copyright AP Photo/Malcolm Browne. Used with permission.)
Yet, as he burned, Quang Due remained perfectly still.
David Halberstam, a correspondent for the New York Times, later
described the scene: “I was too shocked to cry, too confused to take notes or
ask questions, too bewildered to even think. ... As he burned he never moved
a muscle, never uttered a sound, his outward composure in sharp contrast to
the wailing people around him.” 19
News of Quang Due’s self-immolation quickly spread, and angered
millions all across the planet. That evening, Diem gave a radio address to the
nation during which he was audibly shaken by the incident. He promised to
reopen negotiations with the Buddhist leadership in the country and to find a
peaceful resolution.
But it was too late. Diem would never recover. It’s impossible to say
exactly what changed or how, but the air was somehow different, the streets
more alive. With the strike of a match and the click of a camera shutter,
Diem’s invisible grip on the country had been weakened, and everyone could
sense it, including Diem.
Soon, thousands of people poured into the streets in open revolt against
his administration. His military commanders began to disobey him. His
advisers defied him. Eventually, even the United States could no longer
justify supporting him. President Kennedy soon gave his nod of approval to a
plan by Diem’s top generals to overthrow him.
The image of the burning monk had broken the levee, and a flood ensued.
A few months later, Diem and his family were assassinated.
Photos of Quang Due’s death went viral before “going viral” was a thing. The
image became a kind of human Rorschach test, in which everyone saw their
own values and struggles reflected back at them. Communists in Russia and
China published the photo to rally their supporters against the capitalist
imperialists of the West. Postcards were sold across Europe railing against the
atrocities being committed in the East. Antiwar protesters in the United States
printed the photo to protest American involvement in the war. Conservatives
used the photo as evidence of the need for U.S. intervention. Even President
Kennedy had to admit that “no news picture in history has generated so much
emotion around the world.” 20
The photo of Quang Due’s self-immolation triggered something primal
and universal in people. It goes beyond politics or religion. It taps into a far
more fundamental component of our lived experience: the ability to endure
extraordinary amounts of pain. 2 I can’t even sit up straight at dinner for more
than a few minutes. Meanwhile, this guy was fucking burning alive and he
didn’t even move. He didn’t flinch. He didn’t scream. He didn’t smile or
wince or grimace or even open his eyes to take one last look at the world he
had chosen to leave behind.
There was a purity to his act, not to mention an absolutely stunning
display of resolve. It is the ultimate example of mind over matter, of will over
instinct. 22
And despite the horror of it all, it somehow remains . . . inspiring.
In 2011, Nassim Taleb wrote about a concept he dubbed “antifragility.” Taleb
argued that just as some systems become weaker under stress from external
forces, other systems gain strength under stress from external forces. 23
A vase is fragile: it shatters easily. The classic banking system is fragile,
as unexpected shifts in politics or the economy can cause it to break down.
Maybe your relationship with your mother-in-law is fragile, as any and every
thing you say will cause her to explode in a fiery plume of insults and drama.
Fragile systems are like beautiful little flowers or a teenager’s feelings: they
must be protected at all times.
Then you have robust systems. Robust systems resist change well.
Whereas a vase is fragile and breaks when you sneeze on it, an oil drum—
now that’s fucking robust. You can throw that shit around for weeks, and
nothing will happen to it. Still the same old oil drum.
As a society, we spend most of our time and money taking fragile systems
and trying to make them more robust. You hire a good lawyer to make your
business more robust. The government passes regulations to make the
financial system more robust. We institute rules and laws like traffic lights
and property rights to make our society more robust.
But, Taleb says, there is a third type of system, and that is the “antifragile”
system. Whereas a fragile system breaks down and a robust system resists
change, the antifragile system gains from stressors and external pressures.
Start-ups are antifragile businesses: they look for ways to fail quickly and
gain from those failures. Drug dealers are also anti-fragile: the crazier shit
gets, the more fucked up people want to get. A healthy love relationship is
antifragile: misfortune and pain make the relationship stronger rather than
weaker. 24 Veterans often talk about how the chaos of combat builds and
reinforces life-changing bonds between soldiers, rather than disintegrating
those bonds.
The human body can go either way, depending on how you use it. If you
get off your ass and actively seek out pain, the body is antifragile, meaning it
gets stronger the more stress and strain you put on it. The breaking down of
your body through exercise and physical labor builds muscle and bone
density, improves circulation, and gives you a really nice butt. But if you
avoid stress and pain (i.e., if you sit on your damn couch all day watching
Netflix), your muscles will atrophy, your bones will become brittle, and you
will degenerate into weakness.
The human mind operates on the same principle. It can be fragile or
antifragile depending on how you use it. When struck by chaos and disorder,
our minds set to work making sense of it all, deducing principles and
constructing mental models, predicting future events and evaluating the past.
This is called “learning,” and it makes us better; it allows us to gain from
failure and disorder.
But when we avoid pain, when we avoid stress and chaos and tragedy and
disorder, we become fragile. Our tolerance for day-to-day setbacks
diminishes, and our life must shrink accordingly for us to engage only in the
little bit of the world we can handle at one time.
Because pain is the universal constant. No matter how “good” or “bad”
your life gets, the pain will be there. And it will eventually feel manageable.
The question then, the only question, is: Will you engage it? Will you engage
your pain or avoid your pain? Will you choose fragility or antifragility?
Everything you do, everything you are, everything you care about is a
reflection of this choice: your relationships, your health, your results at work,
your emotional stability, your integrity, your engagement with your
community, the breadth of your life experiences, the depth of your self-
confidence and courage, your ability to respect and trust and forgive and
appreciate and listen and learn and have compassion.
If any of these things is fragile in your life, it is because you have chosen
to avoid the pain. You have chosen childish values of chasing simple
pleasures, desire, and self-satisfaction.
Our tolerance for pain, as a culture, is diminishing rapidly. And not only is
this diminishment failing to bring us more happiness, but it’s generating
greater amounts of emotional fragility, which is why everything appears to be
so fucked.
Which brings me back to Thich Quang Due setting himself on fire and then
just sitting there like a boss. Most modern Westerners know of meditation as a
relaxation technique. You put on some yoga pants and sit in a warm, cushy
room for ten minutes and close your eyes and listen to some soothing voice
on your phone telling you that you’re okay, everything’s okay, everything’s
going to be fucking great, just follow your heart, blah, blah, blah. 25
But actual Buddhist meditation is far more intense than simply de¬
stressing oneself with fancy apps. Rigorous meditation involves sitting quietly
and mercilessly observing yourself. Every thought, every judgment, every
inclination, every minute fidget and flake of emotion and trace of assumption
that passes before your mind’s eye is ideally captured, acknowledged, and
then released back into the void. And worst of all, there’s no end to it. People
always lament that they’re “not good” at meditation. There is no getting good.
That’s the whole point. You are supposed to suck at it. Just accept the
suckage. Embrace the suckage. Love the suckage.
When one meditates for long periods of time, all sorts of wacky shit
comes up: strange fantasies and decades-old regrets and odd sexual urges and
unbearable boredom and often crushing feelings of isolation and loneliness.
And these things, too, must simply be observed, acknowledged, and then let
go. They, too, shall pass.
Meditation is, at its core, a practice of antifragility: training your mind to
observe and sustain the never-ending ebb and flow of pain and not to let the
“self” get sucked away by its riptide. This is why everyone is so bad at
something seemingly so simple. After all, you just sit on a pillow and close
your eyes. How hard can it be? Why is it so difficult to summon the courage
to sit down and do it and then stay there? It should be easy, yet everyone
seems to be terrible at getting themselves to do it. 26
Most people avoid meditation the same way a kid avoids doing
homework. It’s because they know what meditation really is: it’s confronting
your pain, it’s observing the interiors of your mind and heart, in all their
horror and glory.
I usually tap out after meditating for around an hour, and the most I ever
did was a two-day silent retreat. By the end of that, my mind was practically
screaming for me to let it go outside and play. That length of sustained
contemplation is a strange experience: a mix of agonizing boredom dotted
with the horrifying realization that any control you thought you had over your
own mind was merely a useful illusion. Throw in a dash of uncomfortable
emotions and memories (maybe a childhood trauma or two), and shit can get
pretty raw.
Now imagine doing that all day, every day, for sixty years. Imagine the
steely focus and intense resolve of your inner flashlight. Imagine your pain
threshold. Imagine your antifragility.
What’s so remarkable about Thich Quang Due is not that he chose to set
himself on fire in political protest (although that is pretty damn remarkable).
What’s remarkable is the manner in which he did it: Motionless. Equanimous.
At peace.
The Buddha said that suffering is like being shot by two arrows. The first
arrow is the physical pain—it’s the metal piercing the skin, the force colliding
into the body. The second arrow is the mental pain, the meaning and emotion
we attach to the being struck, the narratives that we spin in our minds about
whether we deserved or didn’t deserve what happened. In many cases, our
mental pain is far worse than any physical pain. In most cases, it lasts far
longer.
Through the practice of meditation, the Buddha said that if we could train
ourselves to be struck only by the first arrow, we could essentially render
ourselves invincible to any mental or emotional pain.
That, with enough practiced focus, with enough antifragility, the passing
sensation of an insult or an object piercing our skin, or gallons of gasoline
aflame over our body, would possess the same fleeting feeling as a fly
buzzing across our face.
That while pain is inevitable, suffering is always a choice.
That there is always a separation between what we experience and how
we interpret that experience.
That there’s always a gap between what our Feeling Brain feels and what
our Thinking Brain thinks. And in that gap, you can find the power to bear
anything.
Children have a low tolerance for pain because the child’s entire ethos
revolves around the avoidance of pain. For the child, a failure to avoid pain is
a failure to find meaning or purpose. Therefore, even modest amounts of pain
will cause the child to fall into fits of nihilism.
The adolescent has a higher pain threshold because the adolescent
understands that pain is often a necessary trade-off to achieve his goals. The
notion of enduring pain for some sort of future benefit thus allows the
adolescent to incorporate some hardships and setbacks into his vision of hope:
I will suffer through school so I can have a good career; I will deal with my
obnoxious aunt so I can enjoy my holiday with the family; I will wake up at
the ass-crack of dawn to work out because it will make me look sexy.
The problem arises when the adolescent feels that he got a bad bargain,
when the pain exceeds his expectations and the rewards don’t live up to the
hype. This will cause the adolescent, like the child, to fall into a crisis of
hope: I sacrificed so much and got so little back! What was the point? It will
thrust the adolescent into the depths of nihilism and an unkindly visit with the
Uncomfortable Truth.
The adult has an incredibly high threshold for pain because the adult
understands that life, in order to be meaningful, requires pain, that nothing
can or necessarily should be controlled or bargained for, that you can simply
do the best you can do, regardless of the consequences.
Psychological growth is an escape from nihilism, a process of building
more and more sophisticated and abstract value hierarchies in order to
stomach whatever life throws our way.
Childish values are fragile. The moment the ice cream is gone, an
existential crisis sets in—followed by a screaming shit fit. Adolescent values
are more robust because they include the necessity of pain, but they are still
susceptible to unexpected and/or tragic events. Adolescent values inevitably
break down in extreme circumstances or over a long enough period of time.
Truly adult values are antifragile: they benefit from the unexpected. The
more fucked up a relationship gets, the more useful honesty becomes. The
more terrifying the world is, the more important it is to summon up the
courage to face it. The more confusing life becomes, the more valuable it is to
adopt humility.
These are the virtues of a post-hope existence, the values of true
adulthood. They are the North Star of our minds and our hearts. No matter the
turbulence or chaos taking place on earth, they stand above it all, untouched,
always shining, always guiding us through the darkness.
Pain Is Value
Many scientists and techno enthusiasts believe that one day we will develop
the capabilities to “cure” death. Our genetics will be modified and optimized.
We will develop nanobots that monitor and eradicate anything that could
medically threaten us. Biotechnology will enable us to replace and restore our
bodies in perpetuity, thus allowing us to live forever.
It sounds like science fiction, but some even believe that we could achieve
this technology in our lifetime. 2
The idea of removing the possibility of death, of overcoming our
biological fragility, of alleviating all pain, is incredibly exciting on the
surface. But I think it could also be a psychological disaster in the making.
For one, if you remove death, you remove any scarcity from life. And if
you remove scarcity, you remove the ability to determine value. Everything
will seem equally good or bad, equally worthy or unworthy of your time and
attention, because . . . well, you would have infinite time and attention. You
could spend a hundred years watching the same TV show, and it wouldn’t
matter. You could let your relationships deteriorate and fall away because,
after all, those people are going to be around forever—so why bother? You
could justify every indulgence, every diversion, with a simple “Well, it’s not
like it’s going to kill me,” and get on with it.
Death is psychologically necessary because it creates stakes in life. There
is something to lose. You don’t know what something is worth until you
experience the potential to lose it. You don’t know what you’re willing to
struggle for, what you’re willing to give up or sacrifice.
Pain is the currency of our values. Without the pain of loss (or potential
loss), it becomes impossible to determine the value of anything at all.
Pain is at the heart of all emotion. Negative emotions are caused by
experiencing pain. Positive emotions are caused by alleviating pain. When we
avoid pain and make ourselves more fragile, the result is our emotional
reactions will be wildly disproportional to the importance of the event. We
will flip our shit when our burger comes with too many leaves of lettuce. We
will brim with self-importance after watching a bullshit YouTube video telling
us how righteous we are. Life will become an ineffable roller coaster,
sweeping our hearts up and down as we scroll up and down on our
touchscreen.
The more antifragile we become, the more graceful our emotional
responses are, the more control we exercise over ourselves, and the more
principled our values. Antifragility is therefore synonymous with growth and
maturity. Life is one never-ending stream of pain, and to grow is not to find a
way to avoid that stream but, rather, to dive into it and successfully navigate
its depths.
The pursuit of happiness is, then, an avoidance of growth, an avoidance of
maturity, an avoidance of virtue. It is treating ourselves and our minds as a
means to some emotionally giddy end. It is sacrificing our consciousness for
feeling good. It’s giving up our dignity for more comfort.
The ancient philosophers knew this. Plato and Aristotle and the Stoics
spoke of a life not of happiness, but of character, developing the ability to
sustain pain and make the appropriate sacrifices—as that’s really what life
was in their time: one long, drawn-out sacrifice. The ancient virtues of
bravery, honesty, and humility are all different forms of practicing
antifragility: they are principles that gain from chaos and adversity.
It wasn’t until the Enlightenment, the age of science and technology and
the promise of never-ending economic growth, that thinkers and philosophers
conceived of the idea summed up by Thomas Jefferson as “the pursuit of
happiness.” As the Enlightenment thinkers saw science and wealth alleviate
poverty, starvation, and disease from the population, they mistook this
improvement of pain to be the elimination of pain. Many public intellectuals
and pundits continue to make this mistake today: they believe that growth has
liberated us from suffering, rather than merely transmuting that suffering from
a physical form to a psychological form. 28
What the Enlightenment did get right is the idea that, on average, some
pain is better than others. All else being equal, it is better to die at ninety than
at twenty. It’s better to be healthy than it is to be sick. It’s better to be free to
pursue your own goals than to be forced into servitude by others. In fact, you
could define “wealth” in terms of how desirable your pain is. 29
But we seem to have forgotten what the ancients knew: that no matter
how much wealth is generated in the world, the quality of our lives is
determined by the quality of our character, and the quality of our character is
determined by our relationship to our pain.
The pursuit of happiness plunges us head-first toward nihilism and
frivolity. It leads us toward childishness, an incessant and intolerant desire for
something more, a hole that can never be filled, a thirst that can never be
quenched. It is at the root of corruption and addiction, of self-pity and self-
destruction.
When we pursue pain, we are able to choose what pain we bring into our
lives. And this choice makes the pain meaningful—and therefore, it is what
makes life feel meaningful.
Because pain is the universal constant of life, the opportunities to grow
from that pain are constant in life. All that is required is that we don’t numb it,
that we don’t look away. All that is required is that we engage it and find the
value and meaning in it.
Pain is the source of all value. To numb ourselves to our pain is to numb
ourselves to anything that matters in the world. 30 Pain opens up the moral
gaps that eventually become our most deeply held values and beliefs.
When we deny ourselves the ability to feel pain for a purpose, we deny
ourselves the ability to feel any purpose in our life at all.
Chapter 8
The Feelings Economy
In the 1920s, women didn’t smoke—or, if they did, they were severely judged
for it. It was taboo. Like graduating from college or getting elected to
Congress, smoking, people believed back then, should be left to the men.
“Honey, you might hurt yourself. Or worse, you might burn your beautiful
hair.”
This posed a problem for the tobacco industry. Here you had 50 percent of
the population not smoking their cigarettes for no other reason than it was
unfashionable or seen as impolite. This wouldn’t do. As George Washington
Hill, president of the American Tobacco Company, said at the time, “It’s a
gold mine right in our front yard.” The industry tried multiple times to market
cigarettes to women, but nothing ever seemed to work. The cultural prejudice
against it was simply too ingrained, too deep.
Then, in 1928, the American Tobacco Company hired Edward Bernays, a
young hotshot marketer with wild ideas and even wilder marketing
campaigns. 1 Bernays’s marketing tactics at the time were unlike anybody
else’s in the advertising industry.
Back in the early nineteenth century, marketing was seen simply as a
means of communicating the tangible, real benefits of a product in the
simplest and most concise form possible. It was believed at the time that
people bought products based on facts and information. If someone wanted to
buy cheese, then you had to communicate to them the facts of why your
cheese was superior (“Freshest French goat milk, cured twelve days, shipped
refrigerated!”). People were seen as rational actors making rational
purchasing decisions for themselves. It was the Classic Assumption: the
Thinking Brain was in charge.
But Bernays was unconventional. He didn’t believe that people made
rational decisions most of the time. He believed the opposite. He believed that
people were emotional and impulsive and just hid it really well. He believed
the Feeling Brain was in charge and nobody had quite realized it.
Whereas the tobacco industry had been focused on persuading individual
women to buy and smoke cigarettes through logical arguments, Bernays saw
it as an emotional and cultural issue. If he wanted women to smoke, then he
had to appeal not to their thoughts but to their values. He needed to appeal to
women’s identities.
To accomplish this, Bernays hired a group of women and got them into
the Easter Sunday Parade in New York City. Today, big holiday parades are
cheesy things you let drone on over the television while you fall asleep on the
couch. But back in those days, parades were big social events, kind of like the
Super Bowl or something.
As Bernays planned it, at the appropriate moment, these women would all
stop and light up cigarettes at the same time. He hired photographers to take
flattering photos of the smoking women, which he then passed out to all the
major national newspapers. He told the reporters that these ladies were not
just lighting cigarettes, they were lighting “torches of freedom,”
demonstrating their ability to assert their independence and be their own
women.
It was ah #FakeNews, of course, but Bernays staged it as a political
protest. He knew this would trigger the appropriate emotions in women across
the country. Feminists had won women the right to vote only nine years
earlier. Women were now working outside the home and becoming more
integral to the country’s economic life. They were asserting themselves by
cutting their hair short and wearing racier clothing. This generation of women
saw themselves as the first generation that could behave independently of a
man. And many of them felt very strongly about this. If Bernays could just
hitch his “smoking equals freedom” message onto the women’s liberation
movement. . . well, tobacco sales would double and he’d be a rich man.
It worked. Women started smoking, and ever since, we’ve had equal-
opportunity lung cancer.
Bernays went on to pull off these kinds of cultural coups regularly
throughout the 1920s, ’30s, and ’40s. He completely revolutionized the
marketing industry and invented the field of public relations in the process.
Paying sexy celebrities to use your product? That was Bernays’s idea.
Creating fake news articles that are actually subtle advertisements for a
company? A11 him. Staging controversial public events as a means to draw
attention and notoriety for a client? Bernays. Pretty much every form of
marketing and publicity we’re subjected to today began with Bernays.
But here’s something else interesting about Bernays: he was Sigmund
Freud’s nephew.
Freud was infamous because he was the first modern thinker to argue that
it was the Feeling Brain that was really driving the Consciousness Car. Freud
believed that people’s insecurities and shame drove them to make bad
decisions, to overindulge or to compensate for what they felt they lacked.
Freud was the one who realized that we have cohesive identities, stories in
our minds that we tell about ourselves, and that we are emotionally attached
to those stories and will fight to maintain them. 2 Freud argued that, at the end
of the day, we are animals: impulsive and selfish and emotional.
Freud spent most of his life broke. He was the quintessential European
intellectual: isolated, erudite, deeply philosophical. But Bernays was an
American. He was practical. He was driven. Fuck philosophy! He wanted to
be rich. And boy, did Freud’s ideas—translated through the lens of marketing
—deliver in a big way. 3 Through Freud, Bernays understood something
nobody else in business had understood before him: that if you can tap into
people’s insecurities, they will buy just about any damn thing you tell them to.
Trucks are marketed to men as ways to assert strength and reliability.
Makeup is marketed to women as a way to be more loved and garner more
attention. Beer is marketed as a way to have fun and be the center of attention
at a party.
This is all Marketing 101, of course. And today it’s celebrated as business
as usual. One of the first things you learn when you study marketing is how to
find customers’ “pain points” . . . and then subtly make them feel worse. The
idea is that you needle at people’s shame and insecurity and then turn around
and tell them your product will resolve that shame and rid them of that
insecurity. Put another way, marketing specifically identifies or accentuates
the customer’s moral gaps and then offers a way to fill them.
On the one hand, this has helped produce all the economic diversity and
wealth we experience today. On the other hand, when marketing messages
designed to induce feelings of inadequacy are scaled up to thousands of
advertising messages hitting every single person, every single day, there have
to be psychological repercussions to that. And they can’t be good.
Feelings Make the World Go ’Round
The world runs on one thing: feelings.
This is because people spend money on things that make them feel good.
And where the money flows, power flows. So, the more you’re able to
influence the emotions of people in the world, the more money and power
you’ll accumulate.
Money is itself a form of exchange used to equalize moral gaps between
people. Money is its own special, universal mini-religion that we all bought
into because it makes our lives a little bit easier. It allows us to convert our
values into something universal when we’re dealing with one another. You
love seashells and oysters. I love fertilizing soil with the blood of my sworn
enemies. You fight in my army, and when we get home, I’ll make you rich
with seashells and oysters. Deal?
That’s how human economies emerged. 4 No, really, they started because a
bunch of angry kings and emperors wanted to slaughter their sworn enemies,
but they needed to give their armies something in return, so they minted
money as a form of debt (or moral gap) for the soldiers to “spend” (equalize)
when (or if) they got back home.
Not much has changed, of course. The world ran on feelings then; it runs
on feelings now. All that’s changed is the gizmos we use to shit on each other.
Technological progress is just one manifestation of the Feelings Economy.
For instance, nobody ever tried to invent a talking waffle. Why? Because
that’d be fucking creepy and weird, not to mention probably not very
nutritious. Instead, technologies are researched and invented to—yep, you
guessed it!—make people feel better (or prevent them from feeling worse).
The ballpoint pen, a more comfortable seat heater, a better gasket for your
house’s plumbing—fortunes are made and lost around things that help people
improve upon or avoid pain. These things make people feel good. People get
excited. They spend money. Then it’s boom times, baby.
There are two ways to create value in the marketplace:
1. Innovations (upgrade pain). The first way to create value is to replace one pain with a much
more tolerable/desirable pain. The most drastic and obvious examples of this are medical and
pharmaceutical innovations. Polio vaccines replaced a lifetime of debilitating pain and immobility
with a few seconds of a needle prick. Heart surgeries replaced . . . well, death with having to
recover from surgery for a week or two.
2. Diversions (avoid pain). The second way to create value in a marketplace is to help people
numb their pain. Whereas upgrading people’s pain gives them better pain, numbing pain just
delays that pain, and often even makes it worse. Diversions are a weekend beach trip, a night out
with friends, a movie with someone special, or snorting cocaine out of the crack of a hooker’s ass.
There’s nothing necessarily wrong with diversions; we all need them from time to time. The
problem is when they begin to dominate our lives and wrest control away from our will. Many
diversions trip certain circuits in our brain, making them addictive. The more you numb pain, the
worse that pain becomes, thus impelling you to numb it further. At a certain point, the icky ball of
pain grows to such great proportions that your avoidance of that pain becomes compulsive. You
lose control of yourself—your Feeling Brain has locked your Thinking Brain in the trunk and isn’t
letting it out until it gets its next hit of whatever. And the downward spiral ensues.
When the scientific revolution first got going, most economic progress
was due to innovation. Back then, the vast majority of people lived in
poverty: Everyone was sick, hungry, cold, and tired most of the time. Few
could read. Most had bad teeth. It was no fun at all. Over the next few
hundred years, with the invention of machines and cities and the division of
labor and modern medicine and hygiene and representative government, a lot
of poverty and hardship was alleviated. Vaccines and medicines have saved
billions of lives. Machines have reduced backbreaking workloads and
starvation around the world. The technological innovations that upgraded
human suffering are undoubtedly a good thing.
But what happens when a large number of people are relatively healthy
and wealthy? At that point, most economic progress switches from innovation
to diversion, from upgrading pain to avoiding pain. One of the reasons for this
is that true innovation is risky, difficult, and often unrewarding. Many of the
most important innovations in history left their inventors broke and destitute. 5
If someone is going to start a company and take a risk, going the diversion
route is a safer bet. As a result, we’ve built a culture in which most
technological “innovation” is merely figuring out how to scale diversions in
new, more efficient (and more intrusive) ways. As the venture capitalist Peter
Thiel once said, “We wanted flying cars, instead we got Twitter.”
Once an economy switches over primarily to diversions, the culture
begins to shift. As a poor country develops and gains access to medicine,
phones, and other innovative technologies, measurements of well-being track
upward at a steady clip, as everyone’s pain is being upgraded to better pain.
But once the country hits First World level, that well-being flattens or, in
some cases, drops off. 6 Meanwhile, mental illness, depression, and anxiety
can proliferate.
This happens because opening up a society and giving it modern
innovations makes the people more robust and antifragile. They can survive
more hardship, work more efficiently, communicate and function better
within their communities.
But once those innovations are integrated and everyone has a cell phone
and a McDonald’s Happy Meal, the great modern diversions enter the
marketplace. And as soon as the diversions show up, a psychological fragility
is introduced, and everything begins to seem fucked. 8
The commercial age commenced in the early twentieth century with
Bernays’s discovery that you could market to people’s unconscious feelings
and desires. 9 Bernays wasn’t concerned with penicillin or heart surgery. He
was hawking cigarettes and tabloid magazines and beauty products—shit
people didn’t need. And until then, nobody had figured out how to get people
to spend copious amounts of money on stuff that wasn’t necessary for their
survival.
The invention of marketing brought a modern-day gold rush to satiate
people’s pursuit of happiness. Pop culture emerged, and celebrities and
athletes got stupid rich. For the first time, luxury items started to be mass-
produced and advertised to the middle classes. There was explosive growth in
the technologies of convenience: microwavable dinners, fast food, La-Z-
Boys, no-stick pans, and so on. Life became so easy and fast and efficient and
effortless that within the short span of a hundred years, people were able to
pick up a telephone and accomplish in two minutes what used to take two
months.
Life in the commercial age, although more complex than before, was still
relatively simple compared to today. A large, bustling middle class existed
within a homogenous culture. We watched the same TV channels, listened to
the same music, ate the same food, relaxed on the same types of sofas, and
read the same newspapers and magazines. There was continuity and cohesion
to this era, which brought a sense of security with it. We were all, for a time,
both free and yet part of the same religion. And that was comforting. Despite
the constant threat of nuclear annihilation, at least in the West, we tend to
idealize this period. I believe that it’s for this sense of social cohesion that
many people today are so nostalgic.
Then, the internet happened.
The internet is a bona fide innovation. All else being equal, it
fundamentally makes our lives better. Much better.
The problem is . . . well, the problem is us.
The internet’s intentions were good: inventors and technologists in Silicon
Valley and elsewhere had high hopes for a digital planet. They worked for
decades toward a vision of seamlessly networking the world’s people and
information. They believed that the internet would liberate people, removing
gatekeepers and hierarchies and giving everyone equal access to the same
information and the same opportunities to express themselves. They believed
that if everyone were given a voice and a simple, effective means of sharing
that voice, the world would be a better, freer place.
A near-utopian level of optimism developed throughout the 1990s and
2000s. Technologists envisioned a highly educated global population that
would tap into the infinite wisdom available at its fingertips. They saw the
opportunity to engender greater empathy and understanding across nations,
ethnicities, and lifestyles. They dreamed of a unified and connected global
movement with a single shared interest in peace and prosperity.
But they forgot.
They were so caught up in their religious dreams and personal hopes that
they forgot.
They forgot that the world doesn’t run on information.
People don’t make decisions based on truth or facts. They don’t spend
their money based on data. They don’t connect with each other because of
some higher philosophical truth.
The world runs on feelings.
And when you give the average person an infinite reservoir of human
wisdom, they will not google for the information that contradicts their deepest
held beliefs. They will not google for what is true yet unpleasant.
Instead, most of us will google for what is pleasant but untrue.
Having an errant racist thought? Well, there’s a whole forum of racists
two clicks away, with a lot of convincing-sounding arguments as to why you
shouldn’t be ashamed to have such leanings. The wife leaves you and you
start thinking women are inherently selfish and evil? Doesn’t take much of a
Google search to find justifications for those misogynistic feelings. 10 Think
Muslims are going to stalk from school to school, murdering your children?
I’m sure there’s a conspiracy theory somewhere out there that’s already
“proving” that.
Instead of stemming the free expression of our worst feelings and darkest
inclinations, the start-ups and corporations dove right in to cash in on it. Thus,
the greatest innovation of our lifetime has slowly transformed into our
greatest diversion.
The internet, in the end, was not designed to give us what we need.
Instead, it gives people what they want. And if you’ve learned anything about
human psychology in this book, you already know that this is much more
dangerous than it sounds.
#FakeFreedom
It must be an odd time to be a super-successful businessperson. On the one
hand, business is better than ever. There’s more wealth in the world than ever
before, profits are breaking all-time highs, productivity and growth are doing
great. Yet, meanwhile, income inequality is skyrocketing, political
polarization is ruining everyone’s family gatherings, and there seems to be a
plague of corruption spreading across the world.
So, while there’s exuberance in the business world, there’s also a weird
sort of defensiveness that sometimes comes out of nowhere. And this
defensiveness, I’ve noticed, always takes the same form, no matter whom it
comes from. It says: “We’re just giving people what they want!”
Whether it’s oil companies or creepy advertisers or Facebook stealing
your damn data, every corporation that steps in some shit scrapes off their
boot by frantically reminding everyone how they’re just trying to give people
what they want—faster download speeds, more comfortable air-conditioning,
better gas mileage, a cheaper nose hair trimmer—and how wrong can that be?
And it is true. Technology gives people what they want faster and more
efficiently than ever before. And while we all love to dogpile on the corporate
overlords for their ethical faceplants, we forget that they’re merely fulfilling
the market’s desires. They’re supplying our demands. And if we got rid of
Facebook or BP or whatever-giant-corporation-is-considered-evil-when-you-
read-this, another would pop up to take its place.
So, maybe the problem isn’t just a bunch of greedy executives tapping
cigars and petting evil cats while laughing hysterically at how much money
they’re making.
Maybe what we want sucks.
For example, I want a life-size bag of marshmallows in my living room. I
want to buy an eight-million-dollar mansion by borrowing money I can never
pay back. I want to fly to a new beach every week for the next year and live
off nothing but Wagyu steaks.
What I want is fucking terrible. That’s because my Feeling Brain is in
charge of what I want, and my Feeling Brain is like a goddamn chimpanzee
who just drank a bottle of tequila and then proceeded to jerk off into it.
Therefore, I’d say that “give the people what they want” is a pretty low
bar to clear, ethically speaking. “Give the people what they want” works only
when you’re giving them innovations, like a synthetic kidney or something to
prevent their car from spontaneously catching on fire. Give those people what
they want. But giving people too many of the diversions they want is a
dangerous game to play. For one, many people want stuff that’s awful. Two,
many people are easily manipulated into wanting shit they don’t actually want
(see: Bernays). Three, encouraging people to avoid pain through more and
more diversions makes us all weaker and more fragile. And four, I don’t want
your fucking Skynet ads following me around wherever I go and mining my
fucking life for data. Look, I talked to my wife that one time about a trip to
Peru—that doesn’t mean you need to flood my phone with pictures of Machu
Picchu for the next six weeks. And seriously, stop listening to my fucking
conversations and selling my data to anyone and everyone who will pay you a
buck. 11
Anyway—where was I?
Strangely, Bernays saw all this coming. The creepy ads and the privacy
invasion and the lulling of large populations into docile servitude through
mindless consumerism—the dude was kind of a genius. Except, he was all in
favor of it—so, make that an evil genius.
Bernays’s political beliefs were appalling. He believed in what I suppose
you could call “diet fascism”: same evil authoritarian government but without
the unnecessary genocidal calories. Bernays believed that the masses were
dangerous and needed to be controlled by a strong centralized state. But he
also recognized that bloody totalitarian regimes were not exactly ideal. For
him, the new science of marketing offered a way for governments to influence
and appease their citizens without the burden of having to maim and torture
them left, right, and center. 12
(The dude must have been a hit at parties.)
Bernays believed that freedom for most people was both impossible and
dangerous. He was well aware, from reading Uncle Freud’s writings, that the
last thing a society should tolerate was everyone’s Feeling Brains running the
show. Societies needed order and hierarchy and authority, and freedom was
antithetical to those things. He saw marketing as an incredible new tool that
could give people the feeling of having freedom when, really, you’re just
giving them a few more flavors of toothpaste to choose from.
Thankfully, Western governments (for the most part) never sank so low as
to directly manipulate their populations through ad campaigns. Instead, the
opposite happened. The corporate world got so good at giving people what
they wanted that they gradually gained more and more political power for
themselves. Regulations were torn up. Bureaucratic oversight was ended.
Privacy eroded. Money got more enmeshed with politics than ever before.
And why did it all happen? You should know by now: they were just giving
the people what they wanted!
But, fuck it, let’s be real: “Give the people what they want” is just
#FakeFreedom because what most of us want are diversions. And when we
get flooded by diversions, a few things happen.
The first is that we become increasingly fragile. Our world shrinks to
conform to the size of our ever-diminishing values. We become obsessed with
comfort and pleasure. And any possible loss of that pleasure feels world-
quaking and cosmically unfair to us. I would argue that a narrowing of our
conceptual world is not freedom; it is the opposite.
The second thing that happens is that we become prone to a series of low-
level addictive behaviors—compulsively checking our phone, our email, our
Instagram; compulsively finishing Netflix series we don’t like; sharing
outrage-inducing articles we haven’t read; accepting invitations to parties and
events we don’t enjoy; traveling not because we want to but because we want
to be able to say we went. Compulsive behavior aimed at experiencing more
stuff is not freedom—again, it’s kind of the opposite.
Third thing: an inability to identify, tolerate, and seek out negative
emotions is its own kind of confinement. If you feel okay only when life is
happy and easy-breezy-beautiful-Cover-Girl, then guess what? You are not
free. You are the opposite of free. You are the prisoner of your own
indulgences, enslaved by your own intolerance, crippled by your own
emotional weakness. You will constantly feel a need for some external
comfort or validation that may or may not ever come.
Fourth—because, fuck it, I’m on a roll: the paradox of choice. The more
options we’re given (i.e., the more “freedom” we have), the less satisfied we
are with whatever option we go with. 1 If Jane has to choose between two
boxes of cereal, and Mike can choose from twenty boxes, Mike does not have
more freedom than Jane. He has more variety. There’s a difference. Variety is
not freedom. Variety is just different permutations of the same meaningless
shit. If, instead, Jane had a gun pointed to her head and a guy in an SS
uniform screaming, “Eat ze fuckin’ zereal!” in a really bad Bavarian accent,
then Jane would have less freedom than Mike. But call me up when that
happens.
This is the problem with exalting freedom over human consciousness.
More stuff doesn’t make us freer, it imprisons us with anxiety over whether
we chose or did the best thing. More stuff causes us to become more prone to
treating ourselves and others as means rather than ends. It makes us more
dependent on the endless cycles of hope.
If the pursuit of happiness pulls us all back into childishness, then fake
freedom conspires to keep us there. Because freedom is not having more
brands of cereal to choose from, or more beach vacations to take selfies on, or
more satellite channels to fall asleep to.
That is variety. And in a vacuum, variety is meaningless. If you are
trapped by insecurity, stymied by doubt, and hamstrung by intolerance, you
can have all the variety in the world. But you are not free.
Real Freedom
The only true form of freedom, the only ethical form of freedom, is through
self-limitation. It is not the privilege of choosing everything you want in your
life, but rather, choosing what you will give up in your life.
This is not only real freedom, this is the only freedom. Diversions come
and go. Pleasure never lasts. Variety loses its meaning. But you will always be
able to choose what you are willing to sacrifice, what you are willing to give
up.
This sort of self-denial is paradoxically the only thing that expands real
freedom in life. The pain of regular physical exercise ultimately enhances
your physical freedom—your strength, mobility, endurance, and stamina. The
sacrifice of a strong work ethic gives you the freedom to pursue more job
opportunities, to steer your own career trajectory, to earn more money and the
benefits that come with it. The willingness to engage in conflict with others
will free you to talk to anyone, to see if they share your values and beliefs, to
discover what they can add to your life and what you can add to theirs.
You can become freer right now simply by choosing the limitations you
want to impose on yourself. You can choose to wake up earlier each morning,
to block your email until midafternoon each day, to delete social media apps
from your phone. These limitations will free you because they will liberate
your time, attention, and power of choice. They treat your consciousness as an
end in itself.
If you struggle to go to the gym, then rent a locker and leave all your work
clothes there so you have to go each morning. Limit yourself to two to three
social events each week, so you are forced to spend time with the people you
care about most. Write a check to a close friend or family member for three
thousand dollars and tell them that if you ever smoke a cigarette again, they
get to cash it. 14
Ultimately, the most meaningful freedom in your life comes from your
commitments, the things in life for which you have chosen to sacrifice. There
is emotional freedom in my relationship with my wife that I would never be
able to reproduce even if I dated a thousand other women. There is freedom in
my having played guitar for twenty years—a deeply artistic expression—that
I could not get if I just memorized dozens of songs. There is freedom in
having lived in one place for fifty years—an intimacy and familiarity with the
community and culture—that you cannot replicate no matter how much of the
world you’ve seen.
Greater commitment allows for greater depth. A lack of commitment
requires superficiality.
In the last ten years, there has been a trend toward “life hacking.” People
want to learn a language in a month, to visit fifteen countries in a month, to
become a champion martial artist in a week, and they come up with all sorts
of “hacks” to do it. You see it all the time on YouTube and social media these
days: people undertaking ridiculous challenges just to show it can be done.
This “hacking” of life, though, simply amounts to trying to reap the rewards
of commitment without actually making a commitment. It’s another sad form
of fake freedom. It’s empty calories for the soul.
I recently read about a guy who memorized moves from a chess program
to prove he could “master” chess in a month. He didn’t learn anything about
chess, didn’t engage with the strategy, develop a style, learn tactics. Nope, he
approached it like a gigantic homework assignment: memorize the moves,
win once against some highly ranked player, then declare mastery for
yourself. 15
This is not winning anything. This is merely the appearance of winning
something. It is the appearance of commitment and sacrifice without the
commitment and sacrifice. It is the appearance of meaning where there is
none.
Fake freedom puts us on the treadmill toward chasing more, whereas real
freedom is the conscious decision to live with less.
Fake freedom is addictive: no matter how much you have, you always feel
as though it’s not enough. Real freedom is repetitive, predictable, and
sometimes dull.
Fake freedom has diminishing returns: it requires greater and greater
amounts of energy to achieve the same joy and meaning. Real freedom has
increasing returns: it requires less and less energy to achieve the same joy and
meaning.
Fake freedom is seeing the world as an endless series of transactions and
bargains which you feel you’re winning. Real freedom is seeing the world
unconditionally, with the only victory being over your own desires.
Fake freedom requires the world to conform to your will. Real freedom
requires nothing of the world. It is only your will.
Ultimately, the overabundance of diversion and the fake freedom it
produces limits our ability to experience real freedom. The more options we
have, the more variety before us, the more difficult it becomes to choose,
sacrifice, and focus. And we are seeing this conundrum play out across our
culture today.
In 2000, the Harvard political scientist Robert Putnam published his seminal
book Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. 1 ' In
it, he documents the decline of civic participation across the United States,
arguing that people are joining and participating less in groups, instead
preferring to do their activities alone, hence the title of the book: More people
bowl today than before, yet bowling leagues are going extinct. People are
bowling alone. Putnam wrote about the United States, but this not merely an
American phenomenon . 17
Throughout the book, Putnam shows that this is not limited to recreational
groups but is affecting everything from labor unions to parent-teacher
associations to Rotary clubs to churches to bridge clubs. This atomization of
society has significant effects, he argues: social trust has declined, with
people becoming more isolated, less politically engaged, and all-around more
paranoid about their neighbors . 18
Loneliness is also a growing issue. Last year, for the first time, a majority
of Americans said they were lonely, and new research is suggesting that we’re
replacing a few high-quality relationships in our lives with a large number of
superficial and temporary relationships . 19
According to Putnam, the social connective tissue in the country is being
destroyed by the overabundance of diversions. He argued that people were
choosing to stay home and watch TV, surf the internet, or play video games
rather than commit themselves to some local organization or group. He also
predicts the situation will likely only get worse . 20
Historically, when Westerners have looked at all the oppressed people
throughout the world, we’ve lamented their lack of fake freedom, their lack of
diversion. People in North Korea can’t read the news or shop for clothes they
like or listen to music that isn’t state sponsored.
But this is not why North Koreans are not free. They lack freedom not
because they are unable to choose their pleasures, but because they are not
allowed to choose their pain. They are not allowed to choose their
commitments freely. They are forced into sacrifices they would not otherwise
want or do not deserve. Pleasure is beside the point—their lack of pleasure is
a mere side effect of their real oppression: their enforced pain . 21
Because, today, in most parts of the world, people are now able to choose
their pleasures. They are able to choose what to read and what games to play
and what to wear. Modern diversions are everywhere. But the tyranny of a
new age is achieved not by depriving people of diversions and commitments.
Today’s tyranny is achieved by flooding people with so much diversion, so
much bullshit information and frivolous distraction, that they are unable to
make smart commitments. It’s Bernays’s prediction come true, just a few
generations later than he expected. It took the breadth and power of the
internet to make his vision of global propaganda campaigns, of governments
and corporations silently steering the desires and wishes of the masses, a
reality . 22
But let’s not give Bernays too much credit. After all, he did seem like kind
of a douche balloon.
Besides, there was a man who saw all this coming way before Bernays, a
man who saw the dangers of fake freedom, who saw the proliferation of
diversions and the myopic effect they would have on people’s values, how too
much pleasure makes everyone childish and selfish and entitled and totally
narcissistic and unbearable on Twitter. This man was far wiser and more
influential than anyone you would ever see on a news channel or a TED Talk
stage or a political soapbox, for that matter. This guy was the OG of political
philosophy. Forget the “Godfather of Soul,” this guy literally invented the
idea of the soul. And he (arguably) saw this whole shitstorm brewing multiple
millennia before anyone else did.
Plato’s Prediction
English philosopher and mathematician Alfred North Whitehead famously
said that all of Western philosophy was merely a “series of footnotes to
Plato .” 23 Any topic you can think of, from the nature of romantic love, to
whether there’s such a thing as “truth,” to the meaning of virtue, Plato was
likely the first great thinker to expound upon it. Plato was the first to suggest
that there was an inherent separation between the Thinking Brain and the
Feeling Brain . 24 He was the first to argue that one must build character
through various forms of self-denial, rather than through self-indulgence . 25
Plato was such a badass, the word idea itself comes from him—so, you could
say he invented the idea of an idea . 26
Interestingly, despite being the godfather of Western civilization, Plato
famously claimed that democracy was not the most desirable form of
government. 7 He believed that democracy was inherently unstable and that it
inevitably unleashed the worst aspects of our nature, driving society toward
tyranny. He wrote, “Extreme freedom can’t be expected to lead to anything
but a change to extreme slavery .” 28
Democracies are designed to reflect the will of the people. We’ve learned
that people, when left to their own devices, instinctively run away from pain
and toward happiness. The problem then emerges when people achieve
happiness: It’s never enough. Due to the Blue Dot Effect, they never feel
entirely safe or satisfied. Their desires grow in lockstep with the quality of
their circumstances.
Eventually, the institutions won’t be able to keep up with the desires of the
people. And when the institutions fail to keep up with people’s happiness,
guess what happens.
People start blaming the institutions themselves.
Plato said that democracies inevitably lead to moral decay because as they
indulge more in fake freedom, people’s values deteriorate and become more
childish and self-centered, resulting in the citizenry turning on the democratic
system itself. Once childish values take over, people no longer want to
negotiate for power, they don’t want to bargain with other groups and other
religions, they don’t want to endure pain for the sake of greater freedom or
prosperity. What they want instead is a strong leader to come make everything
right at a moment’s notice. They want a tyrant . 29
There’s a common saying in the United States that “freedom is not free.”
The saying is usually used in reference to the military and wars fought and
won to protect the values of the country. It’s a way of reminding people that,
hey, this shit didn’t just magically happen—thousands of people were killed
and/or died for us to sit here and sip overpriced mocha Frappuccinos and say
whatever the fuck we want. It’s a reminder that the basic human rights we
enjoy (free speech, freedom of religion, freedom of the press) were earned
through a sacrifice against some external force.
But people forget that these rights are also earned through sacrifice
against some internal force. Democracy can exist only when you are willing
to tolerate views that oppose your own, when you’re willing to give up some
things you might want for the sake of a safe and healthy community, when
you’re willing to compromise and accept that sometimes things don’t go your
way.
Put another way: democracy requires a citizenry of strong maturity and
character.
Over the last couple of decades, people seem to have confused their basic
human rights with not experiencing any discomfort. People want freedom to
express themselves, but they don’t want to have to deal with views that may
upset or offend them in some way. They want freedom of enterprise, but they
don’t want to pay taxes to support the legal machinery that makes that
freedom possible. They want equality, but they don’t want to accept that
equality requires that everybody experience the same pain, not that everybody
experience the same pleasure.
Freedom itself demands discomfort. It demands dissatisfaction. Because
the freer a society becomes, the more each person will be forced to reckon
and compromise with views and lifestyles and ideas that conflict with their
own. The lower our tolerance for pain, the more we indulge in fake freedoms,
the less we will be able to uphold the virtues necessary to allow a free,
democratic society to function.
And that’s scary. Because without democracy, we’re really fucked. No,
really—empirically, life just gets so much worse without democratic
representation, in almost every way . 30 And it’s not because democracy is so
great. It’s more that a functioning democracy fucks things up less often and
less severely than any other form of government. Or, as Churchill famously
once said, “Democracy is the worst form of government, except all the
others.”
The whole reason the world became civilized and everyone stopped
slaughtering one another because of their funny hats is because modern social
institutions effectively mitigated the destructive forces of hope. Democracy is
one of the few religions that manages to allow other religions to live
harmoniously alongside it and within it. But when those social institutions are
corrupted by the constant need to please people’s Feeling Brains, when people
become distrustful and lose faith in the democratic system’s ability to self-
correct, then it’s back to the shit show of religious warfare . 31 And with the
ever-advancing march of technological innovations, each cycle of religious
war potentially wreaks more destruction and devastates more human life . 32
Plato believed societies were cyclical, bouncing back and forth between
freedom and tyranny, relative equality and great inequality. It’s pretty clear
after the past twenty-five hundred years that this isn’t exactly true. But there
are patterns of political conflict throughout history, and you do see the same
religious themes pop up again and again—the radical hierarchy of master
morality versus the radical equality of slave morality, the emergence of
tyrannical leaders versus the diffuse power of democratic institutions, the
struggle of adult virtues against childish extremism. While the “isms” have
changed throughout the centuries, the same hope-driven human impulses have
been behind each movement. And while each subsequent religion believes it
is the ultimate, capital T “Truth” to unite humanity under a single, harmonious
banner, so far, each of them has only proven to be partial and incomplete.
Chapter 9
The Final Religion
In 1997, Deep Blue, a supercomputer developed by IBM, beat Garry
Kasparov, the world’s best chess player. It was a watershed moment in the
history of computing, a seismic event that shook many people’s understanding
of technology, intelligence, and humanity. But today, it is but a quaint
memory: of course a computer would beat the world champion at chess. Why
wouldn’t it?
Since the beginning of computing, chess has been a favorite means to test
artificial intelligence. 1 That’s because chess possesses a near-infinite number
of permutations: there are more possible chess games than there are atoms in
the observable universe. In any board position, if one looks only three or four
moves ahead, there are already hundreds of millions of variations.
For a computer to match a human player, not only must it be capable of
calculating an incredible number of possible outcomes, but it must also have
solid algorithms to help it decide what’s worth calculating. Put another way:
to beat a human player, a computer’s Thinking Brain, despite being vastly
superior to a human’s, must be programmed to evaluate more/less valuable
board positions—that is, the computer must have a modestly powerful
“Feeling Brain” programmed into it.
Since that day in 1997, computers have continued to improve at chess at a
staggering rate. Over the following fifteen years, the top human players
regularly got pummeled by chess software, sometimes by embarrassing
margins. 3 Today, it’s not even close. Kasparov himself recently joked that the
chess app that comes installed on most smartphones “is far more powerful
than Deep Blue was.” 4 These days, chess software developers hold
tournaments for their programs to see whose algorithms come out on top.
Humans are not only excluded from these tournaments, but they’d likely not
even place high enough for it to matter anyway.
The undisputed champion of the chess software world for the past few
years has been an open-source program called Stockfish. Stockfish has either
won or been the runner-up in almost every significant chess software
tournament since 2014. A collaboration between half a dozen lifelong chess
software developers, Stockfish today represents the pinnacle of chess logic.
Not only is it a chess engine, but it can analyze any game, any position,
giving grandmaster-level feedback within seconds of each move a player
makes.
Stockfish was happily going along being the king of the computerized
chess mountain, being the gold standard of all chess analysis worldwide, until
2018, when Google showed up to the party.
Then shit got weird.
Google has a program called AlphaZero. It’s not chess software. It’s
artificial intelligence (AI) software. Instead of being programmed to play
chess or another game, the software is programmed to learn —and not just
chess, but any game.
Early in 2018, Stockfish faced off against Google’s AlphaZero. On paper,
it was not even close to a fair fight. AlphaZero can calculate “only” eighty
thousand board positions per second. Stockfish? Seventy million. In terms of
computational power, that’s like me entering a footrace against a Formula
One race car.
But it gets even weirder: the day of the match, AlphaZero didn’t even
know how to play chess. Yes, that’s right—before its match with the best
chess software in the world, AlphaZero had less than a day to learn chess
from scratch. The software spent most of the day mnning simulations of chess
games against itself, learning as it went. It developed strategies and principles
the same way a human would: through trial and error.
Imagine the scenario. You’ve just learned the rules of chess, one of the
most complex games on the planet. You’re given less than a day to mess
around with a board and figure out some strategies. And from there, your first
game ever will be against the world champion.
Good luck.
Yet, somehow, AlphaZero won. Okay, it didn’t just win. AlphaZero
smashed Stockfish. Out of one hundred games, AlphaZero won or drew every
single game.
Read that again: a mere nine hours after learning the rules to chess,
AlphaZero played the best chess-playing entity in the world and did not drop
a single game out of one hundred. It was a result so unprecedented that people
still don’t know what to make of it. Human grandmasters marveled at the
creativity and ingenuity of AlphaZero. One, Peter Heine Nielsen, gushed, “I
always wondered how it would be if a superior species landed on earth and
showed us how they play chess. I feel now I know.” 5
When AlphaZero was done with Stockfish, it didn’t take a break. Pfft,
please! Breaks are for frail humans. Instead, as soon as it had finished with
Stockfish, AlphaZero began teaching itself the strategy game Shogi.
Shogi is often referred to as Japanese chess, but many argue that it’s more
complex than chess. 6 Whereas Kasparov lost to a computer in 1997, top
Shogi players didn’t begin to lose to computers until 2013. Either way,
AlphaZero destroyed the top Shogi software (called “Elmo”), and by a
similarly astounding margin: in one hundred games, it won ninety, lost eight,
and drew two. Once again, AlphaZero’s computational powers were far less
than Elmo’s. (In this case, it could calculate forty thousand moves per second
compared to Elmo’s thirty-five million.) And once again, AlphaZero hadn’t
even known how to play the game the previous day.
In the morning, it taught itself two infinitely complex games. And by
sundown, it had dismantled the best-known competition on earth.
News flash: AI is coming. And while chess and Shogi are one thing, as soon
as we take AI out of the board games and start putting it in the board
rooms . . . well, you and I and everyone else will probably find ourselves out
of a job. 7
Already, AI programs have invented their own languages that humans
can’t decipher, become more effective than doctors at diagnosing pneumonia,
and even written passable chapters of Harry Potter fan fiction. 8 At the time of
this writing, we’re on the cusp of having self-driving cars, automated legal
advice, and even computer-generated art and music. 9
Slowly but surely, AI will become better than we are at pretty much
everything: medicine, engineering, construction, art, technological innovation.
You’ll watch movies created by AI, and discuss them on websites or mobile
platforms built by AI, moderated by AI, and it might even turn out that the
“person” you’ll argue with will be an AI.
But as crazy as that sounds, it’s just the beginning. Because here is where
the bananas will really hit the fan: the day an AI can write AI software better
than we can.
When that day comes, when an AI can essentially spawn better versions
of itself, at will, then buckle your seatbelt, amigo, because it’s going to be a
wild ride and we will no longer have control over where we’re going.
AI will reach a point where its intelligence outstrips ours by so much that
we will no longer comprehend what it’s doing. Cars will pick us up for
reasons we don’t understand and take us to locations we didn’t know existed.
We will unexpectedly receive medications for health issues we didn’t know
we suffered from. It’s possible that our kids will switch schools, we will
change jobs, economic policies will abruptly shift, governments will rewrite
their constitutions—and none of us will comprehend the full reasons why. It
will just happen. Our Thinking Brains will be too slow, and our Feeling
Brains too erratic and dangerous. Like AlphaZero inventing chess strategies
in mere hours that chess’s greatest minds could not anticipate, advanced AI
could reorganize society and all our places within it in ways we can’t imagine.
Then, we will end up right back where we began: worshipping impossible
and unknowable forces that seemingly control our fates. Just as primitive
humans prayed to their gods for rain and flame—the same way they made
sacrifices, offered gifts, devised rituals, and altered their behavior and
appearance to curry favor with the naturalistic gods—so will we. But instead
of the primitive gods, we will offer ourselves up to the AI gods.
We will develop superstitions about the algorithms. If you wear this, the
algorithms will favor you. If you wake at a certain hour and say the right
thing and show up at the right place, the machines will bless you with great
fortune. If you are honest and you don’t hurt others and you take care of
yourself and your family, the AI gods will protect you.
The old gods will be replaced by the new gods: the algorithms. And in a
twist of evolutionary irony, the same science that killed the gods of old will
have built the gods of new. There will be a great return to religiosity among
mankind. And our religions won’t necessarily be so different from the
religions of the ancient world—after all, our psychology is fundamentally
evolved to deify what it doesn’t understand, to exalt the forces that help or
harm us, to construct systems of values around our experiences, to seek out
conflict that generates hope.
Why would AI be any different?
Our AI gods will understand this, of course. And either they will find a
way to “upgrade” our brains out of our primitive psychological need for
continuous strife, or they will simply manufacture artificial strife for us. We
will be like their pet dogs, convinced that we are protecting and fighting for
our territory at all costs but, in reality, merely peeing on an endless series of
digital fire hydrants.
This may frighten you. This may excite you. Either way, it is likely
inevitable. Power emerges from the ability to manipulate and process
information, and we always end up worshipping whatever has the most power
over us.
So, allow me to say that I, for one, welcome our AI overlords.
I know, that’s not the final religion you were hoping for. But that’s where
you went wrong: hoping.
Don’t lament the loss of your own agency. If submitting to artificial
algorithms sounds awful, understand this: you already do. And you like it.
The algorithms already run much of our lives. The route you took to work
is based on an algorithm. Many of the friends you talked to this week? Those
conversations were based on an algorithm. The gift you bought your kid, the
amount of toilet paper that came in the deluxe pack, the fifty cents in savings
you got for being a rewards member at the supermarket—all the result of
algorithms.
We need these algorithms because they make our lives easier. And so will
the algorithm gods of the near future. And as we did with the gods of the
ancient world, we will rejoice in and give thanks to them. Indeed, it will be
impossible to imagine life without them. 10 These algorithms make our lives
better. They make our lives more efficient. They make us more efficient.
That’s why, as soon as we cross over, there’s no going back.
We Are Bad Algorithms
Here’s one last way to look at the history of the world:
The difference between life and stuff is that life is stuff that self-replicates.
Life is made out of cells and DNA that spawn more and more copies of
themselves.
Over the course of hundreds of millions of years, some of these primordial
life forms developed feedback mechanisms to better reproduce themselves.
An early protozoon might evolve little sensors on its membrane to better
detect amino acids by which to replicate more copies of itself, thus giving it
an advantage over other single-cell organisms. But then maybe some other
single-cell organism develops a way to “trick” other little amoeba-like things’
sensors, thus interfering with their ability to find food, and giving itself an
advantage.
Basically, there’s been a biological arms race going on since the beginning
of forever. This little single-cell thing develops a cool strategy to get more
material to replicate itself than do other single-cell organisms, and therefore it
wins the resources and reproduces more. Then another little single-cell thing
evolves and has an even better strategy for getting food, and it proliferates.
This continues, on and on, for billions of years, and pretty soon you have
lizards that can camouflage their skin and monkeys that can fake animal
sounds and awkward middle-aged divorced men spending all their money on
bright red Chevy Camaros even though they can’t really afford them—all
because it promotes their survival and ability to reproduce.
This is the story of evolution—survival of the fittest and all that.
But you could also look at it a different way. You could call it “survival of
the best information processing.”
Okay, not as catchy, perhaps, but it actually might be more accurate.
See, that amoeba that evolves sensors on its membrane to better detect
amino acids—that is, at its core, a form of information processing. It is better
able than other organisms to detect the facts of its environment. And because
it developed a better way to process information than other blobby cell-like
things, it won the evolutionary game and spread its genes.
Similarly, the lizard that can camouflage its skin—that, too, has evolved a
way to manipulate visual information to trick predators into ignoring it. Same
story with the monkeys faking animal noises. Same deal with the desperate
middle-aged dude and his Camaro (or maybe not).
Evolution rewards the most powerful creatures, and power is determined
by the ability to access, harness, and manipulate information effectively. A
lion can hear its prey over a mile away. A buzzard can see a rat from an
altitude of three thousand feet. Whales develop their own personal songs and
can communicate up to a hundred miles away from each other while
underwater. These are all examples of exceptional information-processing
capabilities, and that ability to receive and process information is linked to
these creatures’ ability to survive and reproduce.
Physically, humans are pretty unexceptional. We are weak, slow, and frail,
and we tire easily. 11 But we are nature’s ultimate information processors. We
are the only species that can conceptualize the past and future, that can
deduce long chains of cause and effect, that can plan and strategize in abstract
terms, that can build and create and problem-solve in perpetuity. 12 Out of
millions of years of evolution, the Thinking Brain (Kant’s sacred conscious
mind) is what has, in a few short millennia, dominated the entire planet and
called into existence a vast, intricate web of production, technology, and
networks.
That’s because we are algorithms. Consciousness itself is a vast network
of algorithms and decision trees—algorithms based on values and knowledge
and hope.
Our algorithms worked pretty well for the first few hundred thousand
years. They worked well on the savannah, when we were hunting bison and
living in small nomadic communities and never met more than thirty people
in our entire lives.
But in a globally networked economy of billions of people, stocked with
thousands of nukes and Facebook privacy violations and holographic Michael
Jackson concerts, our algorithms kind of suck. They break down and enter us
into ever-escalating cycles of conflict that, by the nature of our algorithms,
can produce no permanent satisfaction, no final peace.
It’s like that brutal advice you sometimes hear, that the only thing all your
fucked-up relationships have in common is you. Well, the only thing that all
the biggest problems in the world have in common is us. Nukes wouldn’t be a
problem if there weren’t some dumb fuck sitting there tempted to use them.
Biochemical weapons, climate change, endangered species, genocide—you
name it, none of it was an issue until we came along. 13 Domestic violence,
rape, money laundering, fraud—it’s all us.
Life is fundamentally built on algorithms. We just happen to be the most
sophisticated and complex algorithms nature has yet produced, the zenith of
about one billion years’ worth of evolutionary forces. And now we are on the
cusp of producing algorithms that are exponentially better than we are.
Despite all our accomplishments, the human mind is still incredibly
flawed. Our ability to process information is hamstrung by our emotional
need to validate ourselves. It is curved inward by our perceptual biases. Our
Thinking Brain is regularly hijacked and kidnapped by our Feeling Brain’s
incessant desires—stuffed in the trunk of the Consciousness Car and often
gagged or drugged into incapacitation.
And as we’ve seen, our moral compass too frequently gets swung off
course by our inevitable need to generate hope through conflict. As the moral
psychologist Jonathan Haidt put it, “morality binds and blinds.” 14 Our Feeling
Brains are antiquated, outdated software. And while our Thinking Brains are
decent, they’re too slow and clunky to be of much use anymore. Just ask
Garry Kasparov.
We are a self-hating, self-destructive species. 15 That is not a moral
statement; it’s simply a fact. This internal tension we all feel, all the time?
That’s what got us here. It’s what got us to this point. It’s our arms race. And
we’re about to hand over the evolutionary baton to the defining information
processors of the next epoch: the machines.
When Elon Musk was asked what the most imminent threats to humanity
were, he quickly said there were three: first, wide-scale nuclear war; second,
climate change—and then, before naming the third, he fell silent. His face
became sullen. He looked down, deep in thought. When the interviewer asked
him, “What is the third?” He smiled and said, “I just hope the computers
decide to be nice to us.”
There is a lot of fear out there that AI will wipe away humanity. Some
suspect this might happen in a dramatic Terminator 2-type conflagration.
Others worry that some machine will kill us off by “accident,” that an AI
designed to innovate better ways to make toothpicks will somehow discover
that harvesting human bodies is the best way. 16 Bill Gates, Stephen Hawking,
and Elon Musk are just a few of the leading thinkers and scientists who have
crapped their pants at how rapidly AI is developing and how underprepared
we are as a species for its repercussions.
But I think this fear is a bit silly. For one, how do you prepare for
something that is vastly more intelligent than you are? It’s like training a dog
to play chess against. . . well, Kasparov. No matter how much the dog thinks
and prepares, it’s not going to matter.
More important, the machines’ understanding of good and evil will likely
surpass our own. As I write this, five different genocides are taking place in
the world. 1 Seven hundred ninety-five million people are starving or
undernourished. 18 By the time you finish this chapter, more than a hundred
people, just in the United States, will be beaten, abused, or killed by a family
member, in their own home. 19
Are there potential dangers with AI? Sure. But morally speaking, we’re
throwing rocks inside a glass house here. What do we know about ethics and
the humane treatment of animals, the environment, and one another? That’s
right: pretty much nothing. When it comes to moral questions, humanity has
historically flunked the test, over and over again. Superintelligent machines
will likely come to understand life and death, creation and destruction, on a
much higher level than we ever could on our own. And the idea that they will
exterminate us for the simple fact that we aren’t as productive as we used to
be, or that sometimes we can be a nuisance, I think, is just projecting the
worst aspects of our own psychology onto something we don’t understand
and never will.
Or, here’s an idea: What if technology advances to such a degree that it
renders individual human consciousness arbitrary? What if consciousness can
be replicated, expanded, and contracted at will? What if removing all these
clunky, inefficient biological prisons we call “bodies,” or all these clunky,
inefficient psychological prisons we call “individual identities,” results in far
more ethical and prosperous outcomes? What if the machines realize we’d be
much happier being freed from our cognitive prisons and having our
perception of our own identities expanded to include all perceivable reality?
What if they think we’re just a bunch of drooling idiots and keep us occupied
with perfect virtual reality porn and amazing pizza until we all die off by our
own mortality?
Who are we to know? And who are we to say?
Nietzsche wrote his books just a couple of decades after Darwin’s On the
Origin of Species was published in 1859. By the time Nietzsche came onto
the scene, the world was reeling from Darwin’s magnificent discoveries,
trying to process and make sense of their implications.
And while the world was freaking out about whether humans really
evolved from apes or not, Nietzsche, as usual, looked in the opposite direction
of everyone else. He took it as obvious that we evolved from apes. After all,
he said, why else would we be so horrible to one another?
Instead of asking what we evolved from, Nietzsche instead asked what we
were evolving toward.
Nietzsche said that man was a transition, suspended precariously on a
rope between two ledges, with beasts behind us and something greater in front
of us. His life’s work was dedicated to figuring out what that something
greater might be and then pointing us toward it.
Nietzsche envisioned a humanity that transcended religious hopes, that
extended itself “beyond good and evil,” and rose above the petty quarrels of
contradictory value systems. It is these value systems that fail us and hurt us
and keep us down in the emotional holes of our own creation. The emotional
algorithms that exalt life and make it soar in blistering joy are the same forces
that unravel us and destroy us, from the inside out.
So far, our technology has exploited the flawed algorithms of our Feeling
Brain. Technology has worked to make us less resilient and more addicted to
frivolous diversions and pleasures, because these diversions are incredibly
profitable. And while technology has liberated much of the planet from
poverty and tyranny, it has produced a new kind of tyranny: a tyranny of
empty, meaningless variety, a never-ending stream of unnecessary options.
It has also armed us with weapons so devastating that we could torpedo
this whole “intelligent life” experiment ourselves if we’re not careful.
I believe artificial intelligence is Nietzsche’s “something greater.” It is the
Final Religion, the religion that lies beyond good and evil, the religion that
will finally unite and bind us all, for better or worse.
It is, then, simply our job not to blow ourselves up before we get there.
And the only way to do that is to adapt our technology for our flawed
psychology rather than to exploit it.
To create tools that promote greater character and maturity in our cultures
rather than diverting us from growth.
To enshrine the virtues of autonomy, liberty, privacy, and dignity not just
in our legal documents but also in our business models and our social lives.
To treat people not merely as means but also as ends, and more important,
to do it at scale.
To encourage antifragility and self-imposed limitation in each of us, rather
than protecting everyone’s feelings.
To create tools to help our Thinking Brain better communicate and
manage the Feeling Brain, and to bring them into alignment, producing the
illusion of greater self-control.
Look, it may be that you came to this book looking for some sort of hope, an
assurance that things will get better—do this, that, and the other thing, and
everything will improve.
I am sorry. I don’t have that kind of answer for you. Nobody does.
Because even if all the problems of today get magically fixed, our minds will
still perceive the inevitable fuckedness of tomorrow.
So, instead of looking for hope, try this:
Don’t hope.
Don’t despair, either.
In fact, don’t deign to believe you know anything. It’s that assumption of
knowing with such blind, fervent, emotional certainty that gets us into these
kinds of pickles in the first place.
Don’t hope for better. Just be better.
Be something better. Be more compassionate, more resilient, more
humble, more disciplined.
Many people would also throw in there “Be more human,” but no—be a
better human. And maybe, if we’re lucky, one day we’ll get to be more than
human.
If I Dare ...
I say to you today, my friends, that even though we face the difficulties of
today and tomorrow, in this final moment, I will allow myself to dare to
hope . . .
I dare to hope for a post-hope world, where people are never treated
merely as means but always as ends, where no consciousness is sacrificed for
some greater religious aim, where no identity is harmed out of malice or
greed or negligence, where the ability to reason and act is held in the highest
regard by all, and where this is reflected not only in our hearts but also in our
social institutions and business models.
I dare to hope that people will stop suppressing either their Thinking
Brain or their Feeling Brain and marry the two in a holy matrimony of
emotional stability and psychological maturity; that people will become aware
of the pitfalls of their own desires, of the seduction of their comforts, of the
destruction behind their whims, and will instead seek out the discomfort that
will force them to grow.
I dare to hope that the fake freedom of variety will be rejected by people
in favor of the deeper, more meaningful freedom of commitment; that people
will opt in to self-limitation rather than the quixotic quest of self-indulgence;
that people will demand something better of themselves first before
demanding something better from the world.
That said, I dare to hope that one day the online advertising business
model will die in a fucking dumpster fire; that the news media will no longer
have incentives to optimize content for emotional impact but, rather, for
informational utility; that technology will seek not to exploit our
psychological fragility but, rather, to counterbalance it; that information will
be worth something again; that anything will be worth something again.
I dare to hope that search engines and social media algorithms will be
optimized for truth and social relevance rather than simply showing people
what they want to see; that there will be independent, third-party algorithms
that rate the veracity of headlines, websites, and news stories in real time,
allowing users to more quickly sift through the propaganda-laden garbage and
get closer to evidence-based truth; that there will be actual respect for
empirically tested data, because in an infinite sea of possible beliefs, evidence
is the only life preserver we’ve got.
I dare to hope that one day we will have AI that will listen to all the dumb
shit we write and say and will point out (just to us, maybe) our cognitive
biases, uninformed assumptions, and prejudices—like a little notification that
pops up on your phone letting you know that you just totally exaggerated the
unemployment rate when arguing with your uncle, or that you were talking
out of your ass the other night when you were doling out angry tweet after
angry tweet.
I dare to hope that there will be tools to help people understand statistics,
proportions, and probability in real time and realize that, no, a few people
getting shot in the far corners of the globe does not have any bearing on you,
no matter how scary it looks on TV; that most “crises” are statistically
insignificant and/or just noise; and that most real crises are too slow-moving
and unexciting to get the attention they deserve.
I dare to hope that education will get a much-needed facelift,
incorporating not only therapeutic practices to help children with their
emotional development, but also letting them run around and scrape their
knees and get into all sorts of trouble. Children are the kings and queens of
antifragility, the masters of pain. It is we who are afraid.
I dare to hope that the oncoming catastrophes of climate change and
automation are mitigated, if not outright prevented, by the inevitable
explosion of technology wrought by the impending AI revolution; that some
dumb fuck with a nuke doesn’t obliterate us all before that happens; and that a
new, radical human religion doesn’t emerge that convinces us to destroy our
own humanity, as so many have done before.
I dare to hope that AI hurries along and develops some new virtual reality
religion that is so enticing that none of us can tear ourselves away from it long
enough to get back to fucking and killing each other. It will be a church in the
cloud, except it will be experienced as one universal video game. There will
be offerings and rites and sacraments just as there will points and rewards and
progression systems for strict adherence. We will all log on, and stay on,
because it will be our only conduit for influencing the AI gods and, therefore,
the only wellspring that can quench our insatiable desire for meaning and
hope.
Groups of people will rebel against the new AI gods, of course. But this
will be by design, as humanity always needs factious groups of opposing
religions, for this is the only way for us to prove our own significance. Bands
of infidels and heretics will emerge in this virtual landscape, and we will
spend most of our time battling and railing against these various factions. We
will seek to destroy one another’s moral standing and diminish each other’s
accomplishments, all the while not realizing that this was intended. The AI,
realizing that the productive energies of humanity emerge only through
conflict, will generate endless series of artificial crises in a safe virtual realm,
where that productivity and ingenuity can then be cultivated and used for
some greater purpose we won’t ever know or understand. Human hope will be
harvested like a resource, a never-ending reservoir of creative energy.
We will worship at AI’s digitized altars. We will follow their arbitrary
mles and play their games not because we’re forced to, but because they will
be designed so well that we will want to.
We need our lives to mean something, and while the startling advance of
technology has made finding that meaning more difficult, the ultimate
innovation will be the day we can manufacture significance without strife or
conflict, find importance without the necessity of death.
And then, maybe one day, we will become integrated with the machines
themselves. Our individual consciousnesses will be subsumed. Our
independent hopes will vanish. We will meet and merge in the cloud, and our
digitized souls will swirl and eddy in the storms of data, a splay of bits and
functions harmoniously brought into some grand, unseen alignment.
We will have evolved into a great unknowable entity. We will transcend
the limitations of our own value-laden minds. We will live beyond means and
ends, for we will always be both, one and the same. We will have crossed the
evolutionary bridge into “something greater” and ceased to be human any
longer.
Perhaps then, we will not only realize but finally embrace the
Uncomfortable Truth: that we imagined our own importance, we invented our
purpose, and we were, and still are, nothing.
All along, we were nothing.
And maybe then, only then, will the eternal cycle of hope and destruction
come to an end.
Or—?
Acknowledgments
This book, in many ways, lived up to its title while being written. There were
many occasions when it seemed as though everything was irreparably fucked
because I had fallen victim to my own overzealous hopes. Yet, somehow—
often late at night, with me staring bleary-eyed at a mush of words on my
screen—things came together. And now I am incredibly proud of the result.
I wouldn’t have survived this ordeal without the help and support of a
great number of people. My editor, Luke Dempsey, who lived with the same
gun to his head for six months (or more) that I did—you really came through
in stoppage time, mate. Thank you. Mollie Glick, who is more like a fairy
godmother at this point than an agent—I wake up, and amazing shit just
appears in my life out of nowhere. It’s incredible. To my Web team, Philip
Kemper and Drew Birnie, who continue to make me appear far more
competent and knowledgeable than I actually am—I’m extremely proud of
what the three of us have built online and I can’t wait to see what you two are
capable of in coming years.
And then there’s the smattering of friends who showed up big when it
counted: Nir Eyal—for getting me up and writing during many frigid New
York mornings when I could easily have stayed in bed. Taylor Pearson, James
Clear, and Ryan Holiday—for listening to me vent and ramble and freak out
when I needed to (which was fairly often) and for patiently offering advice.
Peter Shallard, Jon Krop, and Jodi Ettenberg—for dropping everything to
read some maimed chapter and then sending me notes and feedback. Michael
Covell—for being a top-shelf bro. And WS, who somehow managed to be
both the cause and solution to this whole fucking mess—you were an
unexpected inspiration without even trying to be. “The trick is you bite off
more than you can chew . . . and then you chew it.”
I’d be remiss if I did not give a shout out the NYC Chapter of the
Gentleman’s Literary Safari—how could I have known that a nerdy book club
started in my kitchen last summer would regularly be the highlight of my
month? Much of this book was born from those long philosophical
meanderings with you guys. Thank you. And remember, lads: “Being is
always the being of a being.”
And finally, to my wonderful wife, Fernanda Neute. I could fill an entire
page with superlatives about this woman and how much she means to me, and
every single one of them would be true. But I will spare the ink and extra
paper—just as she would want—and keep it short. Thank you for the gift of
commitment and self-limitation. If I’m ever able to hope for nothing, it will
be for the simple reason that I’m already with you.
Notes
Chapter 1: The Uncomfortable Truth
1. A. J. Zautra, Emotions, Stress, and Health (New York: Oxford University Press, 2003), pp. 15-22.
2. I don’t use the word hope in this book in the way it is typically used academically. Most academics
use “hope” to express a feeling of optimism: an expectation of or belief in the possibility of positive
results. This definition is partial and limited. Optimism can feed hope, but it is not the same thing as
hope. I can have no expectation for something better to happen, but I can still hope for it. And that hope
can still give my life a sense of meaning and purpose despite all evidence to the contrary. No, by
“hope,” I am referring to a motivation toward something perceived as valuable, what is sometimes
described as “purpose” or “meaning” in the academic literature. As a result, for my discussions of hope,
I’ll draw on research on motivation and value theory and, in many cases, try to fuse them together.
3. M. W. Gallagher and S. J. Lopez, “Positive Expectancies and Mental Health: Identifying the
Unique Contributions of Hope and Optimism,” Journal of Positive Psychology 4, no. 6 (2009): 548-56.
4. This is almost certainly an overstatement.
5. See Ernest Becker, The Denial of Death (New York: Free Press, 1973).
6. Am I allowed to cite myself? Fuck it, I’m going to cite myself. See Mark Manson, “7 Strange
Questions That Help You Find Your Life Purpose,” Mark Manson.net, September 18, 2014,
https://markmanson.net/life-purpose.
7. For data on religiosity and suicide, see Kanita Dervic, MD, et al., “Religious Affiliation and Suicide
Attempt,” American Journal of Psychiatry 161, no. 12 (2004): 2303-8. For data on religiosity and
depression, see Sasan Vasegh et al. “Religious and Spiritual Factors in Depression,” Depression
Research and Treatment, published online September 18, 2012, doi: 10.1155/2012/298056.
8. Studies done in more than 132 countries show that the wealthier a country becomes, the more its
population struggles with feelings of meaning and purpose. See Shigehiro Oishi and Ed Diener,
“Residents of Poor Nations Have a Greater Sense of Meaning in Life than Residents of Wealthy
Nations,” Psychological Science 25, no. 2 (2014): 422-30.
9. Pessimism is widespread in the wealthy, developed world. When the public opinion data company
YouGov surveyed people in seventeen countries in 2015 on whether they believed the world was getting
better, worse, or staying the same, fewer than 10 percent of people in the richest countries believed it
was getting better. In the United States, only 6 percent said it was getting better. In Australia and France,
that figure was only 3 percent. See Max Roser, “Good News: The World Is Getting Better. Bad News:
You Were Wrong About How Things Have Changed,” World Economic Forum, August 15, 2018,
https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2018/08/good-news-the-world-is-getting-better-bad-news-you-were-
wrong-about-how-things-have-changed.
10. The books I refer to are Steven Pinker’s Enlightenment Now: The Case for Reason, Science,
Humanism, and Progress (New York: Viking, 2018), and Hans Rosling’s Factfulness: Ten Reasons
We’re Wrong About the World—And Why Things Are Better Than You Think (New York: Flatiron Books,
2018). I needle the authors a bit here, but these are two excellent and important books.
11. This “corner to corner” phrase is a riff on Andrew Sullivan’s excellent piece on this same topic.
See Andrew Sullivan, “The World Is Better Than Ever. Why Are We Miserable?” Intelligencer, March
9, 2018.
12. Max Roser and Esteban Ortiz-Ospina, “Global Rise of Education,” published online at
OurWorldInData.org, 2018, https://ourworldindata.org/global-rise-of-education.
13. For an exhaustive treatment of the historical reduction in violence, Pinker’s book is indispensable.
See Steven Pinker, The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined (New York: Penguin
Books, 2012).
14. Pinker, Enlightenment Now, pp. 214—32.
15. Ibid., pp. 199-213.
16. “Internet Users in the World by Regions, June 30, 2018,” pie chart, InternetWorldStats.com,
https://www.internetworldstats.com/stats.htm.
17. Diana Beltekian and Esteban Ortiz-Ospina, “Extreme Poverty Is Falling: How Is Poverty
Changing for Higher Poverty Lines?” March 5, 2018, Our WorldInData.org,
https://ourworldindata.org/poverty-at-higher-poverty-lines.
18. Pinker, The Better Angels of Our Nature, pp. 249-67.
19. Pinker, Enlightenment Now, pp. 53-61.
20. Ibid., pp. 79-96.
21. Vaccinations are probably the single greatest advancement of human well-being in the past one
hundred years. One study found that the WHO’s global vaccination campaign in the 1980s likely
prevented more than twenty million cases of dangerous diseases worldwide and saved $1.53 trillion in
health care costs. The only diseases ever eradicated entirely were eradicated due to vaccines. This is part
of why the antivaccination movement is so infuriating. See Walter A. Orenstein and Rafi Ahmed,
“Simply Put: Vaccinations Save Lives,” PNAS 114, no. 16 (2017): 4031-33.
22. G. L. Klerman and M. M. Weissman, “Increasing Rates of Depression,” Journal of the American
Medical Association 261 (1989): 2229-35. See also J. M. Twenge, “Time Period and Birth Cohort
Differences in Depressive Symptoms in the U.S., 1982-2013,” Social Indicators Research 121 (2015):
437-54.
23. Myrna M. Weissman, PhD, Priya Wickramaratne, PhD, Steven Greenwald, MA, et al., “The
Changing Rates of Major Depression,” JAMA Psychiatry 268, no. 21 (1992): 3098-105.
24. C. M. Herbst, “‘Paradoxical’ Decline? Another Look at the Relative Reduction in Female
Happiness,” Journal of Economic Psychology 32 (2011): 773-88.
25. S. Cohen and D. Janicki-Deverts, “Who’s Stressed? Distributions of Psychological Stress in the
United States in Probability Samples from 1983, 2006, and 2009,” Journal of Applied Social
Psychology 42 (2012): 1320-34.
26. For a harrowing and impassioned analysis of the opioid crisis ripping through North America, see
Andrew Sullivan, “The Poison We Pick,” New York Magazine, February 2018,
http://nymag.com/intelligencer/2018/02/americas-opioid-epidemic.html.
27. “New Cigna Study Reveals Loneliness at Epidemic Levels in America,” Cigna’s Loneliness
Index, May 1, 2018, https://www.multivu.com/players/English/8294451-cigna-us-loneliness-survey/.
28. The Edelman Trust Index finds a continued decline in social trust across most of the developed
world. See “The 2018 World Trust Barometer: World Report,”
https ://www.edelman.com/sites/g/files/aatussl91/files/2018-
10/2018_Edelman_Trust_Barometer_Global_Report_FEB.pdf.
29. Miller McPherson, Lynn Smith-Lovin, and Matthew E. Brashears, “Social Isolation in America:
Changes in Core Discussion Networks over Two Decades,” American Sociological Review 71, no. 3
(2006): 353-75.
30. Wealthier countries, on average, have higher suicide rates than poorer countries. Data can be
found from the World Health Organization, “Suicide Rates Data by Country,”
http://apps.who.int/gho/data/node.main.MHSUICIDEASDR?lang=en. Suicide is also more prevalent in
wealthier neighborhoods compared with poorer neighborhoods. See Josh Sanburn, “Why Suicides Are
More Common in Richer Neighborhoods,” Time, November 8, 2012,
http://business.time.com/2012/ll/08/why-suicides-are-more-common-in-richer-neighborhoods/.
31. Each of these is true, by the way.
32. My three-part definition of hope is a merging of theories on motivation, value, and meaning. As a
result, I’ve kind of combined a few different academic models to suit my purposes.
The first is self-determination theory, which states that we require three things to feel motivated and
satisfied in our lives: autonomy, competence, and relatedness. I’ve merged autonomy and competence
under the umbrella of “self-control” and, for reasons that will become clear in chapter 4, restyled
relatedness as “community.” What I believe is missing in self-determination theory—or, rather, what is
implied but never stated—is that there is something worth being motivated for, that there is something
valuable in the world that exists and deserves to be pursued. That’s where the third component of hope
comes in: values.
For a sense of value or purpose, I’ve pulled from Roy Baumeister’s model of “meaningfulness.” In
this model, we need four things to feel that our life is meaningful: purpose, values, efficacy, and self-
worth. Again, I’ve lumped “efficacy” under the “self-control” umbrella. The other three, I’ve put under
the umbrella of “values,” things we believe to be worthwhile and important and that make us feel good
about ourselves. Chapter 3 will dissect at length my understanding of values. To learn more about self-
determination theory, see R. M. Ryan and E. L. Deci, “Self-Determination Theory and the Facilitation
of Intrinsic Motivation, Social Development, and Well-being,” American Psychologist 55 (2000): 68-
78. For Baumeister’s model, see Roy Baumeister, Meanings of Life (New York: Guilford Press, 1991),
pp. 29-56.
Chapter 2: Self-Control Is an Illusion
1. Elliot’s case is adapted from Antonio Damasio, Descartes’ Error: Emotion, Reason, and the Human
Brain (New York: Penguin Books, 2005), pp. 34-51. Elliot is the pseudonym given to the patient by
Damasio.
2. This and many of the examples from his family life (Little League games, Family Feud, etc.) are
fictionalized simply to illustrate the point. They are not from Damasio’s account and probably didn’t
happen.
3. Ibid., p. 38. Damasio uses the term free will, whereas I use the term self-control. Both can be
thought of in self-determination theory as the need for autonomy (see Damasio, Descartes’ Error, chap.
1, note 32).
4. Waits muttered the joke on Norman Lear’s television show Fernwood 2 Night in 1977, but he didn’t
come up with it. Nobody knows where the joke originated, and if you try to find out online, you’ll lose
yourself down a rabbit hole of theories. Some have credited the joke to the writer Dorothy Parker, others
to comedian Steve Allen. Waits himself claimed he didn’t remember where he first heard it. He also
admitted that the joke wasn’t his.
5. Some early frontal lobotomies actually used icepicks. Walter Freeman, the biggest proponent of the
procedure in the United States, used icepicks exclusively before moving away from them because too
many were breaking off and getting stuck inside patients’ heads. See Hernish J. Acharya, “The Rise and
Fall of Frontal Leucotomy,” in W. A. Whitelaw, ed., The Proceedings of the 13th Annual History of
Medicine Days (Calgary: University of Calgary, Faculty of Medicine, 2004), pp. 32-41.
6. Yes, every neuroscientist in this book is named Antonio.
7. Gretchen Diefenbach, Donald Diefenbach, Alan Baumeister, and Mark West, “Portrayal of
Lobotomy in the Popular Press: 1935-1960,” Journal of the History of the Neurosciences 8, no. 1
(1999): 60-69.
8. There was an odd conspiracy theory among music journalists in the 1970s that Tom Waits faked his
alcoholism. Articles and even entire books were written about this. While it’s highly likely Waits
exaggerated his “hobo poet” persona for performance value, he has openly commented on his
alcoholism for years now. A recent example was in a 2006 interview with the Guardian, where he said,
“I had a problem—an alcohol problem, which a lot of people consider an occupational hazard. My wife
saved my life.” See Sean O’Hagan, “Off Beat,” Guardian, October 28, 2006,
https://www.theguardian.com/music/2006/oct/29/popandrockl.
9. Xenophon, Memorabilia, trans. Amy L. Bonnette (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2014),
book 3, chap. 9, p. 5.
10. Rene Descartes, The Philosophical Works of Descartes, trans. Elizabeth S. Haldane and G. R. T.
Ross (1637; repr. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1970), 1:101.
11. Kant actually argued that reason was the root of morality and that the passions were more or less
irrelevant. To Kant, it didn’t matter how you felt, as long as you did the right thing. But we’ll get to
Kant in chapter 6. See Immanuel Kant, Groundwork to the Metaphysics of Morals, trans. James W.
Ellington (1785; repr. Indianapolis, IN: Hackett Publishing Company, Inc., 1993).
12. See Sigmund Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents, trans. James Strachey (1930; repr. New
York: W. W. Norton and Company, 2010).
13. I know this because I’m unfortunately part of this industry. I often joke that I’m a “self-hating self-
help guru.” The fact is, I think most of the industry is bullshit and that the only way really to improve
your life is not by feeling good but, rather, by getting better at feeling bad.
14. Great thinkers have cut the human mind into two or three pieces since forever. My “two brains”
construct is just a summary of the concepts of these earlier thinkers. Plato said that the soul has three
parts: reason (Thinking Brain), appetites, and spirit (Feeling Brain). David Hume said that all
experiences are either impressions (Feeling Brain) or ideas (Thinking Brain). Freud had the ego
(Thinking Brain) and the id (Feeling Brain). Most recently, Daniel Kahneman and Amon Tversky had
their two systems, System 1 (Feeling Brain) and System 2 (Thinking Brain), or, as Kahneman calls them
in his book Thinking: Fast and Slow (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011), the “fast” brain and
the “slow” brain.
15. The “willpower as a muscle” theory of willpower, also known as “ego depletion,” is in hot water
in the academic world at the moment. A number of large studies have failed to replicate ego depletion.
Some meta-analyses have found significant results for it while others have not.
16. Damasio, Descartes’ Error, pp. 128-30.
17. Kahneman, Thinking: Fast and Slow, p. 31.
18. Jonathan Haidt, The Happiness Hypothesis: Finding Modern Truth in Ancient Wisdom (New York:
Penguin Books, 2006), pp. 2-5. Haidt says he got the elephant metaphor from the Buddha.
19. This silly Clown Car analogy actually works well for describing how toxic relationships between
selfish narcissists form. Anyone who is psychologically healthy, whose mind is not a Clown Car, will be
able to hear a Clown Car coming from a mile away and avoid contact with it as much as possible. But if
you are a Clown Car yourself, your circus music will prevent you from hearing the circus music of other
Clown Cars. They will look and sound normal to you, and you will engage with them, thinking that all
the healthy Consciousness Cars are boring and uninteresting, thus entering toxic relationship after toxic
relationship.
20. Some scholars believe that Plato wrote The Republic as a response to the political turbulence and
violence that had recently erupted in Athens. See The Republic of Plato, trans. Allan Bloom (New York:
Basic Books, 1968), p. xi.
21. Christendom borrowed a lot of its moral philosophy from Plato and, unlike many ancient
philosophers such as Epicurus and Fucretius, preserved his works. According to Stephen Greenblatt, in
The Swerve: How the World Became Modern (New York: W. W. Norton and Company, 2012), early
Christians held on to the ideas of Plato and Aristotle because the two believed in a soul that was
separate from the body. This idea of a separate soul gibed with Christian belief in an afterlife. It’s also
the idea that spawned the Classic Assumption.
22. Pinker, The Better Angels of Our Nature, pp. 4-18. The comment about chopping off someone’s
nuts is my own flourish, of course.
23. Ibid., pp. 482-88.
24. The oft-repeated motto of Woodstock and much of the free-love movement of the 1960s was “If it
feels good, do it!” This sentiment is the basis for a lot of New Age and countercultural movements
today.
25. An excellent example of this self-indulgence in the name of spirituality is depicted in the Netflix
original documentary Wild Wild Country (2018), about the spiritual guru Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh (aka
Osho) and his followers.
26. The best analysis I’ve seen of this tendency among twentieth-century spiritual movements to
mistake indulging one’s emotions for some greater spiritual awakening came from the brilliant author
Ken Wilber. He called it the Pre/Trans Fallacy and argued that because emotions are pre-rational, and
spiritual awakenings are post-rational, people often mistake one for the other—because they’re both
nonrational. See Ken Wilber, Eye to Eye: The Quest for a New Paradigm (Boston, MA: Shambhala,
Inc., 1983), pp. 180-221.
27. A. Aldao, S. Nolen-Hoeksema, and S. Schweizer, “Emotion-Regulation Strategies Across
Psychopathology: A Meta-analytic Review,” Clinical Psychology Review 30 (2010): 217-37.
28. Olga M. Slavin-Spenny, Jay L. Cohen, Lindsay M. Oberleitner, and Mark A. Lumley, “The Effects
of Different Methods of Emotional Disclosure: Differentiating Post-traumatic Growth from Stress
Symptoms,” Journal of Clinical Psychology 67, no. 10 (2011): 993-1007.
29. This technique is known as the Premack principle, after psychologist David Premack, to describe
the use of preferred behaviors as rewards. See Jon E. Roeckelein, Dictionary of Theories, Laws, and
Concepts in Psychology (Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998), p. 384.
30. For more about “starting small” with behavioral changes, see “The Do Something Principle,” from
my previous book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good
Life (New York: HarperOne, 2016), pp. 158-63.
31. One way to think about “guardrails” for your Consciousness Car is to develop implementation
intentions, little if/then habits that can unconsciously direct your behavior. See P. M. Gollwitzer and V.
Brandstaetter, “Implementation Intentions and Effective Goal Pursuit,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology 73 (1997): 186-99.
32. Damasio, Descartes’ Error, pp. 173-200.
33. In philosophy, this is known as Hume’s guillotine: you cannot derive an “ought” from an “is.” You
cannot derive values from facts. You cannot derive Feeling Brain knowledge from Thinking Brain
knowledge. Hume’s guillotine has had philosophers and scientists spinning in circles for centuries now.
Some thinkers such as Sam Harris try to rebut it by pointing out that you can have factual knowledge
about values—e.g., if a hundred people believe suffering is wrong, then there is factual evidence of their
physical brain state about their beliefs about suffering being wrong. But the decision to take that
physical representation as a serious proxy for philosophical value, is itself a value that cannot be
factually proven. Thus, the circle continues.
Chapter 3: Newton’s Laws of Emotion
1. Some of the biographical portions of this chapter are fictionalized.
2. Newton actually wrote this in a journal as a teen. See James Gleick, Isaac Newton (New York:
Vintage Books, 2003), p. J3.
3. Nina Mazar and Dan Ariely, “Dishonesty in Everyday Life and Its Policy Implications,” Journal of
Public Policy and Marketing 25, no. I (Spring 2006): 117-26.
4. Nina Mazar, On Amir, and Dan Ariely, “The Dishonesty of Honest People: A Theory of Self-
Concept Maintenance,” Journal of Marketing Research 45, no. 6 (December 2008): 633-44.
5. So, if you’re unfamiliar with Newton or don’t remember your high school science, Newton is the
godfather of modern physics. In terms of the impact of his discoveries, he is arguably the most
influential thinker in world history. Among his many discoveries, his core ideas about physics (inertia,
conserved force, etc.) were described in his Three Laws of Motion. Here, I present Newton’s Three
Laws of Emotion, a play on his original discoveries.
6. See Michael Tomasello, A Natural History of Human Morality (Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press, 2016), pp. 78-81.
7. Damasio, Descartes’ Error, pp. 172-89.
8. This is why passive aggression is unhealthy for relationships: It doesn’t explicitly state where a
person perceives a moral gap. Instead, it simply opens up another gap. You could say the root of
interpersonal conflict comes from differing perceptions of moral gaps. You thought I was being an
asshole. I thought I was being nice. Therefore, we have a conflict. But unless we openly state our values
and what we each perceived, we will never be able to equalize or restore hope to the relationship.
9. This is an example of “intrinsic motivation,” when the simple pleasure of doing an activity well,
rather than for an external reward, motivates you to continue doing that activity. See Edward L. Deci
and Richard M. Ryan, Intrinsic Motivation and Self-Determination in Human Behavior (New York:
Plenum Press, 1985), pp. 5-9.
10. You could say that negative emotions are rooted in a sense of losing control, while positive
emotions are rooted in a sense of having control.
11. Tomasello, A Natural History of Human Morality, pp. 13-14.
12. Robert Axelrod, The Evolution of Cooperation (New York: Basic Books, 1984), pp. 27-54.
13. This also comes from David Hume, “Of the Association of Ideas,” section 3 in An Enquiry
Concerning Human Understanding, ed. Eric Steinberg, 2nd ed. (1748; repr. Indianapolis, IN: Hackett
Classics, 1993); and Hume, A Treatise of Human Nature, Book 2: Of the Passions, parts 1 and 2
(Mineola, NY: Dover Philosophical Classics, 2003).
14. He didn’t invent the term, but I have to give credit to the psychologist Jordan Peterson’s
interviews and lectures, as he has greatly popularized the term value hierarchy in recent years.
15. Manson, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck, pp. 81-89.
16. See Martin E. P. Seligman, Helplessness: On Depression, Development, and Death (New York:
Times Books, 1975).
17. There is a third alternative: you can refuse to recognize the existence of a moral gap at all. But this
is incredibly difficult to do and requires a high degree of self-awareness, not to mention willingness to
forgive others.
18. What’s interesting is that narcissists will even justify their pain with claims of their superiority.
Ever hear the phrase “They hate me because they’re envious”? Or “They attack me because they’re
afraid of me”? Or “They just don’t want to admit that I’m better than they are”? The Feeling Brain
merely flips its self-worth on its head: we’re not being harmed because we suck; we’re being harmed
because we’re great! So, the narcissist goes from feeling that the self deserves nothing to feeling that the
self deserves everything.
19. Ironically, he was kind of right. The Treaty of Versailles decimated Germany economically and
was responsible for many of the internal struggles that allowed Hitler to rise to power. His “they hate us
because we’re so great” style of messaging clearly resonated with the beleaguered German population.
20. I am referring to Elliot Rodger, who uploaded his creepy YouTube video “Elliot Rodger’s
Retribution” just before driving to the sorority house.
21. Self-worth is an illusion because all values are illusory and based on faith (see chapter 4 for
further discussion) and because the self is itself an illusion. For a discussion of this second idea, see
Sam Harris, Waking Up: A Guide to Spirituality Without Religion (New York: Simon and Schuster,
2014), pp. 81-116.
22. David Foster Wallace talked about this “default setting” of consciousness in his wonderful speech
“This Is Water.” See David F. Wallace, This Is Water: Some Thoughts, Delivered on a Significant
Occasion, About Living a Compassionate Life (New York: Little, Brown and Company, 2009), pp. 44—
45.
23. This is popularly known as the Dunning-Kruger effect, named for the researchers who discovered
it. See Justin Kruger and David Dunning, “Unskilled and Unaware of It: How Difficulties in
Recognizing One’s Own Incompetence Lead to Inflated Self-Assessments,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology 77, no. 6 (1999): 1121-34.
24. Max H. Bazerman and Ann E. Tenbrunsel, Blind Spots: Why We Fail to Do What’s Right and
What to Do About It (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2011).
25. This is known as the false consensus effect. See Thomas Gilovich, “Differential Construal and the
False Consensus Effect,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 59, no. 4 (1990): 623-34.
26. Shout out to the late TV painter Bob Ross (RIP), who used to say, “There’s no such thing as
mistakes, just happy accidents.”
27. This is known as the actor-observer bias, and it explains why everyone is an asshole. See Edward
Jones and Richard Nisbett, The Actor and the Observer: Divergent Perceptions of the Causes of
Behavior (New York: General Learning Press, 1971).
28. Basically, the more pain we experience, the larger the moral gap. And the larger the moral gap, the
more we dehumanize ourselves and/or others. And the more we dehumanize ourselves and/or others, the
more easily we justify causing suffering to ourselves or others.
29. The healthy response here would be (c), “some boys are shit,” but when we experience extreme
pain, our Feeling Brains generate intense feelings about entire categories of experience and are not able
to make those distinctions.
30. Obviously, there are a lot of variables at work here: the girl’s previously held values, her self-
worth, the nature of the breakup, her ability to achieve intimacy, her age, ethnic and cultural values, and
so on.
31. A 2016 computer model study found that there are six types of stories: rise (rags to riches), fall
(riches to rags), rise and then fall (Icarus), fall and then rise (man in a hole), rise and then fall and then
rise (Cinderella), fall and then rise and then fall (Oedipus). These are all essentially permutations of the
same good/bad experience, plus good/bad deserving. See Adrienne LaFrance, “The Six Main Arcs in
Storytelling, as Identified by an A.I.,” The Atlantic, July 12, 2016,
https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2016/07/the-six-main-arcs-in-storytelling-identified-
by-a-computer/490733/.
32. The field of psychology is in the midst of a “replicability crisis,” that is, a large percentage of its
major findings are failing to be replicated in further experiments. See Ed Yong, “Psychology’s
Replication Crisis Is Running Out of Excuses,” The Atlantic, November 18, 2018,
https://www.theatlantic.com/science/archive/2018/ll/psychologys-replication-crisis-real/576223/.
33. Division of Violence Prevention, “The Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) Study,” National
Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA,
May 2014, https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/acestudy/index.html.
34. Real-life Newton was actually a raging, vindictive asshole. And yes, he was a loner, too. He
apparently died a virgin. And records suggest that he was probably quite proud of that fact.
35. This is what Freud incorrectly identified as repression. He believed that we spend our lives
repressing our painful childhood memories, and by bringing them back into consciousness, we liberate
the negative emotions bundled up inside ourselves. In fact, it turns out that remembering past traumas
doesn’t provide much benefit. Indeed, the most effective therapies today focus not so much on the past
as on learning to manage future emotions.
36. People often mistake our core values for our personality, and vice versa. Personality is a fairly
immutable thing. According to the “Big Five” personality model, one’s personality consists of five basic
traits: extraversion, conscientiousness, agreeableness, neuroticism, and openness to new experience.
Our core values are judgments made early in life, based partly on personality. For instance, I might be
highly open to new experiences, which thus inspires me to value exploration and curiosity from an early
age. This early value will then play out in later experiences and create values related to it. Core values
are difficult to dig up and change. Personality cannot be changed much, if at all. For more on the “Big
Five” personality model, see Thomas A. Widiger, ed., The Oxford Handbook of the Five Factor Model
(New York: Oxford University Press, 2017).
37. William Swann, Peter Rentfrow, and Jennifer Sellers, “Self-verification: The Search for
Coherence,” Handbook of Self and Identity (New York: Guilford Press, 2003), pp. 367-83.
38. This is the law-of-attraction bullshit that’s been around in the self-help industry for ages. For a
thorough takedown of this type of nonsense, see Mark Manson, “The Staggering Bullshit of ‘The
Secret,”’ MarkManson.net, Febmary 26, 2015, https://markmanson.net/the-secret.
39. The ability to remember past experiences and project future experiences occurs only with the
development of the prefrontal cortex (the neurological name for the Thinking Brain). See Y. Yang and
A. Raine, “Prefrontal Structural and Functional Brain Imaging Findings in Antisocial, Violent, and
Psychopathic Individuals: A Meta-analysis,” Psychiatry Research 174, no. 2 (November 2009): 81-88.
40. Jocko Willink, Discipline Equals Freedom: Field Manual (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2017),
pp. 4-6.
41. Martin Lea and Steve Duck, “A Model for the Role of Similarity of Values in Friendship
Development,” British Journal of Social Psychology 21, no. 4 (November 1982): 301-10.
42. This metaphor essentially says that the more we value something, the more unwilling we are to
question or change that value, and therefore the more painful it is when that value fails us. It’s like if
you think about the different degrees of pain between the death of a parent versus the death of an
acquaintance, or how emotional you get when someone insults or questions one of your favorite music
groups from when you were a kid versus when you’re an adult.
43. Freud called this the “narcissism of the slight difference,” and observed that it is usually groups of
people with the most in common who feel the most hatred for one another. See Sigmund Freud,
Civilization and Its Discontents, trans. David McLintock (1941; repr. New York: Penguin Books, 2002),
pp. 50-51.
44. Tomasello, A Natural History of Human Morality, pp. 85-93.
45. This idea is known as “cultural geography.” For a fascinating discussion, see Jared Diamond,
Guns, Germs and Steel: The Fates of Human Societies (New York: W. W. Norton and Company, 1997).
46. Tomasello, A Natural History of Human Morality, pp. 114-15.
47. Or, as military theorist Carl von Clausewitz famously put it, “War is the continuation of politics by
other means.”
48. Real Isaac Newton’s Laws of Motion also sat collecting dust for about twenty years before he dug
them out and showed them to anyone.
Chapter 4: How to Make All Your Dreams Come True
1. Gustave Le Bon, The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind (1896; repr. New York: Dover
Publications, 2002), p. 14.
2. Jonathan Haidt calls this phenomenon the “hive hypothesis.” See Jonathan Haidt, The Righteous
Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion (New York: Vintage Books, 2012), pp.
261-70.
3. Le Bon, The Crowd, pp. 24-29.
4. Barry Schwartz and Andrew Ward, “Doing Better but Feeling Worse: The Paradox of Choice,” in P.
Alex Linley and Stephen Joseph, Positive Psychology in Practice (Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons,
2004), pp. 86-103.
5. Adolescent brains continue to develop well into their twenties, particularly the parts of the brain
responsible for executive functioning. See S. B. Johnson, R. W. Blum, and J. N. Giedd, “Adolescent
Maturity and the Brain: The Promise and Pitfalls of Neuroscience Research in Adolescent Health
Policy,” Journal of Adolescent Health: Official Publication of the Society for Adolescent Medicine 45,
no. 3 (2009): 216-21.
6. S. Choudhury, S. J. Blakemore, and T. Charman, “Social Cognitive Development During
Adolescence,” Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience 1, no. 3 (2006): 165-74.
7. This work in identity definition is the most important project of adolescents and young adults. See
Erik H. Erikson, Childhood and Society (New York: W. W. Norton and Company, 1963), pp. 261-65.
8. My guess is that people like LaRouche aren’t consciously exploitative. It’s more likely that
LaRouche himself was psychologically stuck at an adolescent level of maturity and therefore pursued
adolescent causes and appealed to other lost adolescents. See chapter 6.
9. The dialogue here is approximate based on my recollection. It was fifteen years ago, so obviously I
don’t remember exactly what was said.
10. I decided to look up where Sagan said this, and it turns out that, like most quotes found on the
internet, someone else had said it, and fifty years before Sagan. Professor Walter Kotschnig was
apparently the first one to be published saying it, in 1940. See https://quoteinvestigator.com/2014/04/13
/open-mind/.
11. Eric Hoffer, The True Believer: Thoughts on the Nature of Mass Movements (New York: Harper
Perennial, 1951), pp. 3-11.
12. Ibid., pp. 16-21.
13. Ibid., pp. 26-45.
14. What’s interesting about Jesus is that the historical record implies that he likely began as a
political extremist, attempting to lead an uprising against the Roman Empire’s occupation of Israel. It
was after his death that his ideological religion was transmuted into a more spiritual religion. See Reza
Aslan, Zealot: The Life and Times of Jesus of Nazareth (New York: Random House Books, 2013).
15. This notion comes from Karl Popper’s ideas about falsifiability. Popper, building on the work of
David Hume, basically said that no matter how many times something has happened in the past, it can
never logically be proven that it will happen again in the future. Even though the sun has risen in the
east and set in the west every day for thousands of years and no one has ever had a contrary experience,
this does not prove that the sun will rise in the east tomorrow. All it does is tell us the overwhelming
probability of the sun rising in the east.
Popper argued that the only empirical truth we can ever know is not via experimentation but, rather,
falsifiability. Nothing can ever be proven. Things can only be disproven. Therefore, even something as
mundane and obvious as the sun rising in the east and setting in the west is still believed on some degree
of faith, even though it is almost entirely certain always to happen.
Popper’s ideas are important because they logically demonstrate that even scientific facts rely on
some modicum of faith. You can do an experiment a million times and get the same result every time,
but that does not prove it will happen the million and first time. At some point, we choose to rely on the
belief that it will continue to happen once its results are so statistically significant that it’d be insane not
to believe them.
For more on Popper’s ideas about falsification, see Karl Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery
(1959; repr. New York: Routledge Classics, 1992). What I find interesting is that mental illnesses that
induce delusions, hallucinations, and such may, fundamentally, be dysfunctions of faith. Most of us take
it for granted that the sun will rise in the east and that things fall to the ground at a certain rate and that
we’re not just going to float away because gravity decided to take a coffee break. But a mind that
struggles to build and maintain faith in anything would potentially be tortured by these possibilities all
the time, thus making it go mad.
16. Faith also assumes that your shit is real and that you aren’t just a brain in a vat merely imagining
all your sense perceptions—a favorite trope of philosophers. For a fun dive into whether you can ever
actually know if anything exists, check out Rene Descartes’s Meditations on First Philosophy.
17. The word atheist can signify a number of things. Here, I’m simply making the point that we all
must buy into beliefs and values based on faith, even if they’re not supernatural beliefs and values. See
John Gray, Seven Types of Atheism (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2018).
18. David Hume, A Treatise of Human Nature. Hume writes that “all knowledge degenerates into
probability; and this probability is greater or less, according to our experience of the veracity or
deceitfulness of our understanding, and according to the simplicity or intricacy of the question” (1739,
part 4, section 1).
19. A God Value is not the same thing as Blaise Pascal’s “God-shaped hole.” Pascal believed that
because man’s desires were insatiable, only something infinite could ever satiate him—that infinite
thing being God. A God Value is different in that it is simply the top of one’s value hierarchy. You might
feel miserable and empty and still have a God Value. In fact, the cause of your misery and emptiness is
likely your chosen God Value.
20. For further discussion on how superficial God Values such as money affect your life, see Mark
Manson, “How We Judge Others Is How We Judge Ourselves,” MarkManson.net, January 9, 2014,
https://markmanson.net/how-we-judge-others.
21. Like money or government or ethnicity, the “self” is also an arbitrary mental construct based on
faith. There is no proof that your experience of “you” actually exists. It is merely the nexus of conscious
experience, an interconnection of sense and sensibility. See Derek Parfit, Reasons and Persons
(Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1984), pp. 199-280.
22. There are a number of ways to describe unhealthy forms of attachment to another person, but I
went with the term codependence because of its widespread mainstream usage. The word comes from
Alcoholics Anonymous (AA).
Alcoholics noticed that in the same way that they were addicted to the bottle, their friends and
family were seemingly addicted to supporting and caring for them in their addiction. The alcoholics
were dependent on alcohol to feel good and normal, and these friends and family members who were
“codependent,” as they used the alcoholics’ addiction to feel good and normal as well. Codependency
has since found more widespread use—basically, anyone who becomes “addicted” to supporting or
receiving validation from another person can be described as codependent.
Codependence is a strange form of worship, where you put a person on a pedestal and make him the
center of your world, the basis of your thoughts and feelings, and the root of your self-esteem. In other
words, you make the other person your God Value. This, unfortunately, leads to extremely destructive
relationships. See Melody Beattie, Codependent No More: How to Stop Controlling Others and Care
for Yourself (Center City, MN: Hazelden Publishing, 1986); and Timmen L. Cermak, MD, Diagnosing
and Treating Co-Dependence: A Guide for Professionals Who Work with Chemical Dependents, Their
Spouses, and Children (Center City, MN: Hazelden Publishing, 1998).
23. See discussion of “Hume’s guillotine,” from note 33 in chapter 2.
24. The Black Death killed one hundred million to two hundred million people in Europe in the
fourteenth century, reducing the population by anywhere from 30 to 60 percent.
25. This refers to the infamous Children’s Crusade of 1212. After multiple failed Crusades by
Christians to retake the Holy Land from the Muslims, tens of thousands of children journeyed to Italy to
volunteer to go to the Holy Land and convert Muslims peacefully. A charismatic leader promised the
children that the sea would part once they reached the Mediterranean, allowing them to walk to
Jerusalem on foot. Spoiler alert: it didn’t. Instead, merchant ships gathered up the children and took
them across the sea to Tunisia, where most of them were sold into slavery.
26. Interestingly, you could say that money was invented as a way to tally and track moral gaps
between people. We invented the concept of debt to justify our moral gaps—I did you this favor, so now
you owe me something in return—and money was invented as a way of tracking and managing debt
across a society. This is known as the “credit theory” of money, and it was first proposed by Alfred
Mitchell Innes back in 1913, in a journal article titled “What Is Money?” For a nice overview of
Mitchell Innes and the credit theory of money, see David Graeber, Debt: The First 5,000 Years, Updated
and Expanded Edition (2011; repr. Brooklyn, NY: Melville House Publishing, 2014), pp. 46-52. For an
interesting discussion of the importance of debt in human society, see Margaret Atwood, Payback: Debt
and the Shadow Side of Wealth (Berkeley, CA: House of Anansi Press, 2007).
27. Okay, the ethnicities thing is a bit controversial. There are minor biological differences between
populations with different ancestries, but differentiating among people based on those differences is also
an arbitrary, faith-based construct. For instance, who is to say that all green-eyed people aren’t their own
ethnicity? That’s right. Nobody. Yet, if some king had decided hundreds of years ago that green-eyed
people were a different race that deserved to be treated terribly, we’d likely be mired in political issues
around “eye-ism” today.
28. You know, like what I’m doing with this book.
29. It’s probably worth noting again that there’s a replicability crisis going on in the social sciences.
Many of the major “findings” in psychology, economics, and even medicine are not able to be replicated
consistently. So, even if we could easily handle the complexity of measuring human populations, it
would still be incredibly difficult to find consistent, empirical evidence that one variable had an
outweighed influence over another. See Yong, “Psychology’s Replication Crisis Is Running Out of
Excuses.”
30. All my life, I’ve been fascinated by how athletes go from heroes to villains and back to heroes
again. Tiger Woods, Kobe Bryant, Michael Jordan, and Andre Agassi have all been demigods in
people’s minds. Then, one unseemly revelation caused each to become a pariah. This relates back to
what I said in chapter 3 about how the superiority/inferiority of the person can flip-flop easily because
what remains the same is the magnitude of the moral gap. With someone like Kobe Bryant, whether he’s
a hero or a villain, what remains the same is the intensity of our emotional reaction to him. And that
intensity is caused by the size of the moral gap that is felt.
31. I have to give a shout-out to Yuval Noah Harari and his brilliant book Sapiens: A Brief History of
Humankind (New York: HarperCollins, 2015) for the description of governments, financial institutions,
and other social structures as mythic systems that exist thanks only to the shared beliefs of a population.
Harari synthesized many of these ideas first, and I’m just riffing on him. The whole book is worth a
read.
32. Pair bonding and reciprocal altruism are two evolutionary strategies that emerge in consciousness
as emotional attachment.
33. The definition of “spiritual experience” I’m most fond of is that it’s a trans-egoic experience—
meaning, your identity or sense of “self” transcends your body and consciousness and expands to
include all perceived reality. Trans-egoic experiences can be achieved in a variety of ways: psychedelic
drugs, intense meditation for long periods, and moments of extreme love and passion. In these
heightened states, you can “meld” into your partner, feeling as though you are the same being, thus
temporarily achieving a trans-egoic state. This “melding” with someone else (or the universe) is why
spiritual experiences are often perceived as “love,” as they are both a surrendering of one’s ego-identity
and unconditional acceptance of some greater entity. For a cool explanation of this kind of stuff based
on Jungian psychology, see Ken Wilber, No Boundary: Eastern and Western Approaches to Personal
Growth (1979; repr. Boston, MA: Shambhala, 2001).
34. As countries industrialize, their religiosity drops precipitously. See Pippa Norris and Ronald
Inglehart, Sacred and Secular: Religion and Politics Worldwide, 2nd ed. (2004; repr. New York:
Cambridge University Press, 2011), pp. 53-82.
35. Rene Girard, Things Hidden Since the Foundation of the World, trans. Stephen Bann and Michael
Metteer (repr. 1978; Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1987), pp. 23-30.
36. Similar to science being a religion in which we worship evidence, humanism could be seen as
worshipping the “in-betweenism” of all people—that there are no inherently good or evil people. As
Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn put it, “The line dividing good and evil cuts through the heart of every human
being.”
37. Sadly, these conspiracy theories are prominent in the United States today.
38. I’m being a bit dramatic, but human sacrifice did occur in pretty much every major ancient and
prehistoric civilization we know of. See Nigel Davies, Human Sacrifice in History and Today (New
York: Hippocrene Books, 1988).
39. For an interesting discussion of innate guilt and the role of human sacrifice, see Ernest Becker,
Escape from Evil (New York: Freedom Press, 1985).
40. Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents, pp. 14-15.
41. Ibid., p. 18.
42. Manson, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck, pp. 23-29.
43. E. O. Wilson, On Human Nature (1978; repr. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2004),
pp. 169-92.
44. Reasoning skills break down when one is confronted with emotionally charged issues (i.e., issues
that touch our highest values). See Vladimira Cavojova, Jakub Srol, and Magdalena Adamus, “My
Point Is Valid; Yours Is Not: My-Side Bias in Reasoning About Abortion,” Journal of Cognitive
Psychology 30, no. 7 (2018): 656-69.
45. Actually, you may suck even more. Research shows that the more well informed and educated
someone is, the more politically polarized his opinions. See T. Palfrey and K. Poole, “The Relationship
Between Information, Ideology, and Voting Behavior,” American Journal of Political Science 31, no. 3
(1987): 511-30.
46. This idea was first published in F. T. Cloak Jr., “Is a Cultural Ethology Possible?” Human Ecology
3, no. 3 (1975): 161-82. For a less academic discussion, see Aaron Lynch, Thought Contagion: How
Beliefs Spread Through Society (New York: Basic Books, 1996), pp. 97-134.
Chapter 5: Hope Is Fucked
1. Nietzsche first announced the death of God in 1882, in his book The Gay Science, but the quote is
most famously associated with Thus Spoke Zarathustra, which was released in four parts from 1883 to
1885. After the third part, all publishers refused to have anything to do with the project, and Nietzsche
therefore had to scrape together the money to publish the fourth part himself. That’s the book that sold
fewer than forty copies. See Sue Prideaux, I Am Dynamite!: A Life of Nietzsche (New York: Tim
Duggan Books, 2018), pp. 256-60.
2. Everything spoken by Nietzsche in this chapter is an actual line lifted from his work. This one
comes from F. Nietzsche, Beyond Good and Evil, trans. Walter Kaufmann (1887; repr. New York:
Vintage Books, 1963), p. 92.
3. The story of Nietzsche with Meta in this chapter is loosely adapted from his summers with a
handful of women (the others being Helen Zimmern and Resa von Schirnhofer) over 1886-87. See
Julian Young, Friedrich Nietzsche: A Philosophical Biography (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press, 2010), pp. 388-400.
4. Friedrich Nietzsche, Ecce Homo, trans. by R. J. Hollingdale (1890; repr. New York: Penguin
Classics, 1979), p. 39.
5. Some anthropologists have gone so far as to call agriculture, because of its inevitable tendency to
create inequality and social stratification, “the worst mistake in the history of the human race.” See
Jared Diamond’s famous essay “The Worst Mistake in the History of the Human Race,” Discover, May
1987, http://discovermagazine.com/1987/may/02-the-worst-mistake-in-the-history-of-the-human-race.
6. Nietzsche’s initial description of master and slave moralities comes from Beyond Good and Evil,
pp. 204-37. He expounds on each morality further in The Genealogy of Morality (1887). The second
essay in The Genealogy of Morality (New York: Penguin Classics, 2014) is where I was first exposed to
the concept of “the moral gap” discussed in chapter 3. In that essay, Nietzsche argues that each of our
individual moralities is based on our sense of debt.
7. Haidt, The Righteous Mind, pp. 182-89.
8. Richard Dawkins, The Selfish Gene: 30th Anniversary Edition (Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press, 2006), pp. 189-200.
9. It’s interesting that most polytheistic religions haven’t had this obsession with conversion that the
monotheistic religions have had. The Greeks and Romans were more than happy to let the indigenous
cultures follow their own beliefs. It wasn’t until slave morality that the religious Crusades began. This is
probably because a slave morality religion cannot abide cultures that hold different beliefs. Slave
moralities require the world to be equal—and to be equal, you cannot be different. Therefore, those
other cultures had to be converted. This is the paradoxical tyranny of any extremist left-wing belief
system. When equality becomes one’s God Value, differences in belief cannot be abided. And the only
way to destroy difference in belief is through totalitarianism.
10. See Pinker, Enlightenment Now, pp. 7-28.
11. My biggest qualm with Pinker’s book is that he conflates the scientific revolution with the
philosophical Enlightenment. The scientific revolution predates the Enlightenment and is independent
of the latter’s humanistic beliefs. This is why I make a point of stressing that science, and not
necessarily Enlightenment ideologies, is the best thing to have happened in human history.
12. Estimates of GDP per capita growth done by author with data from Angus Maddison, The World
Economy: A Millennial Perspective, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(OECD), 2006, p. 30.
13. There is evidence suggesting that populations become more religious immediately after natural
disasters. See Jeanet Sinding Bentzen, “Acts of God? Religiosity and Natural Disasters Across
Subnational World Districts,” University of Copenhagen Department of Economics Discussion Paper
No. 15-06, 2015, http://web.econ.ku.dk/bentzen/ActsofGodBentzen.pdf.
14. There’s no written record of Nietzsche’s thoughts on communism, but he surely must have been
aware of it. And given his disgust for slave morality in general, he almost certainly loathed it. His
beliefs in this regard have long been mistaken for being a precursor to Nazism. But Nietzsche hated the
German nationalism burgeoning during his lifetime and had a falling out with a number of friends and
family (most notably Wagner) because of it.
Nietzsche’s own sister and brother-in-law were ardent nationalists and anti-Semites. He found both
beliefs to be stupid and offensive, and said as much to them. In fact, his globalist view of the world was
rare and radical at the time. He strictly believed in the value of a person’s deeds, nothing else—no
system, no race, no nationality. When his sister told him that she and her husband were moving to
Paraguay to start a New Germania, where people could breed a society from pure German blood, he is
said to have laughed in her face so hard that she didn’t speak to him again for years.
It’s tragic, then (and ironic), that his work would be co-opted and warped by Nazi ideology after his
death. Sue Prideaux gives a stirring account of how his philosophy came to be corrupted, and the slow,
fifty-year rehabilitation it went through to get the reading it deserves. See Prideaux, I Am Dynamite!, pp.
346-81.
15. Buddhist philosophy would describe these cycles of hope creation and destruction as samsara,
which is generated and perpetuated due to our attachments to worldly, impermanent values. The Buddha
taught that the fundamental nature of our psychology is dukkha, a concept loosely translated as
“craving.” He warned that human cravings can never be satiated, and that we generate suffering in our
constant quest to fulfill those cravings. The idea of relinquishing hope is very much in line with the
Buddhist idea of reaching nirvana, or letting go of all psychological attachments or cravings.
16. Nietzsche, Ecce Homo, pp. 96-104.
17. The Pandora’s Box myth, as told in this section, comes from Hesiod’s Work and Days, lines 560-
612.
18. This is kind of a joke, but also kind of not. For the horrific origins of matrimony in the ancient
world, see Stephanie Coontz, Marriage, a History: How Love Conquered Marriage (New York:
Penguin Books, 2006), pp. 70-86.
19. Apparently, the Greek word Hesiod used for “hope” could also be translated as “deceptive
expectation.” Thus, there has always been a less popular, pessimistic interpretation of the myth based on
the idea that hope can also lead to destruction. See Franco Montanari, Antonios Rengakos, and Christos
Tsagalis, Brill’s Companion to Hesiod (Leiden, Netherlands: Brill Publishers, 2009), p. 77.
20. Nietzsche, Ecce Homo, pp. 37-38.
21. Friedrich Nietzsche, The Gay Science, trans. Walter Kaufmann (1882; repr. New York: Vintage
Books, 1974), §341: 273-74.
22. The beginning of his rant about God being dead comes from the “Madman” section of ibid., §125:
181-82.
23. This “impassioned and lengthy” speech to cows near Lake Silvaplana actually happened,
according to Meta von Salis. It was possibly one of Nietzsche’s first episodes of psychosis, which began
to surface around this time. See Young, Friedrich Nietzsche, p. 432.
24. The rest of Nietzsche’s lines in this chapter come from Friedrich Nietzsche, Thus Spoke
Zarathustra, trans. R. J. Hollingdale (1883; repr. New York: Penguin Classics, 2003), p. 43. “[H]e is an
overture to something greater” is my own interpretation of Nietzsche’s idea of the Ubermensch, or
“superman.” The original text reads, “[H]e is a going-across,” where there “going-across” is a metaphor
for man’s evolution into becoming the Ubermensch —that is, into something greater.
Chapter 6: The Formula of Humanity
1. M. Currey, Daily Routines: How Artists Work (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2013), pp. 81-82.
2. Immanuel Kant, The Metaphysics of Morals, ed. Lara Denis, trans. Mary Gregor (1797; repr.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. 2017), p. 34.
3. In his 1795 essay “Towards Perpetual Peace,” Kant proposed a world governing body. See
Immanuel Kant, Perpetual Peace and Other Essays, trans. Ted Humphrey (1795; repr. Indianapolis, IN:
Hackett Publishing Company, 1983), pp. 107-44.
4. S. Palmquist, “The Kantian Grounding of Einstein’s Worldview: (I) The Early Influence of Kant’s
System of Perspectives,” Polish Journal of Philosophy 4, no. 1 (2010): 45-64.
5. Granted, he suggested it hypothetically. Kant didn’t believe that animals had will or reason, but he
did say that if animals were capable of will and reason, they should be afforded the same rights as
humans. Today, there’s a strong argument that many animals are capable of will and reason. For a
discussion of this, see Christine M. Korsgaard, “A Kantian Case for Animal Rights,” in Animal Law:
Developments and Perspectives in the 21st Century, ed. Margot Michael, Daniela Kiihne, and Julia
Hanni (Zurich: Dike Verlag, 2012), pp. 3-27.
6. Hannah Ginsborg, “Kant’s Aesthetics and Teleology,” The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy,
ed. Edward N. Zalta, 2014, https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2014/entries/kant-aesthetics.
7. The dispute was between “rationalists” and “empiricists,” and the book was Kant’s most famous
work, Critique of Pure Reason.
8. Kant sought to establish an entire ethical system with rationality as its God Value. I won’t get into
the intricacies of Kantian ethics here, as there are many flaws in Kant’s system. For this chapter, I have
merely plucked what I believe to be the most useful principle and conclusion from Kant’s ethics: the
Formula of Humanity.
9. There’s a subtle contradiction here. Kant sought to develop a value system that existed outside the
subjective judgments of the Feeling Brain. Yet the desire to build a value system on reason alone is itself
a subjective judgment made by the Feeling Brain. Put another way, couldn’t you say that Kant’s desire
to create a value system that transcended the confines of religion was itself a religion? This was
Nietzsche’s criticism of Kant. He thought Kant was a fucking joke. He found Kant’s ethical system
absurd and his belief that he had transcended faith-based subjectivity naive at best and outright
narcissistic at worst. Therefore, it will strike readers with a background in philosophy as strange that
I’m relying on the two of them so much for my book’s argument. But I don’t see this as much of an
issue. I think that each man got something right that the other missed. Nietzsche got it right that all
human beliefs are inherently imprisoned by our own perspectives and are, therefore, faith-based. Kant
got it right that some value systems produce better and more logical results than others due to their
potentially universal desirability. So, technically, yes, Kant’s ethical system is another form of faith-
based religion. But I also think that in the same way that science, and its belief in putting one’s faith in
what has the most evidence, produces the best belief systems, Kant stumbled upon the best basis for
creating value systems—that is, one should value that which perceives value above all else:
consciousness.
10. In terms of minimizing fucks given, Kant’s lifestyle choices would probably make him the world
champion. See Manson, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck, pp. 15-19.
11. This statement could be interpreted in a number of ways. The first interpretation is that Kant
managed to step outside the subjective space of Feeling Brain value judgments to create a universally
applicable value system. Philosophers two hundred fifty years later are still arguing about whether he
accomplished this—most say he didn’t. (See note 9 in this chapter for my take.)
The second interpretation is that Kant ushered in an age of nonsupernatural views of morality—the
belief that morality could be deduced outside spiritual religions. This is absolutely true. Kant set the
stage for a scientifically pursued moral philosophy that continues today.
The third interpretation of this statement is that I’m hyping the fuck out of Kant to keep people
interested in the chapter. This is also absolutely tme.
12. It is important to point out that I will be applying Kant’s ideas in this chapter in ways he never
applied them himself. The chapter is a strange three-way marriage of Kantian ethics, developmental
psychology, and virtue theory. If that doesn’t get your nipples hard, I don’t know what will.
13. The developmental framework in this chapter is derived from (and simplifies) the work of Jean
Piaget, Lawrence Kohlberg, Robert Kegan, Erik Erikson, Soren Kierkegaard, and others. In Kegan’s
model, my definition of “childhood” maps his Stages 1 and 2 (Impulsive and Imperial), my definition of
“adolescence” maps his Stages 3 and 4 (Interpersonal and Institutional), and my “adulthood” maps his
Stage 5 (Interindividual). For more on Kegan’s model, see R. Kegan, The Evolving Self: Problem and
Process in Human Development (Cambridge, MA: Elarvard University Press, 1982). In Kohlberg’s
model, my “childhood” maps his Preconventional stage of moral development (Obedience and
Punishment orientation and Instrumental orientations), my “adolescence” maps his Conventional stage
of moral development (Good Boy/Nice Girl and Law-and-Order orientations), and my “adulthood”
maps his Postconventional stage of moral development (Social Contract and Universal-Ethical-Principle
orientations). For more on Kohlberg’s model, see L. Kohlberg, “Stages of Moral Development,” Moral
Education 1, no. 51 (1971): 23-92. In Piaget’s model, my “childhood” maps his Sensorimotor and
Preoperational stages, my “adolescence” maps his Concrete Operational stage, and my “adulthood”
loosely maps his later Formal Operational stage. For more about Piaget’s theory of psychological
development, see J. Piaget, “Piaget’s Theory,” Piaget and His School (Berlin and Heidelberg: Springer,
1976), pp. 11-23.
14. The development of rules and roles occurs in Piaget’s Concrete Operational stage and Kegan’s
Interpersonal stage. See note 13.
15. Kegan, The Evolving Self, pp. 133-60.
16. Children do not develop what is called the “theory of mind” until ages three to five. Theory of
mind is said to be present when someone is able to understand that other people have conscious
thoughts and behaviors independent of them. Theory of mind is necessary for empathy and most social
interactions—it’s how you understand someone else’s perspective and thinking process. Children who
struggle to develop theory of mind are often diagnosed as being on the autism spectrum or having
schizophrenia, ADHD, or some other problem. See B. Korkmaz, “Theory of Mind and
Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Childhood,” Pediatric Research 69 (2011): 101R-8R.
17. The philosopher Ken Wilber has a wonderful phrase to describe this process of psychological
development. He says that later developmental stages “transcend and include” previous stages. So, an
adolescent still has his pleasure- and pain-based values, but higher-level values based on mles and roles
supersede the lower, childish values. We all still like ice cream, even once we’re adults. The difference
is the adult is able to prioritize higher, abstract values such as honesty or prudence over his love of ice
cream; a child is not. See K. Wilber, Sex, Ecology, Spirituality: The Spirit of Evolution (Boston, MA:
Shambhala, 2000), pp. 59-61.
18. Recall from Emo Newton’s Second and Third Laws that stronger, sturdier identities grant us more
emotional stability in the face of adversity. One reason that children are so emotionally volatile is
because their understanding of themselves is flimsy and superficial, so unexpected or painful events
affect them that much more.
19. Teenagers are obsessively focused on what their peers think of them because they are cobbling
together identities for themselves based on social rules and roles. See Erikson, Childhood and Society,
pp. 260-66; and Kegan, The Evolving Self, pp. 184-220.
20. This is where I first begin to merge Kant’s moral system with developmental theory. Treating
people as means rather than ends is representative of Stages 2-4 in Kohlberg’s theory of moral
development.
21. Albert Camus put it well when he said, “You will never be happy if you continue to search for
what happiness consists of.”
22. Again, fusing Kohlberg’s Stages 5 and 6 with Kant’s “thing in itself” requirement for moral
universalization.
23. According to Kohlberg’s model of moral development, by age thirty-six, 89 percent of the
population has achieved the adolescent stage of moral reasoning; only 13 percent ever achieve the adult
stage. See L. Kohlberg, The Measurement of Moral Judgment (Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University
Press, 1987).
24. Just as the adolescent bargains with other people, she bargains with future (or past) selves in a
similar manner. This idea that our future and past selves are independent individuals separate from our
present-moment perceptions is put forth by Derek Parfit in Reasons and Persons, pp. 199-244.
25. Remember, we derive our self-esteem from how well we live up to our values (or how well we
reinforce the narratives of our identity). An adult develops values based on abstract principles (virtues)
and will derive his self-esteem from how well he adheres to those principles.
26. We all require a “Goldilocks” amount of pain to mature and develop. Too much pain traumatizes
us—our Feeling Brain becomes unrealistically fearful of the world, preventing any further growth or
experience. Too little pain, and we become entitled narcissists, falsely believing the world can (and
should!) revolve around our desires. But if we get the pain just right, then we learn that (a) our current
values are failing us, and (b) we have the power and ability to transcend those values and create newer,
higher-level, more-encompassing values. We learn that it’s better to have compassion for everyone
rather than just our friends, that it’s better to be honest in all situations rather than simply the situations
that help us, and that it’s better to maintain humility, even when we’re confident in our own rightness.
27. In chapter 3, we learned that abuse and trauma generate low self-esteem, narcissism, and a self-
loathing identity. These inhibit our ability to develop higher-level, abstract values because the pain of
failure is constant and too intense—the child must spend all her time and energy escaping it. Growth
requires engaging the pain, as we’ll see in chapter 7.
28. See J. Haidt and G. Lukianoff, The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and
Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure (New York: Penguin Press, 2018), pp. 150-65.
29. See F. Fukuyama, Trust: The Social Virtues and the Creation of Prosperity (New York: Free Press
Books, 1995), pp. 43-48.
30. A great example of this phenomenon was the Pickup Artist (PUA) community in the mid-2000s, a
group of socially isolated, maladapted males who congregated to study social behaviors in order to be
liked by women. The movement didn’t last for more than a few years because, ultimately, these were
childish and/or adolescent men who desired adult relationships, and no amount of studying of or
practice in social behaviors can produce a nontransactional, unconditional loving relationship with a
partner. See Mark Manson, Models: Attract Women Through Honesty (self-published, 2011).
31. Another way to think about this is the popular concept of “tough love.” You allow the child to
experience pain because it is by recognizing what still matters in the face of the pain that she achieves
higher values and grows.
32. So far I’ve been ambiguous as to what I mean by “virtues.” This is partly because different
philosophers and religions embraced different virtues.
33. Kant, Groundwork to the Metaphysics of Morals, pp. 9-20.
34. It’s important to note that Kant’s derivation of the Formula of Humanity was not based on moral
intuition, nor on the ancient concept of virtue—these are connections I am making.
35. Kant, Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, pp. 40-42.
36. And here is where all three come together. The Formula of Humanity is the underlying principle of
the virtues of honesty, humility, bravery, and so on. These virtues define the highest stages of moral
development (Kohlberg’s Stage 6; Kegan’s Stage 5).
37. The key word here is merely. Kant admits that it’s impossible never to use anyone as a means. If
you treated everyone unconditionally, you would be forced to treat yourself conditionally, and vice
versa. But our actions toward ourselves and others are multilayered. I can treat you as a means and an
end at the same time. Maybe we’re working on a project together, and I encourage you to work longer
hours both because I think it will help you and because I believe it will help me. Kant says this is fine.
It’s only when I’m manipulating you purely for selfish reasons that I veer into being unethical.
38. Kant’s Formula of Humanity perfectly describes the principle of consent in sex and relationships.
Not to seek explicit consent, either from the other person or from yourself, is to treat one or both of you
merely as a means in the pursuit of pleasure. Explicit consent means actively treating the other person as
an end and the sex as a means.
39. In other words, people who treat themselves as means will treat others as means. People who don’t
respect themselves won’t respect others. People who use and destroy themselves will use and destroy
others.
40. Ideological extremists usually look to some great leader. Spiritual extremists tend to think that the
apocalypse is coming and that their savior will descend from heaven and pour them a coffee or
something.
41. It is possible that all God Values that do not adhere to the Formula of Humanity end in paradox. If
you are willing to treat humanity as a means to gain greater freedom or equality, then you will
inevitably destroy freedom and equality. More on this in chapters 7 and 8.
42. By political extremism, I mean any political movement or party that is inherently antidemocratic
and willing to subvert democracy in favor of some ideological (or theological) religious agenda. For a
discussion of these developments around the world, see F. Fukuyama, Identity: The Demand for Dignity
and the Politics of Resentment (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2018).
43. Globalization, automation, and income inequality are also popular explanations with a lot of merit.
Chapter 7: Pain Is the Universal Constant
1. The study this section describes is David Levari et al., “Prevalence-Induced Concept Change in
Human Judgment,” Science 29 (June 29, 2018): 1465-67.
2. Prevalence-induced concept change measures how our perceptions are altered by the prevalence of
an expected experience. I will be using “Blue Dot Effect” in this chapter a bit more widely to describe
all shifting of perception based on expectations, not just prevalence-induced expectations.
3. Whenever I see a news story about college kids freaking out over a campus speaker they don’t like
and equating offensive speech with trauma, I wonder what Witold Pilecki would have thought.
4. Haidt and Lukianoff, The Coddling of the American Mind, pp. 23-24.
5. Andrew Fergus Wilson, “#whitegenocide, the Alt-right and Conspiracy Theory: How Secrecy and
Suspicion Contributed to the Mainstreaming of Hate,” Secrecy and Society, Febmary 16, 2018.
6. Emile Durkheim, The Rules of Sociological Method and Selected Texts on Sociology and Its
Method (New York: Free Press, 1982), p. 100.
7. Hara Estroff Marano, “A Nation of Wimps,” Psychology Today, November 1, 2004,
https ://www.psychologytoday. com/us/ articles/200411/nation-wimps.
8. These three false Einstein quotes were gathered from M. Novak, “9 Albert Einstein Quotes That
Are Totally Fake,” Gizmodo, March 14, 2014, https://paleofuture.gizmodo.com/9-albert-einstein-
quotes-that-are-totally-fake-1543806477.
9. P. D. Brickman and D. T. Campbell, “Hedonic Relativism and Planning the Good Society,” in M.
H. Appley, ed. Adaptation Level Theory: A Symposium (New York: Academic Press, 1971).
10. Recent research has challenged this and found that extremely traumatic events (the death of a
child, for instance) can permanently alter our “default level” of happiness. But the “baseline” happiness
remains true through the vast majority of our experiences. See B. Headey, “The Set Point Theory of
Well-Being Has Serious Flaws: On the Eve of a Scientific Revolution?” Social Indicators Research 97,
no. 1 (2010): 7-21.
11. Harvard psychologist Daniel Gilbert refers to this as our “psychological immune system”: no
matter what happens to us, our emotions, memories, and beliefs acclimate and alter themselves to keep
us at mostly-but-not-completely happy. See D. Gilbert, Stumbling on Happiness (New York: Alfred A.
Knopf, 2006), pp. 174-77.
12. By “we,” I am referring to our perceived experience. Basically, we don’t question our perceptions;
we question the world—when, in fact, it’s our perceptions that have altered themselves and the world
has remained the same.
13. Throughout this chapter, I don’t use the Blue Dot Effect in the exact scientific way that the
researchers studied prevalence-induced concept change. I’m essentially using it as an analogy for and
example of a larger psychological phenomenon that takes place: our perceptions adapt to our preset
emotional tendencies and expectations, not the other way around.
14. See J. S. Mill, Utilitarianism, 2nd ed. (1863; repr. Indianapolis, IN: Hackett Classics, 2001).
15. P. Brickman, D. Coates, and R. Janoff-Bulman, “Lottery Winners and Accident Victims: Is
Happiness Relative?” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 36, no. 8 (1978): 917-27.
16. A. Schopenhauer, Essays and Aphorisms, trans. R. J. Hollingdale (New York: Penguin Classics,
1970), p. 41.
17. In case you ask me anyway, they did it because splitting the country in two is what produced a
resolution to the Korean War the previous decade. The communists got the north. The capitalists got the
south. And everyone could go home and be happy. They figured they could just skip the fighting part in
Vietnam and go straight to the resolution. Spoiler alert: it didn’t work.
18. Shout out to Boston University’s International Relations department. That one’s for you.
19. David Halberstam, The Making of a Quagmire (New York: Random House, 1965), p. 211.
20. Zi Jun Toong, “Overthrown by the Press: The US Media’s Role in the Fall of Diem,” Australasian
Journal of American Studies 27 (July 2008): 56-72.
21. Malcolm Browne, the photographer who took the photo, later said, “I just kept shooting and
shooting and shooting and that protected me from the horror of the thing.”
22. In chapter 2, we talked about the Classic Assumption, and how it fails because it tries to suppress
the Feeling Brain rather than trying to align with it. Another way to think of the practice of antifragility
is like the practice of aligning your Thinking Brain with your Feeling Brain. By engaging with your
pain, you can harness the Feeling Brain’s impulses and channel them into some productive action or
behavior. It’s no wonder that meditation has been scientifically shown to increase attention span and
self-awareness and reduce addiction, anxiety, and stress. Meditation is essentially a practice for
managing the pain of life. See Matthew Thorpe, “12 Science-Based Benefits of Meditation.” Healthline,
July 15, 2017, https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/12-benefits-of-meditation.
23. N. N. Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder (New York: Random House, 2011).
24. This is actually an excellent litmus test for figuring out if you should be with someone: Do
external stressors bring you closer together or not? If not, then you have a problem.
25. While I’m ripping on meditation apps here, I do want to say that they’re good introductions to the
practice. They’re just. . . introductory.
26. I am the world’s biggest proponent of meditation who seemingly can never actually get himself to
sit down and fucking meditate. One good technique a friend of mine, who teaches meditation, taught
me: when you’re struggling to get yourself to meditate, simply find the number of minutes that’s not
intimidating for you. Most people try to do ten or fifteen minutes. If that seems daunting, agree with
yourself to do five. If that seems daunting, lower it to three. If that seems daunting, lower it to one.
(Everyone can do one minute!) Basically, keep lowering the number of minutes in your “agreement”
with your Feeling Brain until it doesn’t feel scary anymore. Once again, this is simply your Thinking
Brain negotiating with your Feeling Brain until you’re able to align them and do something productive.
This technique works wonders with other activities, by the way. Working out, reading a book, cleaning
the house, writing a book (cough) —in every case, just lower the expectation until it stops feeling scary.
27. See Ray Kurzweil, The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology (New York:
Penguin Books, 2006).
28. Pinker makes the argument that the gains in physical health and safety more than compensate for
any increases in anxiety and stress. He also makes the argument that adulthood requires greater degrees
of anxiety and stress due to increased responsibilities. That’s probably true, but that doesn’t mean our
anxiety and stress aren’t serious problems. See Pinker, Enlightenment Now, pp. 288-89.
29. In my previous book, this is how I define a “good life.” Problems are inevitable. A good life is a
life with good problems. See M. Manson, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck, pp. 26-36.
30. This is why addiction produces a downward spiral: numbing ourselves to pain numbs us to
meaning and an ability to find value in anything, thus generating greater pain, and thus inducing greater
numbing. This continues until one reaches “rock bottom,” a place of such immense pain that you can’t
numb it anymore. The only way to relieve it is by engaging it and growing.
Chapter 8: The Feelings Economy
1. The story of Edward Bernays in this chapter comes from Adam Curtis’s wonderful documentary
The Century of Self, BBC Four, United Kingdom, 2002.
2. This is actually what the ego is, in the Freudian sense: our conscious stories about ourselves and
our never-ending battle to maintain and protect those stories. Having a strong ego is actually
psychologically healthy. It makes you resilient and confident. The term ego has since been butchered in
self-help literature to essentially mean narcissism.
3. In the 1930s, I guess Bernays started to feel bad because he was actually the one who made Freud a
global phenomenon. Freud was broke, living in Switzerland, worried about the Nazis, and Bernays not
only got Freud’s ideas published in the US, but popularized them by having major magazines write
articles about them. The fact that he is a household name today is largely due to Bernays’s marketing
tactics, which coincidentally, were based on his theories.
4. See chapter 4, note 26.
5. Examples include Johannes Gutenberg, Alan Turing, and Nikola Tesla, et al.
6. A. T. Jebb et al., “Happiness, Income Satiation and Turning Points Around the World,” Nature
Human Behaviour 2, no. 1 (2018): 33.
7. M. McMillen, “Richer Countries Have Higher Depression Rates,” WebMD, July 26, 2011,
https://www.webmd.com/depression/news/20110726/richer-countries-have-higher-depression-rates.
8. Here’s a fun theory about war and peace I came up with: the common assumption about war is that
it starts because a group of people are in such a painful situation that they have no option but to fight for
their survival. Fet’s call it the “Nothing to Fose” theory of war. The Nothing to Fose theory of war is
often framed in religious terms: the little guy fighting the corrupt powers for his fair share, or the
mighty free world uniting to vanquish the tyranny of communism. These narratives make for great
action movies. That’s because they’re easily digestible, value-laden stories that help unite the Feeling
Brains of the masses. But, of course, reality isn’t that simple.
People don’t just start revolutions because they are subjugated and oppressed. Every tyrant knows
this. People who are kept in perpetual pain come to accept the pain and see it as natural. Fike an abused
dog, they become placid and detached. It’s why North Korea has continued as long as it has. It’s why
the slaves in the United States rarely rose up in violent revolt.
Instead, allow me to suggest that people start revolutions because of pleasure. When life becomes
comfortable, people’s tolerance of discomfort and inconvenience lessens to the point where they see
even the slightest of slights as unforgivable travesties, and as a result, they lose their shit.
Political revolution is a privilege. When you’re starving and destitute, you’re focused on surviving.
You don’t have the energy or will to worry about the government. You’re just trying to make it to next
week.
And if that sounds bananas, rest assured that I didn’t just make that part up. Political theorists call
these “revolutions of rising expectations.” In fact, it was the famed historian Alexis de Tocqueville who
pointed out that most of the people who instigated the French Revolution were not the poor masses
“storming the Bastille,” but rather, people from wealthy counties and neighborhoods. Similarly, the
American Revolution was not instigated by downtrodden colonists, but the wealthy landowning elites
who believed it a violation of their liberty and dignity to see their taxes go up. (Some things never
change.)
World War I, a war that involved thirty-two countries and killed seventeen million people, started
because a rich Austrian dude got shot in Serbia. At the time, the world was more globalized and
economically prosperous than at any other time in history. World leaders believed a massive global
conflict to be impossible. No one would risk such a crazy venture when there was so much to be lost.
But that’s exactly why they risked it.
Throughout the twentieth century, revolutionary wars sprung up across the world, from East Asia to
the Middle East and Africa to Latin America, not because people were oppressed or starving, but
because their economies were growing. And with their introduction to economic growth, people found
that their desires outpaced the ability of the institutions to supply those desires.
Here’s another way to look at it: when there’s way too much pain in a society (people are starving
and dying and getting diseases and stuff), people get desperate, have nothing to lose, say “Fuck it,” and
start lobbing Molotov cocktails at old men in suits. But when there’s not enough pain in a society,
people start getting more and more upset by tinier and tinier infractions, to the point where they’re
willing to become violent over something as stupid as a quasi-offensive Halloween costume.
Just as an individual needs a Goldilocks amount of pain (not too much, but not too little, either) to
grow and mature and become an adult with a strong character, societies also need a Goldilocks amount
of pain (too much, and you become Somalia; too little, and you become that asshole who loaded up a
bunch of trucks with automatic weapons and occupied a national park because . . . freedom).
Let’s not forget the whole reason that deadly conflict exists in the first place: it gives us hope.
Having a sworn mortal enemy out there trying to kill you is the quickest way to find purpose and be
present in your life. It drives us together into communities like nothing else. It gives our religions a
cosmic sense of meaning that cannot be acquired any other way.
It’s prosperity that causes crises in hope. It’s having six hundred channels and nothing to watch. It’s
having fifteen matches on Tinder but no one good to date. It’s having two thousand restaurants to
choose from but feeling sick of all the same old food. Prosperity makes meaning more difficult. It
makes pain more acute. And ultimately, we need meaning way more than we need prosperity, lest we
come face-to-face with that wily Uncomfortable Truth again.
Financial markets spend most of their time expanding as more economic value is produced. But
eventually, when investments and valuations outrun actual output, when enough money gets caught up
in pyramid schemes of diversion rather than innovation, the financial market contracts, washing out all
the “weak money,” knocking out the many businesses that were overvalued and not actually adding
value to society. Once the washout is complete, economic innovation and growth, now course-corrected,
can continue.
In the “Feelings Economy,” a similar expansion-contraction pattern happens. The long-term trend is
toward pain reduction through innovation. But in times of prosperity, people indulge more and more in
diversions, demand fake freedoms, and become more fragile. Eventually, they begin to become
feverishly upset over things that merely a generation or two before would have seemed frivolous.
Pickets and protests erupt. People start sewing badges on their sleeves and wearing funny hats and
adopting the ideological religion du jour to justify their rage. Hope becomes more difficult to find amid
the twinkling array of diversions. And eventually, things escalate to the point where someone does
something stupid and extreme, like shoot an archduke or ram a 747 into a building, and war erupts,
killing thousands, if not millions.
And as the war rages, the real pain and deprivation set in. Economies collapse. People go hungry.
Anarchy ensues. And the worse the conditions get, the more antifragile people become. Before, with
their satellite cable TV package and a dead-end job, they didn’t know what to hope for. Now they know
exactly what to hope for: peace, solace, respite. And their hope ends up uniting what used to be a
fractured, disparate population under the banner of one religion.
Once the war is over, with the immense destruction etched in their recent memory, people learn to
hope for simpler things: a stable family, a steady job, a child who is safe—like actually safe. Not this
“Don’t let them play outside by themselves” safe.
Hope is reset throughout society. And a period of peace and prosperity resumes. (Sort of.)
There’s one last component to this harebrained theory that I still haven’t spoken about: inequality.
During periods of prosperity, more and more economic growth is driven by diversions. And because
diversions scale so easily—after all, who doesn’t want to post selfies on Instagram?—wealth becomes
extremely concentrated in fewer hands. This growing wealth disparity then feeds the “revolution of
rising expectations.” Everyone feels that their life is supposed to be better, yet it’s not what they
expected; it’s not as pain-free as they had hoped. Therefore, they line up on their ideological sides—
master moralists over here, slave moralists over there—and they fight.
And during the fighting and destruction, no one has time for diversions. In fact, diversions can get
you killed.
No, in war, everything is about gaining an advantage. And to gain an advantage, you must invest in
innovations. Military research has driven most of the greatest innovation in human history. War not only
restores balance to people’s hope and fragility, but it is, sadly, also the only thing that dependably resets
wealth inequality. It’s another boom/bust cycle. Although, this time, instead of it being financial markets
or a population’s fragility, it’s political power.
The sad fact is that war is not only an inherent part of human existence; it’s likely a necessary by¬
product of our existence as well. It’s not an evolutionary bug; it’s a feature. Of the past 3,400 years,
humans have been at peace for a total of 268 of them. That’s not even 8 percent of recorded history.
War is the natural fallout from our erroneous hopes. It’s where our religions get tested for their
solidarity and usefulness. It’s what promotes innovation and motivates us to work and evolve.
And it is the only thing that is consistently able to get people to get over their own happiness, to
develop true virtue of character, to develop an ability to withstand pain, and to fight and live for
something other than themselves.
This is likely why the ancient Greeks and Romans believed virtue necessitated war. There was an
inherent humility and bravery required not just to succeed in war, but also to be a good person. The
strife brings out the best in us. And, in a sense, virtue and death always go hand in hand.
9. The “commercial age” is just something I made up, if I’m being honest. Really, what it refers to, I
suppose, is the postindustrial age, the age when commerce began to expand into producing unnecessary
goods. I think of it as similar to what Ron Davison calls the “Third Economy.” See R. Davison, The
Fourth Economy: Inventing Western Civilization, self-published ebook, 2011.
10. This is a well-documented issue. See Carol Cadwalladr, “Google, Democracy, and the Truth
About Internet Search,” Guardian, December 4, 2016,
https://www.theguardian.eom/technology/2016/dec/04/google-democracy-truth-internet-search-
facebook.
11. Not only is this sort of surveillance creepy, but it’s a perfect illustration of a tech company treating
its customers as mere means rather than ends. In fact, I would argue that the feeling of creepiness is
itself the sensation of being treated as merely a means. Even though we “opt in” to these services that
harvest our data, we’re not fully knowledgeable and/or aware of this; therefore, it feels as though we
haven’t consented. This feeling of nonconsent is what makes us feel disrespected and treated as a
means, and is therefore why we get upset. See K. Tiffany, “The Perennial Debate About Whether Your
Phone Is Secretly Listening to You, Explained,” Vox, December 28, 2018, https://www.vox.com/the-
goods/2018/12/28/18158968/facebook-microphone-tapping-recording-instagram-ads.
12. You know, because torture doesn’t scale well.
13. Barry Schwartz, The Paradox of Choice: Why More is Less (New York: Ecco, 2004).
14. There’s a lot of data that shows that this is incredibly effective. It’s another example of working
with your Feeling Brain (in this case, scaring it into doing the right thing) rather than against it. This is
so effective that the researchers who originally studied it created a website called stickk.com that allows
people to set up these agreements with their friends. I actually used it to hit a deadline with my last book
(and it worked!).
15. He ended up losing to the chess grandmaster because, as it turns out, chess has hundreds of
millions of potential moves, and it’s impossible to map out an entire game from beginning to end. I’m
citing no source because this hack job doesn’t deserve more attention.
16. Robert Putnam, Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community (New York:
Simon and Schuster, 2001).
17. F. Sarracino, “Social Capital and Subjective Well-being Trends: Comparing 11 Western European
Countries,” Journal of Socio-Economics 39 (2010): 482-517.
18. Putnam, Bowling Alone, pp. 134-43.
19. Ibid., pp. 189-246.
20. Ibid., pp. 402-14.
21. This is a more ethical and effective way at looking at liberty. Take, for instance, the controversies
in Europe over whether Muslim women can wear hijabs. A fake-freedom perspective would say that
women should be liberated not to wear a hijab—i.e., they should be given more opportunity for
pleasure. This is treating the women as a means to some ideological end. It is saying that they don’t
have the right to choose their own sacrifices and commitments, that they must subsume their beliefs and
decisions to some broader ideological religion about freedom. This is a perfect example of how treating
people as a means to the end of freedom undermines freedom. Real freedom means you allow the
women to choose what they wish to sacrifice in their lives, thus allowing them to wear the hijabs. For a
summary of the controversy, see “The Islamic Veil Across Europe,” BBC News, May 31, 2018,
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-13038095.
22. Unfortunately, with cyber warfare, fake news, and election meddling possible through global
social media platforms, this is truer than ever before. The “soft power” of the internet has allowed savvy
governments (Russia, China) to effectively influence the populations of rival countries rather than
having to infiltrate the countries physically. It only makes sense that in the information age, the world’s
greatest struggles would be over information.
23. Alfred N. Whitehead, Process and Reality: Corrected Edition, ed. David Ray Griffin and Donald
W. Sherburne (New York: The Free Press, 1978), p. 39.
24. Plato, Phaedrus, 253d.
25. Plato, The Republic, 427e and 435b.
26. Plato’s “theory of forms” appears in a number of dialogues, but the most famous example is his
cave metaphor, which occurs in The Republic, 514a-20a.
27. It’s worth noting that the ancient definition of democracy differs from the modern one. In ancient
times, democracy meant that the population voted on everything and there were few to no
representatives. What we refer to today as democracy is technically a “republic,” because we have
elected representatives who make decisions and determine policy. That being said, I don’t think this
distinction changes the validity of the arguments of this section at all. A decline in maturity in the
population will be reflected in worse elected representatives, who were Plato’s “demagogues,”
politicians who promise everything and deliver nothing. These demagogues then dismantle the
democratic system while the people cheer its dismantling, as they come to see the system itself, rather
than the poorly selected leadership, as the problem.
28. Plato, The Republic, 564a-66a.
29. Ibid., 566d-69c.
30. Democracies go to war less often than autocracies, affirming Kant’s “perpetual peace” hypothesis.
See J. Oneal and B. Russett, “The Kantian Peace: The Pacific Benefits of Democracy, Interdependence,
and International Organizations, 1885-1992,” World Politics 52, no. 1 (1999): 1-37. Democracies
promote economic growth. See Jose Tavares and Romain Wacziarg, “How Democracy Affects
Growth,” European Economic Review 45, no. 8 (2000): 1341-78. People in democracies live longer.
See Timothy Besley and Kudamatsu Masayuki, “Health and Democracy,” American Economic Review
96, no. 2 (2006): 313-18.
31. Interestingly, low-trust societies rely more on “family values” than do other cultures. One way to
look at it is that the less hope people derive from their national religions, the more they look for hope in
their familial religions, and vice versa. See Fukuyama, Trust, pp. 61-68.
32. This is an explanation of the paradox of progress that I haven’t really dived into: that with every
improvement of life, we have more to lose and less to gain than before. Because hope relies on the
perception of future value, the better things become in the present, the more difficult it can be to
envision that future and the easier to envision greater losses in the future. In other words, the internet is
great, but it also introduces all sorts of new ways for society to collapse and everything to go to hell. So,
paradoxically, each technological improvement also introduces novel ways for us to all kill one another,
and ourselves.
Chapter 9: The Final Religion
1. In 1950, Alan Turing, the father of computer science, created the first chess algorithm.
2. It turns out that it is unbelievably difficult to program “Feeling Brain” functionality into a
computer, while Thinking Brain functionality has long surpassed human capacity. That’s because our
Feeling Brains operate using our entire neural networks, whereas our Thinking Brains just do raw
computations. I’m probably butchering this explanation, but it’s an interesting twist on the development
of AI—just as we perpetually struggle to understand our own Feeling Brains, we also struggle to create
them in machines.
3. In the years that followed Kasparov’s initial defeat, both he and Vladimir Kramnik battled a number
of top chess programs to draws. But by 2005, chess programs Fritz, Hydra, and Junior shellacked top
grandmasters in matches, sometimes not even dropping a single game. By 2007, human grandmasters
were given move advantages, pawn advantages, and choices of openings—and still lost. By 2009,
everybody just stopped trying. No point.
4. This is true, although not literally. In 2009, the mobile chess software Pocket Fritz beat Deep Blue
in a ten-game match. Fritz won despite having less computing—meaning it’s superior software, not that
it’s more powerful.
5. Michael Klein, “Google’s AlphaZero Destroys Stockfish in 100-game Match,” Chess.com,
December 7, 2017, https://www.chess.com/news/view/google-s-alphazero-destroys-stockfish-in-100-
game-match.
6. Shogi is considered more complex because you are able to take control of your opponent’s pieces,
leading to far more variations than even with chess.
7. For a discussion of the potential mass unemployment caused by AI and machine automation, check
out the excellent E. Brynjolfsson and A. McAfee, Race Against the Machine: How the Digital
Revolution Is Accelerating Innovation, Driving Productivity, and Irreversibly Transforming
Employment and the Economy (Lexington, MA: Digital Frontier Press, 2011).
8. K. Beck, “A Bot Wrote a New Harry Potter Chapter and It’s Delightfully Hilarious,” Mashable,
December 17, 2017, https://mashable.com/2017/12/12/harry-potter-predictive-chapter.
9. J. Miley, “11 Times AI Beat Humans at Games, Art, Law, and Everything in Between,” Interesting
Engineering, March 12, 2018, https://interestingengineering.com/ll-times-ai-beat-humans-at-games-
art-law-and-everything-in-between.
10. Much in the same way that today it’s almost impossible to imagine life without Google, email, or
cell phones.
11. Evolutionarily speaking, humans gave up a lot to make their big brains possible. Compared to
other apes, and especially mammals, we’re slow, weak, and fragile and have poor sensory perceptions.
But most of what we lack in physical capabilities was given up to allow for the brain’s greater use of
energy and longer gestation period. So, really, things worked out in the end.
12. See D. Deutsch, The Beginning of Infinity: Explanations that Transform the World (New York:
Penguin Books, 2011).
13. Well, technically, most of these didn’t exist until we came along, but I suppose that’s partly the
point.
14. Haidt, The Righteous Mind, pp. 32-34.
15. The self-hatred is a reference to the inherent guilt that comes with existence, discussed in chapter
4. The self-destruction is, well, self-evident.
16. Such outlandish scenarios are actually quite serious and covered well in Nick Bostrom’s
Superintelligence: Paths, Dangers, Strategies (New York: Oxford University Press, 2014).
17. Michal Kranz, “5 Genocides That Are Still Going on Today,” Business Insider, November 22,
2017, https://www.businessinsider.com/genocides-still-going-on-today-bosnia-2017-ll.
18. “Hunger Statistics,” Food Aid Foundation, https://www.foodaidfoundation.org/world-hunger-
statistics.html.
19. Calculated by author based on statistics from National Coalition Against Domestic Violence,
https://ncadv.org/statistics.
About the Author
MARK MANSON is the New York Times and international bestselling author
of The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck (with over five million in sales in the
United States alone). His blog, MarkManson.net, attracts more than two
million readers per month. Manson lives in New York City.
Discover great authors, exclusive offers, and more at hc.com .
Also by Mark Manson
The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck
Bookperk
Sign up for Bookperk and get e-book
bargains, sneak peeks, special offers, and
more—delivered straight to your inbox.
SIGN UP NOW
Copyright
EVERYTHING IS FUCKED. Copyright © 2019 by Mark Manson. All rights reserved under
International and Pan-American Copyright Conventions. By payment of the required fees, you have
been granted the nonexclusive, nontransferable right to access and read the text of this e-book on¬
screen. No part of this text may be reproduced, transmitted, downloaded, decompiled, reverse-
engineered, or stored in or introduced into any information storage and retrieval system, in any form or
by any means, whether electronic or mechanical, now known or hereafter invented, without the express
written permission of HarperCollins e-books.
Cover design by Sarah Bibel
Ink art by pio3 \ Shutterstock
FIRST EDITION
Digital Edition MAY 2019 ISBN: 978-0-06-288847-1
Version 04302019
Print ISBN: 978-0-06-288843-3
ISBN 978-0-06-288846-4 (International Edition)
About the Publisher
Australia
HarperCollins Publishers Australia Pty. Ltd.
Level 13, 201 Elizabeth Street
Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
www.harpercollins.com.au
Canada
HarperCollins Publishers Ltd
Bay Adelaide Centre, East Tower
22 Adelaide Street West, 41st Floor
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
M5H 4E3
www.harpercollins.ca
India
HarperCollins India
A 75, Sector 57
Noida
Uttar Pradesh 201 301
www.harpercollins.co.in
New Zealand
HarperCollins Publishers New Zealand
Unit Dl, 63 Apollo Drive
Rosedale 0632
Auckland, New Zealand
www.harpercollins.co.nz
United Kingdom
HarperCollins Publishers Ltd.
1 London Bridge Street
London SE1 9GF, UK
www.harpercollins.co.uk
United States
HarperCollins Publishers Inc.
195 Broadway
New York, NY 10007
www.harpercollins.com
Terms and conditions may apply.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11